CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
6
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
March 7, 1978
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A
Dear
I am writing to request that you return to us the original tape
casettes of the Price-crane experiment.
In our original agreement with
we were to archive all of the
original data in our files so that it would continue to be available
for further research, and we were to supply
with duplicates. In
the case of these Price tapes, however, we were in a time bind and
therefore submitted our originals. If you need copies for your files,
I am certainly willing to take responsibility to duplicate them for you.
SG1A
SG1A
The reason I wish to get them back, beyond having complete data in our
archives, is that we believe we have developed a set of linguistic
indicators which permit us to begin to diser minate as to what is
correct and what is incorrect in remote viewing transcripts. We are
now in the process of checking our hypothesis by passing old trans-
cripts through our discrimination sieve, and we are especially anxious
to reexamine our best transcripts from the past.
I believe there is nothing irregular in our request, as you can
determine by talking with
and we sorely need the data to help us
evaluate our new discrimination procedures.
With best regards,
Ital Pasta
H. E. Puthoff, Ph. D.
Senior Research Engineer
Radio Physics Laboratory
HEP: dlt
cc:
17 May.
SG1A
Per discussions with
was
authorized to return thise
lopes ASRI. It is to be
noted that these takes come
into our pasocación ou"2)
three an aberation in
/SG1A
procedures; thus, the return
of theétapes complètes SRI's
inventory
of all diagonal tags
of chi
SRI International
333 Ravensw
ved For Release 2003/06/24
Park, California 940251 4 -A-50779-00999A000300100034-4
26-6200 . Cable: STANRES, Mer
SG1A
SG1A

-
R
19A
SRI
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Menlo Park, California 94025 · U.S.A.
.
Final Report
December 1, 1975
Covering the Period January 1974 through February 1975
PERCEPTUAL AUGMENTATION TECHNIQUES
Part Two -- Research Report
By :
Harold E. Puthoff and Russell Targ
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
SRI Project 3183
Classification Determination Pending.
Protect as though classified SECRET.
Approved by :
Earle Jones, Director
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
Bonnar Cox, Executive Director
Information Science and Engineering Division
Certain individual pages of this document are UNCLASSIFIED.
However,
the association and compilation of this material may indicate defense
information, the unauthorized disclosure of which could reasonably be
expected to cause serious damage to the national security; hence, an
overall classification of SECRET is warranted.
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/0E CR EL79-00999A000300100034-4
RESEARCH REPORT
Page
iii
Illustrations
Tables
iv
I
ABSTRACT
1
II
PROGRAM RESULTS -- APPLIED RESEARCH EFFORT
3
A.
Remote Viewing
3
3
1. Long-Distance Remote Viewing: Sponsor-Designated Targets
(Exploratory Research)
4
a.
West Virginia Site (S3)
6
C.
Urals Site (S1)
7
8
2. Long-Distance Remote Viewing: Sponsor-Designated Target
(Operational Target, Semipalatinsk, USSR)
12
3. Long-Distance Remote Viewing: SRI-Designated Targets
(Exploratory Research, Costa Rica Series)
4. Short-Distance Remote Viewing (Cipher Machine Analog)
15
5. Short-Distance Remote Viewing (Technology Series)
17
B.
Detection of Secret Writing Target Material
27
III
PROGRAM RESULTS -- BASIC RESEARCH EFFORT
35
A.
Screening Tests
35
36
1. Remote Viewing of Natural Targets Under Standard Protocol
Conditions
38
a.
Subject S1 (Experienced)
b.
Subject S4 (Learner/Controls)
40
c.
Subjects S2 and S3 (Experienced)
46
d.
Subjects S5 and S6 (Learner/Controls)
49
e.
Sponsor Subjects (Learner/Controls)
49
53
2. Four-State Electronic Random Number Generator
66
b.
Data from Experiments
69
B.
Identification of Measurable Characteristics Possessed by
Gifted Subjects
76
1. Medical Evaluation
76
i
Approved For Release 2003/05/24 CARDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
b.
West Virginia Site (S1)
d.
Summary of Exploratory Research
8
f.
Summary of Remote-Viewing Experiments (Standard
Protocol)
a.
Machine Description
67

Approved For Repeat NO/ASSIFTED0999A000300100034-4
Page
2. Psychological Evaluation
79
a.
Evaluation by Clinical Psychologist Administering Tests
.80
b.
Evaluation by Chief Clinical Psychologist
83
3. Neuropsychological Evaluation
88
C.
Identification of Neurophysiological Correlates That Relate
94
to Paranormal Activity
1. Remote Strobe Experiment
97
2. Mid-Experiment Monitoring of Physiological Parameters During 103
Routine Experimentation in Remote Viewing
D.
Identification of the Nature of Paranormal Phenomena and Energy 106
1. Experiments with Physical Apparatus
106
a.
Experiments with Geiger Counter
106
b.
Experiments with Laser-Monitored Torsion Pendulum
107
C.
Experiments with Superconducting Differential Mag-
108
netometer (Gradiometer)
d.
Discussion of Physical Perturbation Effects
113
2. Discussion of Possible "Mechanisms" in Remote Viewing
117
3. Communication Theory Approach to Channel Utilization
121
4. Soviet Efforts
129
5. Conclusions
130
IV
PROGRAM SUMMARY
132
REFERENCES
135
APPENDICES
A.
Remote Viewing Transcript for Subject S6, Learner/Control,
A-1
First Experiment
B.
Instructions to Subject :
EEG Experiment
B-1
C.
Universal Randomization Protocol
C-1
-
ii
Approved For Reledypb®/GAS SIFIED00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleastPNO:0 2A: SIS-PPHE-P9999A000300100034-4
ILLUSTRATIONS
1.
Maps of West Virginia Site Drawn by Subject S3
2.
Map and Detail of Site Drawn by Subject Sl
3.
Artist's Rendering of Site
4.
Costa Rica Site Drawings and Photographs
5.
Abacus/Clock Drawings and Photograph
6.
Video Terminal
7.
Typewriter
8.
Xerox Machine
9.
Drill Press
10.
Procedure for Card Sorting by Sequential Sampling
11.
Swimming Pool Complex (S1)
12.
Pedestrian Overpass (S4)
13.
Bicycle Shed (S4)
14.
Tennis Court (S2)
15.
Palo Alto City Hall (S3)
16.
White's Plaza, Stanford University (S6)
17.
Merry-Go-Round
18.
Windmill
19.
Four-State Random Number Generator Used in This Experiment
20.
Data Summary for Subject S2
21.
Drawings and Interpretations by Associative Visual Agnosia Patients
22.
Shielded Room Used for EEG Experiments
23.
Occipital EEG Frequency Spectra of Subject S4
24.
Polygraph Data from Subject S4
25.
Superconducting Differential Magnetometer (Gradiometer)
26.
Gradiometer Data
27.
Enhancement of Signal-to-Noise Ratio by Sequential Sampling Procedure
28.
Operating Characteristic Curve for Sequential Sampling Procedure
29.
Average Sample Number for Sequential Sampling Procedure
i
-
iii
Approved For ReleasUN CLASSIFIED999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
JNCLASSIFIED-00999A000300100034-4
TABLES
1.
Subject, Target Selection Procedure, and Figure Numbers for Tech-
nology Series.
2.
Rank Ordering Match of Drawings to Target Locations (Blind Judging,
Technology Series)
3.
Critical Values of Sums of Ranks for Preferential Matching
4.
The Probability of M Correct Guesses of N Distinct Items
5.
Key for Secret Writing Experiment
6.
Raw Data Call Sheet for Secret Writing Experiment
7.
Distribution of Rankings of Transcripts Associated with Each Target
Selection for Subject SL, Experienced.
8.
Distribution of Rankings of Transcripts Associated with Each Target
Location for Subject S4, Learner/Control
9.
Distribution of Rankings of Transcripts Associated with Each Target
Location for Subjects S2 and S3, Experienced
10.
Distribution of Rankings of Transcripts Associated with Each Target
Location for Subjects S5 and S6, Learner/Control
11.
Distribution of Rankings of Transcripts Associated with Each Target
Location for Sponsor Subjects, Learner/Control
12.
Summary -- Remote Viewing of Natural Targets
13.
Four-State Electronic Random Number Generator Summary
14.
Randomness Tests for Machine Ml Output during Successful Experimental
Series
15.
Randomness Tests for Machine M2
Output during Successful Experimental
Series
16.
Randomness Tests for Entire Machine Output During Successful Experi-
mental Run
17.
Subject S2 Selections on Machine Ml during Successful Experimental
Series
18.
Subject S2 Selections on Machine M2 during Successful Experimental
Series
19.
Neuropsychology Test Battery
20.
EEG Data for Subject S4
21.
Geiger Counter Experiment Summary
22.
Five-Bit Code for Alphanumeric Characters
iv
Approved For ReleaseNO3.DAS SAPPED 00999A000300100034-4

-
-
Approved For ReleasUN CLASSIFIED9994000300100034-4
I
ABSTRACT
As a result of exploratory research on human perception carried out
in SRI's Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory, we initiated a program
to investigate a perceptual channel whereby individuals can access by
means of mental imagery and describe randomly chosen sites remote from
their physical location. This ability appeared to be sufficiently well
developed in certain individuals to allow them to at times describe cor-
rectly -- often in great detail -- geographical or technical material, such
as buildings, roads, laboratory apparatus, and the like.
In this final
report (Part Two -- Research Reportf), we document in detail the 12-month
study at SRI of this human information-accessing capability which we call
"remote viewing," the characteristics of which appear to fall outside the
range of well-understood perceptual or information-processing abilities.
This phenomenon is one of a broad class of abilities of certain indivi-
duals to access, by means of mental processes, and describe information
sources blocked from ordinary perception and generally accepted as secure
against access.
The phenomenon we investigated most extensively was the ability of
individuals to view remote geographical locations (up to several thousand
kilometers away), given only coordinates (latitude and longitude) or a
person at a location on whom to target.
The development at SRI of suc-
cessful experimental procedures to elicit this capability has evolved
to the point where (a) visiting personnel of the sponsoring organization
without any previous exposure to such concepts have performed well under
controlled laboratory conditions (that is, generated target descriptions
of sufficiently high quality to permit blind matching of descriptions to
targets by independent judges), and (b) subjects trained over a two-year
period have performed well under operational conditions (that is, provided
data of operational significance later verified by independent sources) .
:
Our accumulated data thus indicate that both specially selected and un-
selected persons can be assisted in developing remote perceptual abilities
to a level of useful information transfer. The primary achievement of the
SRI program was thus the elicitation of high-quality remote viewing by
For summary, see Part One -- Executive Summary
..
1
Approved For ReleaseN CLASSIFIED 999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 03 004: S SIN PE79 00999A000300100034-4
individuals who agreed to act as subjects.
In carrying out this program we concentrated on what we considered
to be our primary responsibility -- to resolve under unambiguous conditions
the basic issue of whether this class of paranormal perception phenomenon
exists. At all times the researchers and SRI management took measures
to prevent sensory leakage and subliminal cueing and to prevent deception,
whether intentional or unintentional.
All experiments were carried out
under protocols in which target selection at the beginning of experiments
and blind judging of results at the end of experiments were handled inde-
pendently of the researchers involved in carrying out the experiments,
thus assuring evaluations independent of the belief structures of both
experimenters and judges.
The program was divided into two categories of approximately equal
effort -- applied research and basic research. In Section II we summarize
the results of the applied research effort in which the operational
utility of the above perceptual abilities was explored. In Section III
we Summarize the results of the basic research effort, which was directed
toward identification of the characteristics of individuals possessing
such abilities and the determination of neurophysiological correlates
and basic mechanisms involved in such functioning. With an eye toward
selection of future subjects, individuals possessing a well-developed
natural ability in the area under investigation underwent complete
physical, psychological, and neuropsychological profiling, the results
of which suggest some hypotheses for developing a screening procedure.
The program summary is presented in Section IV.
With regard to understanding the phenomenon, the precise nature of
the information channel that couples remote locations is not yet under-
stood. However, its general characteristics are compatible with both
quantum theory and information theory as well as with recent developments
in research on brain function. Therefore, our working assumption is that
the phenomenon of interest does not lie outside the purview of modern
physics and with further work will yield to analysis and specification.
Finally, it is concluded by the research contractor (SRI) that the
development of experimental procedures and the accrual of experience in
2
Approved For Release +003.beAs SIFIED 00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release20 % od2A SS RE-VE-10999A000300100034-4
three years of successful effort constitutes an asset that could be
utilized in the future, both for operational needs and for training others
in the development and use of the remote-sensing capability.
II
PROGRAM RESULTS -- APPLIED RESEARCH EFFORT
A.
Remote Viewing
As mentioned in the Abstract, the phenomenon we investigated most
extensively was the ability of individuals to view remote geographical
locations (up to several thousand kilometers away), given only coordinates
(latitude and longitude) or a person at a location on whom to target.
Individuals exhibiting this faculty include not only SRI participants
but also visiting staff members of the sponsoring organization who par-
ticipated as subjects so as to critique the protocol.
As observed in the laboratory, the basic phenomenon appears to cover
a range of subjective experiences variously referred to in the literature
as autoscopy (in the medical literature); exteriorization or disassociation
(psychological literature); simple clairvoyance, traveling clairvoyance,
or out-of-body experience (parapsychological literature); or astral pro-
jection (occult literature). We choose the term "remote viewing" as a
neutral descriptive term free of occult assumptions or bias as to the
mechanisms involved.
We begin our report in subsections 1 and 2 with experiments under
the control of the sponsor.
These experiments were designed to provide
a vehicle whereby the sponsor could establish independently of SRI, some
degree of confidence as to the existence of the long-distance remote
viewing faculty.
1.
Long-Distance Remote Viewing: Sponsor-Designated Targets
(Exploratory Research)
So as to subject the remote-viewing phenomena to a rigorous
long-distance test under external control, a request for geographical
coordinates of a site unknown to subject and experimenters was forwarded
to the sponsor's group responsible for threat analysis in this area.
In
response, an SRI experimenter received a set of coordinates identifying
3
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24
999A000300100034-4

Approved For Reteatt M'3 16/ASS4-PIE0999A000300100034-4
what is hereafter referred to as the West Virginia Site. The SRI experi-
menter then carried out remote-viewing experiments with two subjects on
a double-blind basis, that is, with target content blind to experimenter
as well as to subjects. (Following the experiment both subjects claimed
unfamiliarity with the West Virginia area. ) The experiment had as its
goal the determination of the utility of remote viewing under conditions
approximating an operational scenario.
West Virginia Site (S3)*
a.
Date:
29 May 1973, 1634 to 1640 hours, Menlo Park, Cali-
fornia. Protocol: Coordinates 38°23'45" to 48"N, 79º25'00"W, described
simply as being in West Virginia, were relayed to experimenter Dr. H.E.
Puthoff
by telephone, who then relayed this information to subject S3
to initiate experiment. No maps were permitted, and the subject was
asked to give an immediate response. The session was recorded on video
tape. The oral response is reproduced here from the tape:
This seems to be some sort of mounds or rolling hills. There
is a city to the north (I can see the taller buildings and some
smog). This seems to be a strange place, somewhat like the
lawns that one would rind around a military base, but I get
the impression that there are either some old bunkers around,
or maybe this is a covered reservoir. There must be a flagpole,
some highways to the west, possibly a river over to the far east,
to the south more city.
The map in Figure 1(a) was drawn by the subject.
On the following morning, S3 submitted a written report
of a second reading, dated 30 May 1973, 0735 to 0758 hours, Mountain
View, California:
Cliffs to the east, fence to the north. There's a circular
building (a tower?), buildings to the south.
Is this a former
Nike base or something like that? This is about as far as I
could go without feedback, and perhaps guidance as to what was
wanted. There is something strange about this area, but since
I don't know particularly what to look for within the scope of
the cloudy ability, it is extremely difficult to make decisions
on what is there and what is not. Imagination seems to get in
the way. (For example, I seem to get the impression of something
*
$3 identifies a subject. A key to numerical designations for subjects
is available from the sponsor's Contracting Officer Technical Repre-
sentative (COTR) .
Approved For RelelJENb&beAS SIFIED00999A000300100034-4

-
Approved For Releas@20: 42A SIS RE-+5- 10999A000300100034-4
N
1
Trees
-
N
1
- France
-
town
trees
ROAD
Building
5
?
Flagpole?
1
7
Target?
A depression
of some
Sont
Highway
Town
Building
Building
walk?
Some sort of camp .
Trees
(a) OVERVIEW
(b) DETAIL
FIGURE 1
MAPS OF WEST VIRGINIA SITE DRAWN BY SUBJECT S3
Approved For Release 2 : oct2A S SI FIVE 0999A000300100034-4
trues
-
Tomybil
River
Something
Round

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
underground, but I'm not sure. )
However, it is apparent that
on first sighting, the general location was correctly spotted.
The map in Figure 1(b) also was drawn by the subject.
b.
West Virginia Site (S1)
As a backup test, the coordinates were given to a second
subject, S1. The task was presented to the second subject independently
of the first subject, both to prevent collaboration and to prevent any
sense of competition.
Date:
I June 1973, 1700 hours, Menlo Park, California.
Protocol: Coordinates 38°23'45" to 48"N, 79'25'00"W were given (with no
further description) bv experimenter Dr. H.E. Puthoff to subject Sl by
telephone to initiate experiment.
On the morning of 4 June 1973, SI's written response
(dated 2 June 1973, 1250 to 1350 hours, Lake Tahoe, California) was re-
ceived in the mail:
Looked at general area from altitude of about 1500 ft above
highest terrain.
On my left forward quadrant is a peak in a
chain of mountains, elevation approximately 4996 ft above sea
level. Slopes are greyish slate covered with variety of broad-
leaf trees, vines, shrubbery, and undergrowth. I am facing
about 3º to 5° west of north. Looking down the mountain to the
right (east) side is a roadway -- freeway, country style -- curves
then heads ENE to a fairly large city about 30 to 40 miles
distant. This area was a battleground in civil war -- low rolling
hills, creeks, few lakes or reservoirs. There is a smaller
town a little SE about 15 to 20 miles distant with small
settlements, village type, very rural, scattered around.
Look-
ing across the peak, 2500 to 3000 ft mountains stretch out for
a hundred or so miles. Area is essentially wooded. Some of
the westerly slopes are eroded and gully washed -- looks like
strip mining, coal mainly.
Weather at this time is cloudy, rainy. Temperature at my
altitude about 54"F -- high cumulo nimbus clouds to about 25,000
to 30,000 ft. Clear area, but turbulent, between that level and
some cirro stratus at 46,000 ft. Air mass in that strip moving
WNW to SE.
1318 hours -- Perceived that peak area has large underground
storage areas. Road comes up back side of mountains (west
slopes), fairly well concealed, looks deliberately so. It's
cut under trees where possible -- would be very hard to detect
flying over area.
Looks like former missile site -- bases for
launchers still there, but area now houses record storage area,
microfilm, file cabinets; as you go into underground area
Approved For ReleaseRPC/264S SA FIE 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/1CRAERDP79-00999A000300100034-4
through aluminum rolled up doors, first areas filled with
records, etc.
Rooms about 100-ft long, 40-ft wide, 20-ft
ceilings, with concrete supporting pilasters, flare-shaped.
Temperature cool -- fluorescent lighted. Personnel, Army 5th
Corps Engineers. M/Sgt. Long on desk placard on grey steel
desk -- file cabinets security locked -- combination locks, steel
rods through eye bolts. Beyond these rooms, heading east,
are several bays with computers, communication equipment,
large maps, display type, overlays. Personnel, Army Signal
Corps. Elevators.
1330 hours -- Looked over general area from original location
again -- valleys quite hazy, lightning about 30 miles north
along mountain ridge. Tempterature drop about 6ºF, it's about
48ºF. Looking for other significances:
see warm air mass
moving in from SW colliding with cool air mass about 100 miles
ESE from my viewpoint.
Air is very turbulent -- tornado type;
birds in my area seeking heavy cover. There is a fairly large
river that I can see about 15 to 20 miles north and slightly
west; runs NE then curves in wide valley running SW to NE;
river then runs SE. Area to east: low rolling hills. Quite
a few Civil War monuments. A marble colonnade type: 'In this
area was fought the battle of Lynchburg where many brave men of
the Union and Confederate Armys (sic) fell. We dedicate this
area to all peace loving people of the future -- Daughters G. A. R. '
On a later date Sl was asked to return to the West Virginia
site with the goal of obtaining information on code words, if possible.
In response, S1 supplied the following information:
Top of desk had papers labeled "Flytrap" and "Minerva".
File cabinet on north wall labeled "Operation Pool ... "
-
(third word unreadable) .
-
Folders inside cabinet labeled "Cueball", "14 Ball", "4
Ball", "8 Ball", and "Rackup".
Name of site vaguely seems like Hayfork or Haystack. Per-
sonnel: Col. R.J. Hamilton, Maj. Gen. George R. Nash, Major John C.
Calhoun ( ?? ) .
c.
Urals Site (S1)
After obtaining a reading on the West Virginia Site, Sl
volunteered that he had scanned the other side of the globe for a Communist
Bloc equivalent and found one located in the Urals at. 65°00'57"N, 59º
59'59"E, described as follows:
:
Elevation, 6200 ft. Scrubby brush, tundra-type ground hummocks,
rocky outcroppings, mountains with fairly steep slopes. Facing
7
RET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
:

Approved For Release 2003/062EADP79-00999A000300100034-4
north, about 60 miles ground slopes to marshland.
Mountain
chain runs off to right about 35° east of north. Facing south,
mountains run fairly north and south. Facing west, mountains
drop down to foothills for 60 miles or so; some rivers running
roughly north. Facing east, mountains are rather abrupt,
dropping to rolling hills and to flat land. Area site under-
ground, reinforced concrete, doorways of steel of the roll-up
type. Unusually high ratio of women to men, at least at night.
I see some helipads, concrete. Light rail tracks run from pads
to another set of rails that parallel the doors into the moun-
tain. Thirty miles north (5° west of north) of the site is a
radar installation with one large (165 ft) dish and two small
fast-track dishes.
The two reports for the West Virginia Site, and the report
for the Urals Site were verified by personnel in the sponsor organization
as being substantially correct.
The results of the evaluation are con-
tained in a separate report filed with the COTR.
d.
Summary of Exploratory Research
The observation of such unexpectedly high-quality descrip-
tions early in our program led to a large-scale study of the phenomenon
under secure double-blind conditions (i.e., target unknown to experimenters
as well as subjects), with independent random target selection and blind
judging. The results, presented later, provide strong evidence for the
robustness of this phenomenon, one whereby complex remote stimuli can be
detected by a human perceptual modality of extreme sensitivity. Before
discussing these results, however, we consider further examples of both
operational and operational-analog experiments.
2.
Long-Distance Remote Viewing: Sponsor-Designated Target (Oper-
ational Target -- Semipalatinsk, USSR)
To determine the utility of remote viewing under operational
conditions, a long-distance remote viewing experiment was carried out on
a sponsor-designated target of current interest, an unidentified research
center at Semipalatinsk, USSR.
This experiment, carried out in three phases, was under direct
control of the COTR. To begin the experiment, the COTR furnished map
coordinates in degrees, minutes, and seconds.
The only additional infor-
mation provided was the designation of the target as an R&D test facility.
The experimenters then closeted themselves with subject S1, gave him the
8
Approved For Release 2003/0SECRET
ADP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06SE.CR-EDP79-00999A000300100034-4
map coordinates and indicated the designation of the target as an R&D test
facility. A remote-viewing experiment on the target was then carried out.
This activity constituted Phase I of the experiment.
Figure 2(a) shows the subject's graphic effort for building
layout; Figure 2(b) shows the subject's particular attention to a multi-
story gantry crane he observed at the site. Both results were obtained
by the experimenters on a double-blind basis before exposure to any addi-
tional COTR-held information, thus eliminating the possibility of cueing.
These results were turned over to the client representatives for evalua-
tion. For comparison an artist's rendering of the site as known to the
COTR (but not to the experimenters until later) is shown in Figure 3(a),
with crane detail shown in Figure 3(b).
Were the results not promising, the experiment would have stopped
at this point. Description of the multistory crane, however, a relatively
unusual target item, was taken as indicative of possible target acquisi-
tion. Therefore, Phase II was begun, defined by the subject being made
"witting" (of the client) by client representatives who introduced them-
selves to the subject at that point; Phase II also included a second
round of experimentation on the Semipalatinsk site with direct participa-
tion of client representatives in which further data were obtained and
evaluated. As preparation for this phase, client representatives purposely
kept themselves blind to all but general knowledge of the target site to
minimize the possibility of cueing. The Phase II effort was focused on
the generation of physical data that could be independently verified by
other client resources, thus providing a calibration of the process.
The end of Phase II gradually evolved into the first part of
Phase III, the generation of unverifiable data concerning the Semipalatinsk
site not available to the client, but of operational interest nonetheless.
Several hours of tape transcript and a notebook full of drawings were
generated over a two-week period.
The data describing the Semipalatinsk site were evaluated by
the sponsor, and are contained in a separate report. In general, several
details concerning the salient technology of the Semipalatinsk site ap-
peared to dovetail with data from other sources, and a number of specific
-
9
Approved For Release 2003/00 1 Con RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
-

Approved For Releatd toboot/ S.SI PPED0999A000300100034-4
N
-
RIVER .
Mil .
3
E
5
1
...
200
Gavnly
(a) SUBJECT EFFORT AT BUILDING LAYOUT
DAY
2
-
JUL 10 1874
(b) SUBJECT EFFORT AT CRANE CONSTRUCTION
FIGURE 2
MAP AND DETAIL OF SITE DRAWN BY SUBJECT S1
10
Approved For ReleaseJa@12A: SS PPED999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/SEC RAERDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(a) TARGET SITE
7
------
(b) CRANE COMPARISON
FIGURE 3
11
Approved For Release 2003/06/EACRAERBP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseNI 3/264S SI PPED00999A000300100034-4
large structural elements were correctly described.
The results contained
noise along with the signal, but were nonetheless clearly differentiated
from the chance results that were generated by control subjects in compar-
ison experiments carried out by the COTR.
3.
Long-Distance Remote Viewing: SRI-Designated Targets (Explora-
tory Research, Costa Rica Series)
The experimental procedures of Subsections 1 and 2 were designed
to provide a vehicle whereby the client could establish, independently of
SRI, some degree of confidence as to the existence of a long-distance re-
mote viewing faculty. Although the results were indicated to be positive,
from the standpoint of SRI personnel who could not participate in the
evaluation phase, it was considered necessary to supplement the above
experiments with a similar set under SRI control. Therefore, SRI-controlled
experiments were undertaken to enable the experimenters to participate
directly in the evaluation phase of the remote-viewing experiments.
Two subjects (Sl and S4) were asked to participate in a long-
distance experiment focusing on a series of targets in Costa Rica. The
subjects said they had never been to Costa Rica.
In this experiment, one of the experimenters (Dr. Puthoff) spent
ten days traveling through Costa Rica on a combination business/pleasure
trip. This information was all that was known to the subjects about the
traveler's itinerary.
The experiment called for Dr. Puthoff
to keep a
detailed record of his locationand activities, including photographs,
each of seven target days at 1330 PDT. A total of 12 daily descriptions
were collected before the traveler's return: six responses from Sl, five
responses from S4, and one response from an SRI experimenter, who acted
as a subject in one experiment on a day in which S4 was not available and
the other subject arrived late.
For its illustrative value we consider first the single response
submitted by the experimenter filling in as a subject.
The response, a
drawing submitted for a day in the middle of the series, is shown in
Figure 4 together with photographs taken at the site. Although Costa Rica
is a mountainous country. the subject unexpectedly perceived the traveler
at a beach and ocean setting.
With some misgivings, he described an
1.2
Approved For Released63.bcAS SARBEID00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release20 : 0 12A SI SI FIYE (0-09A000300100034-4
AIRPORT IN SAN ANDRES, COLOMBIA, USED AS REMOTE VIEWING TARGET
Zuday + /12/73
ocean
1:25 - 130
Honger BIJ,
Airport
CONCRETA
werhows
DARA
BRIGHT
grass
Sand
SA-3183-20
FIGURE 4
AIRPORT IN SAN ANDRES, COLOMBIA, USED AS REMOTE VIEWING TARGET ALONG
WITH SKETCH PRODUCED BY SUBJECT IN CALIFORNIA
1
-
13
Approved For Release JON/66/24ASS+F1E.5999A000300100034-4

Approved For Rete asPRIre/6/645 34 FRE D'0999A000300100034-4
airport on a sandy beach and an airstrip with the ocean at the end (correct).
An airport building also was drawn, and shown to have a large rectangular
overhang (correct). The traveler had taken a one-day unplanned side trip
to an offshore island and at the time of the experiment had just disem-
barked from a plane at a small island airport as described, 4000 kilometers
from SRI. The sole discrepancy was that the drawing showed a Quonset-hut
type of building in place of the rectangular structure.
The above description was chosen as an example to illustrate two
major points observed a number of times throughout the program. First, in
opposition to what might be expected, a subject's description does not
necessarily portray what might reasonably be expected to be correct (an
educated or "safe" guess) but often runs counter to even the subject's
own expectations. Second. individuals other than those with putative
"paranormal ability" are able to exhibit a remote viewing faculty.
The remaining submissions provided further examples of excellent
correspondences between target and response. (A target period of pool-
side relaxation was identified, a drive through a tropical forest at the
base of a truncated volcano was described as a drive through a jungle
below a large bare table mountain, a hotel room target description, in-
cluding such details as rug color, was correct, and so on.) So as to
determine whether such matches were simply fortuitous, i.e., could rea-
sonably be expected on the basis of chance alone, when Dr. Puthoff re-
turned he was asked to blind match the 12 descriptions to the seven
target locations. On the basis of this conservative evaluation procedure,
which vastly underestimates the statistical significance of the individual
descriptions. five correct matches were obtained (two each of subjects Sl
and S4, and the single submission by the experimenter). This number of
matches is significant at p = 0.02 by exact binomial calculation .*
*
The probability of a correct daily match by chance for any given tran-
script is p = 1/7. Therefore, the probability of at least five correct
matches by chance out of 12 tries can be calculated from
12
P= Z
5
12!
i! (12-i)!
1.1 6.
12-1
= 0.02.
i=5
14
Approved For Releast RI (3/2644S 94-FRE 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release10 10624A S/S + PIED 994000300100034-4
Therefore, this pilot study, completely under control of SRI, provided
confirmatory data supporting that obtained under sponsor control, indi-
cating the existence of an apparent long-distance remote viewing faculty.
4.
Short-Range Remote Viewing (Cipher Machine Analog)
As a further test of operational utility of the remote viewing
faculty, the COTR tasked the contractors with an experiment designed to
duplicate as closely as possible an operational situation of current
interest, the remote viewing of an abacus-type device. During a trip
to the East Coast, the experimenters were to proceed to New York, where
they were to purchase locally an abacus to be used as a target in a
remote viewing experiment. (The abacus was to constitute a target anal-
ogous to a cipher machine of particular interest.) Following the purchase
they were to contact a subject who lived there (S3) by telephone with
a surprise request to come to the experimenters' hotel room later that
day to participate in a remote-viewing experiment.
The above steps were carried out in preparation for the experi-
ment. In this case the experimenters knew what the target was, an ex-
ception to the double-blind rule followed in all our other work. There-
fore, while awaiting the subject's arrival, a preamble for the experiment
was prerecorded by one of the experimenters (Targ) and carefully checked
to ensure against verbal cueing:
Hal and I have brought a present for you. We wandered around
New York this morning and we bought an object. This object is
of the type that one interacts with, and Hal will use it for
its normal purpose. Today is Friday, September 26, 1974. As
in all our remote viewing experiments, we'd like to ask you to
describe the object as you see it rather than attempting to
give the object a name.
When the subject entered the hotel room, this instruction tape
was played by one experimenter (R. T. ) while the other experimenter (H. P. )
took a large locked suitcase containing the target object into an adjacent
room, locked the door, and removed the abacus, shown in Figure 5(a), actions
verified earlier as being inaudible. Thus the only available cue was an
upper bound on the size.
The subject produced the outline drawing I of Figure 5(b) in
approximately one minute. (The large purplish-silver object corresponds
15
Approved For Releas INGA:SS-REAL b999A000300100034-4
:
.
-
...

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
60
12
1
23
- 13
2
22
14
24 HOURS FT D
60 MINUTES . 1 HOUR
IDAY . 24 HOURS
I HOUR - 60 MINUTES -
60 SECONDS .1 MINUTE
1 MINUTE :60 SECONDS
20
18
6
1 25
(a)
ABACUS/CLOCK TARGET
(TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
compass
dial
polished
purplish-silver ?
I
II
UNCLASSIFIED
(b)
SUBJECT S3 RESPONSES I AND II
TO ABACUS/CLOCK TARGET
He Described Target as "Game Box
with Little Balls"
FIGURE 5
SA-3183-1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
16
9
21
15
3
15
8
MINUTES
HOURS
4
THE MONTH IS
10
5/10/17/18/19/20/21/2/23/24/25/20/27/28/10/01
1

1
4
Approved For Release 2008CLASSI FIED
9994000300100034-4
to the suitcase interior and is not taken to be evidential.) The experi-
menter remaining with the subject asked for more detail, and the subject
produced the drawing II of Figure 5(b), describing the object as a "game
box with little balls." The entire experiment was tape recorded and
extreme caution was taken to prevent cueing of any kind. The experiment
took place in five minutes total time.
Considering the high-strangeness factor of the target item, and
essentially total lack of restriction on the possibilities as far as the
subject was concerned, the correlation of subject drawings and target was
taken as indicative of a potential utility for remote viewing of tech-
nological targets, and resulted in a decision to experiment further in
this area.
After the target was shown to the subject, a short follow-up
experiment was carried out to determine whether the position of the balls
on the abacus could be determined by remote viewing, but this degree of
resolution was found to be beyond the subject's capability.
5.
Short-Range Remote Viewing (Technology Series)
So as to measure the resolution capability of the remote viewing
phenomenon, a series of experiments targeting on remote laboratory equip-
ment within the SRI complex was carried out.
Thirteen experiments were carried out with five different sub-
jects, two of whom were sponsor staff personnel. A subject was told that
one of the experimenters would be sent by random protocol to a laboratory
within the SRI complex and that he would interact with the equipment or
apparatus at the location. It was further explained that the experimenter
remaining with the subject was kept ignorant of the contents of the target
pool to prevent cueing during questioning. (The remaining experimenter
only knew that from time to time, on a random basis, previously used
targets would be reinserted into the target pool to provide an opportunity
for multiple responses to a given target, and that during sponsor visits
the targets might be selected by sponsor staff personnel rather than by
the established random protocol procedures.) The subject was asked to
describe the target both verbally (tape recorded) and by means of drawings
during the time-synchronized 15-minute interval in which the outbound
experimenter interacted in an appropriate manner with the equipment in the
17
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.. .

Approved For Release 2003/06424 : SIA RDP70-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
target area.
In the 13 experiments eight targets were used:
a drill press,
computer-driven flight simulator (Link trainer), Xerox machine, video
terminal, chart recorder, four-state random target generator (used in
screening tests described later), typewriter, and machine shop. Three
of these were used twice (drill press, video terminal, and typewriter)
and one (Xerox machine) came up three times. As an example of drawings
generated by subjects, all of the subject outputs generated for the latter
three (video terminal, typewriter, and Xerox machine) are shown in Figures
6, 7, and 8. A summary of subject and target selection procedure is given
in Table 1.
As is apparent from the illustrations alone, certain of the ex-
periments provide circumstantial evidence for an information channel of
useful bit rate. This includes experiments (Experiments 4 and 13) in
which sponsor staff personnel participated as subjects to observe the
protocol.
To obtain independent objective judgment of the quality of
the remote viewing of technological targets, various analyses based on
blind judging were employed.
In the first judging procedure, a judge was asked to blind-match
the drawings alone (i.e., without tape transcripts) to the targets.
Multiple subject responses to a given target were stapled together, and
thus there were seven subject-drawing response packets to be matched to
the seven different targets for which drawings were made. (No drawings
were made for the Link trainer.) The judge did not have access to our
photographs of the target locations, used for demonstration only (as in
Figures 6 through 8), but rather proceeded to each of the target locations
by list. While standing at each target location, the judge was required
to rank order the seven subject-drawing response packets (presented in
random order) on a scale one to seven (best to worst match), as shown
in Table 2. The statistic of interest is the sum of ranks on the diagonal,
lower values indicating better matches. For seven targets, the sum of
ranks could range from seven to forty-nine. The probability that a given
Sum of ranks s or less will occur by chance is given by:
1
18
Approved For ReldatNOLAS SIFIED9-00999A000300100034-4

1
-
A
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
..... ..
.
....
TARGET: VIDEO MONITOR FOR TEXT EDITING (TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
UNCLASSIFIED
Side
all mat Black
19
-leves
50
Black
Ta
B
window
0
107
10
Knobs
TI Silent 700?
SUBJECT (S4) DRAWING OF "BOX WITH LIGHT COMING OUT
OF IT . . . PAINTED FLAT BLACK AND IN
THE MIDDLE OF THE ROOM"
SECOND SUBJECT (V2) SAW A COMPUTER TERMINAL
WITH RELAY RACKS IN THE BACKGROUND
SA-3183-8
FIGURE 6
DRAWING BY TWO SUBJECTS OF A VIDEO MONITOR TARGET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
---

Approved For Released 3 d6/A. SSIFDE900999A009300100034-4
TECHNOLOGY SERIES
TYPEWRITER TARGET
Seems to resolve into 2 ports
one sitting on top of the oder -
a machine in 2 parts.
white on the side
see the flor wow - lingue
11:25
slits of slots
leurs
mdal
dual's
- huff colored
-dark wass
dak?
Ste
0
0
0
C
the lights med bieside
a qual crescut.
SUBJECT S3 RESPONSE
yorso
SUBJECT S4 RESPONSE
TA-760525-5
FIGURE 7
DRAWINGS OF A TYPEWRITER TARGET BY TWO SUBJECTS
20
Approved For Relead Nad A S.SIFPE DD1999A000300100034-4
....

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
TARGET LOCATION: XEROX MACHINE
(TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
TO ADD INTEREST TO TARGET
LOCATION EXPERIMENTER WITH
HIS HEAD BEING XEROXED
21
(2)
it turns ?
doch brown at marion
rolling along
table
4
000000
5:2
e
UNCLASSIFIED )
TA-760525-6
FIGURE 8
DRAWINGS BY THREE SUBJECTS (S2, S3, AND V3) FOR XEROX MACHINE TARGET
When subject (V3) was asked to describe the square at upper left, the subject said, "There
was this predominent light source which might have been a window, and a working surface
which might have been the sill, or a working surface or desk." Earlier the subject had said,
Approved FB? Release: 2003/06/24e: /xp79db999Adows001800yindow." Shown at right.

Approved For RILASSAFED09A300100034-4
TABLE 1
SUBJECT AND TARGET SELECTION PROCEDURE
FOR TECHNOLOGY SERIES
Experiment
Target
Target
Selection
Procedure*
Subject
1
Link trainer
a
SRI-S4
2
Video terminal
a
SRI-S4
3
Drill press
a
SRI-S4
4
Xerox machine
b
Sponsor-V1
5
Xerox machine
b
SRI-S2
6
Random number
C
SRI-S4
generator
7
Machine shop
b
SRI-S4
8
Typewriter
b
SRI-S4
9
Typewriter
C
SRI-S3
10
Chart recorder
C
SRI-S3
11
Xerox machine
C
SRI-S3
12
Drill press
c
SRI-S3
13
Video terminal
C
Sponsor-V2
*Target selection procedures
a.
Outbound SRI experimenter selects target site arbitrarily after
leaving subject area.
b.
Visiting sponsor staff member selects target site arbitrarily
after leaving subject area.
c.
Standard protocol, in which a target is issued to outbound
experimenter by division director who selects the target by
random number technique from a target pool stored in a secure
safe.
22
Approved For ReldaNCLASSIFIED-00999A000300100034-4

1
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP19-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 2
RANK ORDERING MATCH OF SUBJECT-DRAWING RESPONSE PACKETS
TO TARGET LOCATIONS (BLIND JUDGING, TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
Place
Visited
Subject
Drawing
Number
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
Video terminal
1
7
5
6
4
3
2
Random number
generator
4
6
5
7
2
3
1
Xerox machine
6
1
2
5
7
4
3.
Machine shop
5
2
1
.
3
4
6
7
Drill press
7
3
5
1
2
4
6
Typewriter
3
7
5
6
1
2
4
Chart recorder
4
7
5
3
6
1
2
Note on judging procedure: When standing at target locations shown on
left, each of the seven subject-drawing response packets (originally
labeled in random order) are rank ordered one to seven (best to worst
match) by the judge. Statisitic of interest is the sum of ranks on the
diagonal, lower values indicating better matches (see text). The sum
in this case (18) is significant at p < 0.04.
1
-
23
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Releas UN CLASS RIE D999A000300100034-4
Prob(s or less) =
1
Nh
S
i=n & =0
k
(-1)
n.
i-NL -1,
n-1
,
where s = obtained sum of ranks
N = number of assignable ranks
n = number of occasions on which rankings were made
& takes on values from zero to the least positive integer k
in (i-n)/n.
Table 3 is a table to enable easy application of the above
formula to those cases in which N = n. The sum in this case (18) is
significant at p < 0.04.
In the second judging procedure, another judge was given 12
subject-response packages, which included drawings and tape transcripts,
and asked to blind match, without replacement, the 12 response packages
to 12 target locations, which he visited. (The thirteenth location, the
machine shop, included in the first judging, was left out of this judging
by an oversight.) In the forced-choice matching without replacement,
(that is, each response packet used only once), the judge obtained four
direct hits, the Link trainer (Experiment 1), video terminal (Experiment
2), drill press (Experiment 3) and Xerox machine (Experiment 5). (The
Link trainer, for which no drawings were made, was matched on the basis
of tape-recorded transcript alone. It is a standard computer-controlled
flight simulator that resembles the cockpit of an aircraft.
It was
cramped quarters for the outbound experimenter who flew the trainer ac-
cording to a printed flight plan book laid over his arm. The windows
were frosted and translucent. Subject S4 gave a description of the ex-
perimenter crowded into a very small space illuminated by gray diffuse
light and with a long paper, such as a waiter's towel, over his arm.
Although not unambiguous, the subject's description was nevertheless
essentially devoid of incorrect statements.)
As indicated by Table 4, the probability of obtaining by chance
four direct hits out of 12 matches is p = 0.015; thus, this judging pro-
cedure also indicates that, from a statistical standpoint, there is
significant evidence of useful information transfer.
In a third judging procedure the COTR arbitrarily selected the
24
Approved For Release NG/LGASSEJED ..
00999A000300100034-4

1
1
7
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 3
Critical Values of Sums of Ranks for Preferential Matching
Number of
Assignable
Ranks (N)
Probability (One-Tailed) that the Indicated Sum of Ranks or Less Would Occur by Chance
0.20
0.10
0.05
0.04 0.025
0.01
0.005
0.002
10.001|0.0005
10-4
10-5
10-6
10-7
4
7
6
5
5
5
4
4
5
11
10
9
8
8
7
6
6
5
5
6
16
15
13
13
12
11
10
9
8
7
6
7
22
20
18
18
17
15
14
12
12
11
9
8
8
29
27
24
24
22
20
19
17
16
15
13
11
9
8
9
37
34
31
30
29
26
24
22
21
20
17
14
12
10
10
46
42
39
38
36
33
31
29
27
25
22
19
16
13
11
56
51
48
47
45
41
38
36
34
32
28
24
20
17
12
67
61
58
56
54
49
47
43
41
39
35
30
25
22
UNCLASSIFIED
This table applies only to those special cases in which the number of occasions on which objects
are being ranked (n) is equal to the number of assignable ranks (N). Each entry represents the
largest number that is significant at the indicated p-level.
Source: R. L. Morris1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
25

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 4
The Probabilities of M Correct Guesses of N Distinct Items
MN 1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
0
...
.5000
3333
.3750
. 36667
. 36806
.36786
. 367882
.367879
.367879
. 3678794
.3678794
1
1.000
...
.5000
.3333
.37500
. 36667
.36806
.367857
. 367882
. 367879
. 3678795
.3678794
2
.5000
...
. 2500
.16667
.18750
.18333
.184028
.183929
.183941
.1839396
.1839397
3
.1667
. . .
.08333
.05556
.06250
. 061111
.061343
. 061310
.0613137
.0613132
4
.0417
...
.02083
.01389
.015625
. 015278
.015336
.0153274
. 0153284
26
5
.00833
. . .
.00417
.002778
. 003125
.003056
.0030671
.0030655
6
.00139
...
.000694
.000463
.000521
.0005093
. 0005112
7
.00020
.000099
.000066
.0000744
.0000728
8
.000025
...
.000012
.0000083
.0000093
9
.000003
. . .
. 0000014
. 0000009
10
.000000
. 0000001
11
.0000000
...
12
.0000000
Source: N. Feller2
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
4
1
1
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED

Approved For Release 2003/0SEC.R. RFP79-00999A000300100034-4
data of Experiment 3 (drill press/S4) as a test case. An analyst of the
sponsor organization, blind as to the target and given only the subject's
taped narrative and drawings (Figure 9), was able, from the subject's
description alone, to correctly classify the target as a "man-sized ver-
tical boring machine."
In general, it appears that use of multiple-subject responses
to a single target provides better signal-to-noise ratio than target iden-
tification by a single individual. Further, our observation is that most
of the correct information is of a nonanalytic nature pertaining to shape,
form, color, and material rather than to function or name. That is, we
often observe the correct description of basic elements and patterns
coupled with incomplete or erroneous analysis of function. As a result,
we have learned to urge our subjects simply to describe what they see as
opposed to interpreting the perceived data. One should not infer that
analytic functioning in the remote viewing mode is never observed, however,
as indicated by codeword retrieval in the West Virginia Site experiment
discussed in Subsection 1-B above, and by the sponsor-staff-member-generated
response of Figure 6.
B.
Detection of Secret Writing (SW) Target Material
To determine whether documents containing secret writing (SW) could
be differentiated from other documents, SRI carried out a double-blind
experiment under sponsor control. Twenty-seven numbered envelopes con-
taining target drawings of variable content and preparation, sealed and
specially secured by the sponsor, were submitted to SRI researchers for
sorting. The goal was the differentiation of the 12 envelopes containing
the SW drawings from the envelopes containing either pencil drawings (6)
or blanks (9). This distribution was the only datum given to researchers
and subject. The key, shown in Table 5, remained under sponsor control
until the experiment was completed and the data were submitted to the COTR.
A series of sorting runs to detect SW material was carried out with
SRI subject S1. The series consisted of 24 runs through the 27 cards,
choosing 12 cards each run, the goal being to choose the 12 SW cards.
Thus, each run consisted of a sort into one of two binary channels, non-
SW or SW, say (0,1). The numbered envelopes containing the target
27
Approved For Release 2003/6SECRET
A RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Retea& MPENTE'A S'SIPPE [90999A000300100034-4
=
BELT DRIVE FOR DRILL
PRESS (CAN BE SEEN ONLY
FROM ABOVE MACHINE)
TARGET: DRILL PRESS
(TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
----
1
Medtopy
0
SA-3183-7
FIGURE 9
SUBJECT (S4) DRAWING OF DRILL PRESS SHOWING BELT DRIVE, STOOL AND
"VERTICAL GRAPH THAT GOES UP AND DOWN"
28
Approved For Releatd NIE E/A SSI PPED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/08/4 GRARUP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 5
KEY FOR SECRET WRITING EXPERIMENT
(Kept blind to experimenters until experiment completion)
Card No.
Target Material
Target Content
1
Pencil
Large X
Small 4
2
Pencil
3
Pencil
Large 4
4
Blank
Blank
5
Blank
Blank
6
Pencil
Large 0
7
Pencil
Small x
8
Pencil
Small o
9
Blank
Blank
10
Blank
Blank
11
CD-294
Small 4
12
CD-294
Large X
13
CD-294
Large 4
14
CD-294
Small o
15
Blank
Blank
16
CD-294
Small x
17
Blank
Blank
18
CD-294
Large 0
19
CD-175
Large 0
20
Blank
Blank
21
CD-175
Large X
22
CD-175
Small 4
23
Blank
Blank
24
Blank
Blank
25
CD-175
Small o
26
CD-175
Large 4
27
CD-175
Small x
29
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleJP&P.A'S SIFPED00999A000300100034-4
material were randomized before each run and placed inside unnumbered
opaque envelopes before being presented to the subject for sorting.
The appropriate analysis technique for a binary sort (0,1) is the
method known as sequential sampling.
3
The sequential method gives a
rule of procedure for making one of three possible decisions for each
card following a given binary sort: accept 1 as the bit being carried
by the card; reject 1 as the bit being carried by the card (i.e., accept
0); or continue sampling of the card under consideration.
The sequential
sampling procedure differs from fixed-length statistical analysis procedures
in that the number of sorts required to reach a final decision on a card
bit is not fixed before sampling, but depends on the results accumulated
with each sampling run. The primary advantage of the sequential sampling
procedure as compared with the other methods is that, on the average,
fewer sorts per final decision are required for an equivalent degree of
reliability.
Use of the sequential sampling procedure requires the specification
of parameters that are determined on the basis of the following consid-
erations. Assume that a labeling bit (0 or 1) is being carried by each
card.
From the standpoint of the sorter, the probability of correctly
identifying the bit being carried is some value p because of chance alone.
An operative sensing channel could then be expected to alter the proba-
bility of correct identification to a higher value p = p + v. Good psi
functioning on a repetitive task is observed to result in v = 0.12, as
reported by Ryz1.
.4
Therefore, let us assume a baseline psi parameter
4% = 0.12.
The question to be addressed in the case of sorting 12 SW cards from
among 27 cards is whether a given card is sorted into the SW channel at
a low rate p commensurate with the hypothesis H that the card in ques-
tion is a non-SW card, or at a higher rate p, commensurate with the hy-
pothesis H, that the card in question is indeed an SW card.
The decision-
making process requires the specification of four parameters:
(1) p : The probability of sorting incorrectly a non-SW (0) card
into the SW (1) channel. In the sort of 12 SW cards from among
27, the probability of correctly sorting a non-SW (0) card into
30
Approved For Release JOPO-124A S'SPIECP99A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
the non-SW (0) channel is p = p + 4 = 15/27 + 0.12 = 0.676.
Therefore, the probability of a non-SW (0) card being incor-
rectly sorted into the SW (1) channel is 1 - p = 0. 324 = Po.
(2)
P1:
The probability of sorting correctly an SW (1) card into
the SW (1) channel. In the sort of 12 SW cards from among 27,
the probability of correctly sorting an SW (1) card into the
SW (1) channel is P1 = Pc + +1 = 12/27 + 0.12 = 0.564.
(3)
a: The probability of rejecting a correct identification for a
non-SW (0) card (designated in statistics as a Type 1 error) .
We shall take a = 0.1.
(4)
The probability of accepting an incorrect identification
for an SW (1) card (designated in statistics as a Type II error) .
We shall take B = 0.1.
(Lower values for a and B result in increased accuracy, but at the ex-
pense of requiring longer runs.
Therefore, a compromise must be made
between the desire to maximize reliability and to minimize redundancy.)
With the parameters thus specified, the sequential sampling procedure
provides for construction of a decision graph as shown in Figure 10. A
cumulative record of sorts of a given card is compiled run by run until
either the upper or lower limit line is reached, at which point a decision
is made to label the card as 0 (non-SW) or 1 (SW) .
As indicated in Figure 10, during the 24 runs carried out, SW cards
13, 18, 21, 22, 25, 26, and 27 correctly emerged through the upper limit
line to be labeled SW, along with pencil cards 1 and 2 and blank card 17,
the latter three incorrectly. We note that five of the six CD-175 cards
ended up correctly sorted. With regard to the lower limit line, pencil
cards 3, 6, and 8, and blank cards 4, 20, and 23 correctly emerged
through the lower limit line to be labeled non-SW, along with (incorrectly)
SW cards 12, 16, and 19. Thus, of the 19 cards that emerged through the
limit lines, 13 are correct. Although we cannot rule out the possibility
of obtaining 13 correct choices out of 19 labelings by chance (p = 0.09 by
-
31
Approved For Releas
UNCLASSIFIED
99A000300100034-4
i

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
14
[SW-22
SW-21
SW-18
P-1C
9, 10,
£
DECISION 1
ACCEPT "1" AS
THE BIT BEING
CARRIED
·14, 24
10
B-17
5,7,
11,15
E1 = d1 + SN,
Eo = - do + SN,
)
UNCLASSIFIED
D
2
4
6
8
10
12
14
16
18
20
22
24
26
RUN NUMBER, N
TA-760582-23R
FIGURE 10
PROCEDURE FOR CARD SORTING BY SEQUENTIAL SAMPLING
Po = 0.324, p = 0.564, « = 0.1, 8 = 0.1
BROKEN LINE SHOWS SAMO SAMPLING SEQUENCE FOR CARD NO. 25
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
32
1-o
log 1-
SW-12
do =
p1 (1-Pol
B-20
log -
Po (1-p1)
P-8
0
.
log (1-P))
SW-19
(1-p2)
-2
P1 (1-Pp)
log
1
-4
UPPER AND LOWER LIMIT
LINES GIVEN BY:
12
CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF MATCHES AGAINST
"1" TARGET MESSAGE SEQUENCE
SW-25
DECISION 3
CONTINUE
SAMPLING
Where
8
SW-27
SW-26
P-2
P-3
6
SW-13
SW-16
B-4
B-23
=
P1 (1-Po)
log
Po(1-P1)
4
P-6
2
DECISION 2
ACCEPT "0" AS
THE BIT BEING
CARRIED
S
Po(1-P1)
log 1- 8

Approved For Release 20 + od2A SIS REPE-10999A000300100034-4
exact binomial calculation*), the result indicates a tendency toward cor-
rect labeling that could be explored further. With an increased number
of runs, the probabilities for a and B errors can be reduced while still
permitting a large percentage of labelings to be made. (For completeness
we include the raw data call sheet as Table 6.)
A second shorter series of 18 sorting runs through the 27 cards to
choose the six pencil cards yielded chance results.
*
Recognizing that the probability of a correct choice by chance is the
probability that an SW card is sorted into the SW channel, or a non-SW
card is sorted into the non-SW channel, we have
p (corr) =
12
27 × 27 +
12
15 x 15
27
27
= 0.506.
From this the probability of at least 13 correct choices by chance out
of 19 tries can be calculated from
2
19
i! (19-i)!
19!
(0.506)-(0.494)
19-i
= 0.09
i=13
33
Approved For Release
SUNGLASSAPPIENO999A000300100034-4
-
-
+

Approved For ReletyPeLER'S SiPPER00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 6
RAW DATA CALL SHEET FOR SECRET WRITING EXPERIMENT
(SELECT 12 PER RUN)
Card Chosen
PPPBBPPPBB
SW SW SW SW B
SW B
SW SW B
SW SW B
B
SW SW SW
1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 27
Run #
1 x
x
x
X
x
x
X
×
X
X
X
2
x
X
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
3
x
X
X
X
x
x
X
X
×
X
X
x
4
X
x
x X
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
5
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
x
6
x
X
x
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
×
x
7
x
X
x
X
X
X
x
x
X
X
x
X
x
X
X
x
x
x
X
X
9 x
XX
X
x
X
x
X
x
X
X
X
10
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
X
11
×
X
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
12 x x
x X
X
X
x
x
X
X
X
X
13
×
x
X
x
x
X
X
X
×
X
x
X
14 x x
X
X
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
15
X
x
X
X
x
x
x
X
X
x
x
X
16 x
X X
x
X
X
x
X
X
x
X
X
17
x
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
18
x X
X
X
X
X
x
x
X
X
X
X
19
x
x
x
X
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
X
20
x
X
X
X
X
x
X
x
X
X
X
X
|21
x
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
X
x
x
X
|22
x
X
x
x
X
x
X
X
X
X
X
x
23 x
X
X
X
X
x
X
X
x
X
X
X
24 x
x
X
x
X
X
x
x
X
x
x
x
34
Approved For Release bos beAS SRED00999A000300100034-4
4
8 x x

Approved For Release [2PN100/14ACS-SPFPEL99A000300100034-4
III
PROGRAM RESULTS -- BASIC RESEARCH EFFORT
In addition to experimentation carried out under conditions appropri-
ate to assessing the operational utility of paranormal abilities, approx-
imately 50 percent of the program effort was devoted to a basic research
effort that included :
(1)
Identification of measurable characteristics possessed by
gifted individuals,
(2)
Identification of neurophysiological correlates that relate
to paranormal activities,
(3)
Identification of the nature of paranormal phenomena and
energy .
A.
Screening Tests
To meet the above objectives, the first prerequisite was the estab-
lishment of criteria capable of differentiating individuals apparently
gifted in paranormal functioning from those who were not. This pre-
requisite was met by carrying out a series of screening tests under fixed
protocol conditions. The tests were designed to ensure that all conven-
tional communications channels were blocked, and that the outcomes could
be sufficiently unambiguous to determine whether paranormal functioning
occurred. Individuals gifted in certain areas of paranormal functioning
could then be differentiated from those who were not on the basis of
whether their results differed significantly from chance.
Two experimental paradigms were utilized as screening tests on the
basis that these tests had been useful for such purposes prior to this
program (in the sense that certain apparently gifted individuals did
exceedingly well in at least one of these tests, whereas the results of
unselected volunteers did not differ significantly from chance expecta-
tion). The tests were (a) the remote viewing of natural targets, and (b)
the determination of the state of a four-state random target generator.
The first type of test constitutes a so-called "free-response" paradigm
in which the subject originates freely about contents of his awareness;
furthermore, the channel in general may involve both direct perception
of the remote site and perception of the mental contents of an observer
at the site.
In the second type of test, on the other hand, the target
35
Approved For Release 2003624. A.S-S +FEL A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
is more abstract (an electronic state), the target is blind to all par-
ticipants, and the subject's choice is precisely constrained.
For the purpose of screening, a result is considered unambiguously
paranormal if the a priori probability for the occurrence of the result
by chance, under the null hypothesis, is p <10-º .. A result with p <10-2
is taken as strongly indicative of paranormal functioning, while
a result at p < 0.05 is taken as circumstantial evidence for paranormal
functioning but requiring further exploration before assessment can be
considered secure.
Six subjects were chosen for the study, subjects Sl through S3 con-
sidered gifted or experienced, subjects S4 through S6 acting as learners/
controls. The dichotomy between gifted and learners/controls was based
on the former group having been successful in other studies prior to this
program either at SRI or elsewhere; the latter group being naive with
regard to paranormal experimentation.
An effort at parity between the two groups was a factor in subject
selection. Subject S5 (learner/control), a male, age 54, is matched by
age and sex with experienced subject S1, a male, age 55. Learner/control
subject S6, a female, age 34, is by age and background matched with ex-
perienced subject S2, a male, age 31 (both are research analysts at SRI).
Learner/control S4 (female, age 53) and experienced subject S3 (male,
age 41) are matched on the basis of similar artistic interests, back-
grounds, and occupations (professional photographer and painter, re-
spectively).
1.
Remote Viewing of Natural Targets Under a Uniform Standard
Protocol
Observations described earlier in this report (Section II-A)
suggested the hypothesis that it may be possible for a subject to access
and describe, by means of mental imagery, randomly chosen geographical
sites located several miles from the subject's position and demarcated
by some appropriate means. An experimental series was therefore set up
to test this hypothesis under rigorously controlled scientific conditions.
The experiment consisted of a series of double-blind tests with local
targets in the San Francisco Bay Area so that several independent judges
36
Approved For Release 003.0645 SAPPED 00999A000300100034-4
:
+

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
could visit the sites to establish documentation. The protocol was to
closet the subject with an experimenter at SRI and at an agreed-on time
to obtain from the subject a description of an undisclosed, remote site
being visited by a target team. In each of the experiments one of the six
program subjects served as remote-viewing subject, and SRI experimenters
served as a target demarcation team at the remote location chosen in a
double-blind protocol as follows.
In each experiment a target location within 30-minute driving
time from SRI was randomly chosen by SRI management from a list of targets
kept blind to subject and experimenters and used without replacement.
(A set of target locations clearly differentiated from each other had
been chosen from a target-rich environment of more than 100 targets of the
type used in the experimental series. Before the experimental series
began, the Director of the Information Science and Engineering Division,
not otherwise associated with the experiment, established the set of
locations as the target pool. The target locations were printed on cards
sealed and kept in the SRI Division office safe. They were available only
with the personal assistance of the Division Director who issued a single
randomly selected target card that constituted the traveling orders for
that experiment.)
In detail, to begin the experiment, the subject was closeted
with an experimenter at SRI to wait 30 minutes before beginning a narrative
description of the remote location. A second experimenter then obtained
from the Division Director a target location from a set of traveling
orders previously prepared and randomized by the Director and kept under
his control. The target demarcation team, consisting of two to four SRI
experimenters and, occasionally, sponsor staff personnel, then proceeded
by automobile directly to the target without any communication with the
subject or experimenter remaining behind. The experimenter remaining with
the subject at SRI was in ignorance of both the particular target and the
target pool so as to eliminate the possibility of subliminal cueing and
to allow him freedom in questioning the subject to clarify his descriptions.
The demarcation team remained at the target site for an agreed-on 15-
37
UNCLASSIFIED999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24
.

-
Approved For Relel 63bASSINFRIED00999A000300100034-4
minute period following the 30 minutes allotted for travel. *
During the
observation period, the remote-viewing subject was asked to describe his
impressions of the target site into a tape recorder and to make any draw-
ings he thought appropriate. An informal comparison was then made when
the demarcation team returned, and the subject was taken to the site to
provide feedback.
a.
Subject Sl (Experienced)
To begin the series, experienced subject Sl participated
as a subject in nine experiments. In general, Sl's ability to describe
correctly buildings, docks, roads, gardens, and the like, including
Structural materials, color, ambience, and activity -- sometimes in great
detail -- indicated the functioning of a remote perceptual ability. None-
theless, the descriptions contained inaccuracies as well as correct
statements. A typical example is indicated by the subject's drawing in
Figure 11 of one of the targets in which he correctly described a park-
like area containing two pools of water:
one rectangular, 60 x 89 ft
(actual dimensions 75 x 100 ft); the other circular, diameter 120 ft
(actual diameter 110 ft).
He incorrectly indicated the function, however,
as water filtration rather than recreational swimming. As discussed
earlier in connection with the technology series, we often observe es-
sentially correct descriptions of basic elements and patterns coupled
with incomplete or erroneous analysis of function. As can be seen from
his drawing, he also included some elements, such as the tanks shown in
the upper right, that are not present at the target site. We also note
an apparent left-right reversal, often observed in paranormal perception
experiments.
To obtain a numerical evaluation of the accuracy of the
remote-viewing experiment, the experimental results were subjected to
independent judging on a blind basis by an SRI research analyst not
The first subject (S1) was allowed 30 minutes for his descriptions, but
it was found that he fatigued and had little comment after the first
15 minutes. The viewing time was therefore reduced to 15 minutes for
subjects S2 through S6.
38
Approved For Reledde/ b63/h.A.S SARLED00999A000300100034-4
:

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
AVE.
TANK.
ELECT.
DIST.
THORS
75
110
100
SUTLEQUE BOOKS
PASTEL GREEN!
PLAY
GROUNDS
POOL HOUSE
CONCRETE BLOCK
SERVICE
YARD
SERVICE YARD!
Guver
39
FIRE
STATION
SALES of WATER- SPRAY
RAINBOW Effects-
PICNIC AREA/
1
RD.
SUN L
(a)
(b)
TA-760525-1
FIGURE 11
SWIMMING POOL COMPLEX AS REMOTE VIEWING TARGET
(a) City map of target location, (b) Drawing by S1.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED
TENNIS COURTS

Approved For Releal Mod/ASSIFIED09994000300100034-4
otherwise associated with the research. The subject's response packets,
which contained the typed transcripts of the nine tape-recorded narratives
along with any associated drawings, were unlabeled and presented in random
order. While standing at each target location, visited in turn, the judge
was required to blind rank order the nine packets on a scale of one to nine
(best to worst match); the results are shown in Table 7. As mentioned in
Section II-A-5, where this procedure was used in the judging of the tech-
nology series, the statistic of interest is the sum of ranks assigned to
the target-associated transcripts, lower values indicating better matches.
For nine targets the sum of ranks could range from nine to eighty-one.
The actual sum of this case, which included seven direct hits, was 16, a
result significant at p = 2.9 x 10-5 by exact calculation.
In experiments 3, 4, and 6 through 9, the subject was
secured in a double-walled, copper-screen Faraday cage. The Faraday cage
provides 120 dB attenuation for plane wave radio frequency radiation over
a range of 15 kHz to 1 GHz. For magnetic fields the attenuation is 68
dB at 15 kHz and decreases to 3 dB at 60 Hz. The results of rank order
judging (Table 7) indicates that the use of Faraday cage electrical
shielding does not prevent high quality descriptions from being obtained.
As a backup judging procedure, a panel of five additional
SRI scientists not otherwise associated with the research were asked simply
to blind match the unedited typed transcripts (with associated drawings)
generated by the remote viewer, against the nine target locations which
they independently visited in turn. The transcripts were, of course,
unlabeled and presented in random order. A correct match consisted of
a transcript of a given date being matched to the target of that date.
Instead of the expected number of one match each per judge, the number
of correct matches obtained by the five judges was 7, 6, 5, 3, and 3,
respectively. Thus, rather than the expected number of five correct
matches from the judges, 24 such matches were obtained.
b.
Subject S4 (Learner/Control)
Following the first series of nine experiments with exper-
ienced subject S1, a nine-target replication series was carried out with
learner/control subject S4 who had no previous experience in paranormal
functioning.
40
Approved For Reldd N.61.ASSIHE 9-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For ReleaseUN G/L.A.S.SIF1E 5999A000300100034-4
TABLE 7
Distribution of Rankings Assigned to Transcripts Associated
With Each Target Location for Experienced Subject (S1)
Target Location
Distance
(km)
Rank of
Associated
Transcript
Hoover Tower, Stanford
3.4
1
Baylands Nature Preserve, Palo Alto
6.4
1
Radio Telescope, Portola Valley
6.4
1
Marina, Redwood City
6.8
1
Bridge Toll Plaza, Fremont
14.5
6
Drive-in Theatre, Palo Alto
5.1
1
Arts and Crafts Plaza, Menlo Park
1.9
1
Catholic Church, Portola Valley
8.5
3
Swimming Pool Complex, Palo Alto
3.4
1
Total sum of ranks
16
(p=2.9x10-5)
41
UNCLASSIEJED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24. CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleasPRI(3/6/A4S 34 FRE 0999000300100034-4
Because of this subject's artistic background, she was cap-
able of drawing and describing visual images that she could not identify
in any cognitive or analytic sense, an asset in remote viewing. (Subjects
are encouraged to make drawings of anything they visualize and associate
with the remote location, since drawings made by subjects are in general
more accurate than the subject's verbal description. ) When the target
demarcation team went to a target location which was a pedestrian overpass,
for example, the subject said that she saw "a kind of trough up in the
air," which she indicated in the upper part of her drawing in Figure 12.
She went on to explain that "If you stand where they are standing you will
see something like this," indicating the nested squares at the bottom of
Figure 12. As it turned out, a judge standing where she indicated would
have a view closely resembling what she had drawn, as can be seen from
the accompanying photographs of the target location.
In another experiment, the subject described seeing "an
open barn-like structure with a pitched roof." She also saw a "kind of
slatted side to the structure making light and dark bars on the wall."
Her drawing and a photograph of the associated bicycle shed target are
shown in Figure 13.
For the entire series of nine, the numerical evaluation
based on blind rank ordering of transcripts at each site was significant
at p = 1.8 x 10-6, and included five direct hits and four second ranks
for the target-associated transcripts (see Table 8).
Again, as a backup judging procedure, a panel of five addi-
tional SRI scientists not otherwise associated with the research were
asked simply to blind match the unedited typed transcripts, with associated
drawings, generated by the remote viewer, against the nine target locations
which they independently visited in turn. A correct match consisted of a
transcript of a given date being matched to the target of that date. In-
stead of the expected number of one match each per judge, the number of
correct matches obtained by the five judges was 5, 3, 3, 2, and 2, re-
spectively. Thus, rather than the expected number of five correct matches
from the judges, 15 such matches were obtained.
42
Approved For ReleasINCLASSIFIED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseCLASSIFIED99A000300100034-4
PEDESTRIAN OVERPASS TARGET
-
E
Light
CCCC
-
SA-3183-5
FIGURE 12
SUBJECT S4 DRAWING, DESCRIBED AS "SOME KIND OF DIAGONAL TROUGH
UP IN THE AIR"
43
Approved For ReleasCONTAS/SIFIED 99A000300100034-4

Approved For Relea& NE L'A S'SIPTEL9 999000300100034-4
T
BICYCLE SHED TARGET
DETAIL OF BICYCLE SHED
1
1
show
wall
1
:
SA-3183-19
FIGURE 13
SUBJECT S4 RESPONSE TO BICYCLE SHED TARGET DESCRIBED AS AN OPEN
"BARN-LIKE BUILDING" WITH "SLATS ON THE SIDES" AND A "PITCHED
ROOF"
44
Approved For Releated APETE/A SSIPPED999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
SUUN CLASSIFIED.99A000300100034-4
TABLE 8
Distribution of Rankings Assigned to Transcripts Associated
With Each Target Location for Learner Subject (S4)
Target Location
Distance
(km)
Rank of
Associated
Transcript
Methodist Church, Palo Alto
1.9
1
Ness Auditorium, Menlo Park
0.2
1
Merry-Go-Round, Palo Alto
3.4
1
Parking Garage, Mountain View
8.1
2
SRI International Courtyard,
Menlo Park
0.2
1
Bicycle Shed, Menlo Park
0.1
2
Railroad Trestle Bridge, Palo Alto
1.3
2
Pumpkin Patch, Menlo Park
1.3
1
Pedestrian Overpass, Palo Alto
5.0
2
Total sum of ranks
13
(p=1.8x10-6)
45
UNCLASSLEJED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReldaNOCLASSIFIED-00999A000300100034-4
c.
Subjects S2 and S3 (Experienced)
Having completed a series of 18 remote-viewing experiments,
nine each with experienced subject S1 and learner/control subject S4, it
was apparent that the projected completion of an additional series of nine
each for experienced subjects S2 and S3 and learner/control subjects S5
and S6 was beyond the limits imposed by funding and time available.
There-
fore, on a best-effort basis, it was decided to complete four each with
the remaining subjects. To place the judging on a basis comparable to that
employed with S1 and S4, the four transcripts each of experienced subjects
S2 and S3 were combined into a group of eight for rank order judging, to
be compared with the similarly combined results of the learner/control
subjects $5 and S6.
The series with experienced subjects S2 and S3 provided a
further example of the dichotomy between verbal and drawing responses
during an experiment in which two sponsor staff personnel (the COTR and
an associate) participated as members of the target demarcation team, the
COTR choosing the target. The target, a tennis court, is shown in Figure
14, along with the drawings generated by the subject (S2). In discussing
the drawings, the subject indicated that he was uncertain as to the action,
but had the impression that the demarcation team was located at a museum
in a particular park. In fact, the tennis court was located in that
park about 100 yards from the indicated museum. Once again we note the
characteristic (discussed earlier) of a resemblance between the target
site and certain gestalt elements of the subject's response, especially
as regards the drawings, coupled with incomplete or erroneous analysis
of the significances. When rank ordering transcripts one through eight
at the site, this transcript was ranked second.
A second example from this group, however, indicates the
level of precision that can be attained. The target location chosen by
the standard double-blind protocol was the Palo Alto City Hall. Subject
S3 described a tall building with vertical columns and "set in" windows.
(His sketch, together with the photograph of the site is shown in Figure
15.) He said there was a fountain, "but I don't hear it." At the time
the target team was at the City Hall during the experiment, the fountain
was not running. He also made an effort to draw a replica of the designs
46
Approved For Relea 3/6/SS+FEL0999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TARGET-TENNIS COURTS
UNCLASSIFIED
47
Windows
UNCLASSIFIED
P
SA-3183-18
FIGURE 14
SUBJECT S2 DRAWINGS IN RESPONSE TO TENNIS COURT TARGET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Proture & the miniature golf course
Savona
13 Nov 24.
10:40 am.
UNCLASSIFIED
1
48
afountain.
but I don't hear it.
walk tras
lawn
wall
cross walks.
0pm
basket ball count . fuld .
Section
UNCLASSIFIED
TA-760582-21
TARGET-PALO ALTO CITY HALL
CROSS
walks
?
-
SA-3183-14
FIGURE 15
SUBJECT S3 RESPONSE TO CITY HALL TARGET
-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
fluch of green-
foliage wird
trees?
a corridor & some sort .
a wall helund the trees
lawns .
anapon fuld.
an enclosed ora of some sort.
a quad .
I long building

UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
in the pavement in front of the building, and correctly indicated the
number of trees (four) in the sketch.
For the entire series of eight, four each from S2 and S3,
the numerical evaluation based on blind-rank ordering of transcripts at
each site was significant at p = 3.8 x 10-4, and included three direct
hits and three second ranks for the target-associated transcripts (see
Table 9).
d.
Subjects S5 and S6 (Learner/Control)
To complete the series, four experiments each were carried
out with learner/control subjects S5 and S6.
The results in this case, taken as a group, did not differ
significantly from chance. For the series of eight (judged as a group
of seven since one target came up twice, once for each subject) the numer-
ical evaluation based on blind-rank ordering of transcripts at each site
was nonsignificant at p = 0.08, even though there were two direct hits
and two second ranks out of the seven (see Table 10).
One of the direct hits, which occurred with subject S6 on
her first experiment, is an example of the "first-time effect" that has
been rigorously explored and is well-known to experimenters in the field.
In the narrative, the subject began to describe a large square with a
fountain. Two minutes into the experiment she recognized the location
and correctly identified it by name (see Figure 16). It should be noted
that in the area from which the target locations were drawn there are
several other fountains, some of which were in the target pool as well.
As an example of the style of the narratives generated during remote
viewing experiments with a naive subject, and the part played by the ex-
perimenter remaining with the subject in such a case, we have included
the entire unedited text of this experiment as Appendix A.
5
e.
Sponsor Subjects (Learner/Control)
Two sponsor staff personnel participated as subjects in five
experiments so as to experience the protocols from the subjects' viewpoint.
In this role they provide an additional calibration for this part of the
program with regard to:
49
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseRD3/2644S SIPPE FP0999A000300100034-4
TABLE 9
Distribution of Rankings Assigned to Transcripts Associated
With Each Target Location for Experienced Subjects (S2) and (S3)
Subject
Target Location
Distance
(km)
Rank of
Associated
Transcript
S2
BART Station (Transit System) ,
Fremont
16.1
1
S2
Shielded Room, SRI, Menlo Park
0.1
2
S2
Tennis Court, Palo Alto
3.4
2
S2
Golf Course Bridge, Stanford
3.4
2
S3
City Hall, Palo Alto
2.0
1
S3
Miniature Golf Course, Menlo
3.0
1
Park
S3
Kiosk in Park, Menlo Park
0.3
3
S3
Bay lands Nature Preserve,
6.4
3
Palo Alto
Total sum of ranks
15
(p=3.8x10-4)
50
Approved For ReleaUNGASSIFIEL0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2 1/06/24A S-S-+P1EP 99A000300100034-4
TABLE 10
Distribution of Rankings Assigned to Transcripts Associated
With Each Target Location for Learner Subjects S5 and S6
Subject
Target Location
Distance
(km)
Rank of
Associated
Transcript
S5
Pedestrian Overpass, Palo Alto
5.0
3
S5
Railroad Trestle Bridge, Palo
1.3
6
Alto
S5
Windmill, Portola Valley
8.5
2
S5,S6
White Plaza, Stanford (2)
3.8
1
S6
Airport, Palo Alto
5.5
2
S6
Kiosk in Park, Menlo Park
0.3
5
S6
Boathouse, Stanford
4.0
1
Total sum of ranks
20
(p=0.08, NS)
51
Approved For Releas 2bd:od2A SIS RE:FE-10999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003406/24 : CIA RDP79 00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
WHITE PLAZA AT STANFORD UNIVERSITY
somewhat curry
E.benches
some landscaping
grass
few flower
Small-medium tree
SUBJECT DREW WHAT SHE CALLED
"CURVY BENCHES" AND THEN
ANNOUNCED CORRECTLY THAT THE
PLACE WAS "WHITE PLAZA AT STANFORD"
SA-3183-4
FIGURE 16
SUBJECT S6 DRAWING OF WHITE PLAZA, STANFORD UNIVERSITY
52
Approved For Releat POCIE ASSIPPEL0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releast NPC LASSTPTE [D'99A000300100034-4
(a)
Indicating the level of proficiency that can be expected
from unselected volunteers, and,
(b)
Providing sponsor personnel with firsthand experience
against which the results contained in the report can
be evaluated.
The first sponsor staff member (V3) participated as a sub-
ject in a three-experiment series. All three experiments contained ele-
ments descriptive of the associated target locations, the quality of re-
sponse increasing with practice. The third response is shown in Figure
17, where again, as in the results reported previously, the pattern ele-
ments in the drawing appeared to be a closer match than the subject's
interpretation of the target object as a cupola.
The second sponsor staff member participated as a subject
in two experiments. In his first experiment he generated one of the higher
signal-to-noise results we have observed. He began his narrative "There
is a red A-frame building and next to it is a large yellow thing (a tree
-- editor). Now further left there is another A-shape. It looks like a
swing-set, but it is pushed down in a gully so I can't see the swings."
(All correct -- see Figure 18.) He then went on to describe a lock on the
front door that he said "looks like it's made of laminated steel, so it
must be a Master lock." (Also correct.)
For the series of five, three from the first subject, two
from the second, the numerical evaluation based on blind rank ordering of
the transcripts at each site was significant at p = 0.017, and included
three direct hits and one second rank for the target-associated transcripts
(see Table 11).
f.
Summary of Remote-Viewing Experiments (Standard Protocol)
The descriptions supplied by the subjects in the experi-
ments involving remote viewing of natural targets, although containing in-
accuracies, were sufficiently accurate to permit the judges to differen-
tiate among various targets to the degree indicated. A summary tabulation
of the statistical evaluations of these experiments, carried out under
standard protocol, is presented in Table 12. The overall result, eval-
uated conservatively on the basis of a judging procedure that ignores
1
53
Approved For Release2pd: 024 SIS RAVE 0999A000300100034-4
1
...

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
white
NOV 8 1974
some sort of structure of
thing on top of appendage
rod in a general sense like
Grounded done -type top
lightening rod
UNCLASSIFIED
54
TOP VIEW
medium danknew thing
cod black or becassy
UNCLASSIFIED
RESPONSES OF VISITING
SPONSOR SUBJECT V3
MERRY-GO-ROUND TARGET
SA-3183-17
FIGURE 17
SUBJECT V3 DRAWING OF MERRY-GO-ROUND TARGET
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
1
SA-3183-21
WINDMILL TARGET. SPONSOR SUBJECT V2 CORRECTLY DESCRIBED "RED A-FRAME
BUILDING WITH DECK, YELLOW TREE, A-FRAME SWING SET, AND GRAY
TRANSFORMER," ALL SHOWN IN PICTURE. HE ALSO DESCRIBED "MASTER
TYPE LOCK OF LAMINATED STEEL" WHICH IS ON FRONT
DOOR OF WINDMILL (NOT SHOWN).
FIGURE 18
55
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For nelead NASS+FIEF00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 11
Distribution of Rankings Assigned to Transcripts Associated
With Each Target Location for Visiting Sponsor Subjects V3 and V2
Subject
Target Location
Distance
(km)
Rank of
Associated
Transcript
V3
Bridge Over Stream, Menlo Park
0.3
1
V3
Baylands Nature Preserve, Palo
Alto
6.4
2
V3
Merry-Go-Round, Palo Alto
3.4
1
V2
Windmill, Portola Valley
8.5
1
V2
Apartment Swimming Pool,
Mountain View
9.1
3
Total sum of ranks
8
(p=0.017)
56
Approved For Release DOSd. A. S.S. IFI.E.D.
CIA RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release UNCLASSIFIED994000300100034-4
TABLE 12
Summary -- Remote Viewing of Natural Targets
Experienced Subjects
Subject
No. Experiments
p-value, rank order
judging
S1
9
p = 2.9 x 10-5
S2
S3
4
418
4
p = 3.8 x 10-4
Learner/Control Subjects
Subject
No. Experiments
p-value, rank order
judging
S4
9
p = 1.8 x 10-6
S5
4
418
p = 0.08 (NS)
S6
4
Sponsor Subjects
Subject
No. Experiments
p-value, rank order
judging
V3
3
15
p = 0.017
V2
2
57
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release/20 03/2644S 94-FIED00999A000300100034-4
transcript quality beyond that necessary to rank order the narratives
(vastly underestimating the statistical significance of individual descrip-
tions), clearly indicates the presence of an information channel of useful
bit rate. Furthermore, it appears that the primary difference between
experienced subjects and naive volunteers is not that the latter never
exhibit the faculty, but rather that their results are simply less reli-
able, more sporadic. Nonetheless, as described earlier, individual
transcripts from the latter group of subjects number among some of the
best obtained.
Such observations indicate a hypothesis that remote view-
ing may be a latent and widely-distributed perceptual ability.
The following is quoted from a report on an analysis of
patterns observed in the remote viewing transcripts. This report was
submitted
to the researchers by the judge responsible for the independent
blind rank-order judging, an individual not otherwise associated with the
research.
These observations are based on a survey of the remote viewing
transcripts from the SRI experiments. In the process of judging
-- attempting to match transcripts against targets on the basis
of the information in the transcripts -- some patterns and regu-
larities in the transcript descriptions became evident, partic-
ularly regarding individual styles in remote viewing, and in the
perceptual form of the descriptions given by the subjects.
Styles of Response.
The transcripts were taken from several
different subjects. Comparing the transcripts of one subject
with those of another revealed that each person tended to focus
on certain aspects of the remote target complex and exclude
others, so that each had an individual pattern of response, like
a signature.
Subject S3, for example, frequently responded with topographical
descriptions, maps, and architectural features of the target
locations. Subject S2 often focused on the behavior of the
remote experimenter or the sequence of actions he carried out
at the target. The transcripts of subject S4, more than those
of other subjects, had descriptions of the feel of the location,
and experiential or sensory gestalts, e.g., light/dark elements
in the scene; indoor/outdoor and enclosed/open distinctions.
Prominent features of SI's transcripts were detailed descriptions
of what the target persons were concretely experiencing, seeing,
or doing, e.g., standing on asphalty blacktop overlooking water;
looking at a purple iris.
The range of any individual subject's responses was wide, and
anyone might draw a map, or describe the mood of the remote
58
Approved For Relead NoLASS FIEL 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releasujefe.LAS'STIE( 994090300100034-4
experimenter, but the consistency of each subject's overall
approach suggests that just as individual descriptions of a
directly viewed scene would differ, so these differences also
occur in remote viewing processes.
Nature of the descriptions. The concrete descriptions that
appear most commonly in transcripts are at the level of sub-
units of the overall scene. For example, when the target was
a Xerox copy machine, the responses included (S2) a rolling
object (the moving light), or dials and a cover that is lifted
(S3), but the machine as a whole was not identified by name
or function.
In a few transcripts the subjects correctly identified and
named the target. In the case of a computer terminal, the
subject (V2) apparently mentally saw the terminal and the
relay racks behind it. In the case of targets which were
Hoover Tower and White Plaza, the subjects (S1 and S6,
respectively) seemed to identify the locations through
analysis of their initial images of the elements of the
target.
There were also occasional incorrect recognitions; gestalts
that were incorrectly named, e.g., swimming pools in a park
being identified as water storage tanks at a water filtration
plant (S1).
Phenomenological descriptions, e.g., "motion past the ex-
perimenter," and "red outlining blue," occurred occasionally,
but were not frequent in the transcripts.
The most common perceptual level was thus an intermediate
one -- the individual elements and items that comprise the
target.
This is suggestive of a scanning process that takes
sample perceptions from within the overall environment.
When the subjects tried to make sense out of these frag-
mentary impressions, they often resorted to metaphors or
constructed an image with a kind of perceptual inference.
From a feeling of the target as an "august" and "solemn"
building, the subject (S4) said it might be a library. It
was a church. A pedestrian overpass above a freeway was
described as a conduit (S4). A rapid transit station, ele-
vated above the countryside, was associated with an observatory
(S2). When the remote experimenter climbed into a Link
trainer, the subject said it was a small place, like a
bathroom; perhaps he had locked himself in a closet. These
responses seem to be the result of attempts to process
partial information and occur similarly in other para-
psychological experiments.
When the subjects augmented the verbal transcripts with
drawings or sketches, these often expressed the target
elements more accurately than the verbal descriptions, and
sometimes corresponded with the targets more clearly and
precisely than the words of the transcript.
59
Approved For Releasepod: 042A: SIS-PPIE-D0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009990000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
The descriptions given by the subjects sometimes went beyond
what the remote experimenter experienced, at least consciously.
For example, one subject (S4) described and drew a belt drive
at the top of a drill press, which was not even visible to the
remote experimenter who was operating the machine.
Curiously, objects in motion at the remote site were rarely
mentioned in the transcript, e.g., trains crossing the rail-
road trestle target were not described (S4), though the remote
experimenter stood very close to them.
Also, in a few cases, the subject descriptions were inaccurate
regarding size of structures. A 20 foot courtyard separating
two buildings was described (S1) as 200 feet wide, and a small
shed was expanded to a barn-like structure (S4).
Blind judging of transcripts. The judging procedure involved
examining the transcripts for a given experimental series and
attempting to match the transcripts with the correct targets on
the basis of their correspondences. The transcripts varied from
coherent and accurate descriptions to mixtures of correspondences
and non-correspondences. Since a judge did not know a priori
which elements of the descriptions were correct and incorrect,
the task was complicated, and transcripts often seemed plausibly
to match more than one target. A confounding factor in these
studies is that many target locations have similarities that
seem alike at some level of perception. For example, a radio
telescope at the top of a hill, the observation deck of a
tower, and a jetty on the edge of a bay all match a transcript
description of "looking out over a long distance." A lake,
a fountain, and a creek may all result in an image of water
for the subject.
In my own judging, the procedure that was most successful was
a careful element by element comparison, testing each transcript
against every target, using the transcript descriptions and
drawings as arguments for or against assigning the transcript
to a particular target. In most cases this resulted in either
a clear conclusion or at least a ranking of probably matches,
and these matches were subjected to statistical anslyses.
A subjective viewpoint of the remote viewing process as
stated in a report to the researchers by subject S3 likens the difficulties
in remote viewing to those occurring in subliminal (low level) or tach-
istoscopic (high speed) viewing by ordinary sensory modalities. The
following is quoted from his report.
Current Status. Experimentation in viewing of remote targets
conducted at SRI has provided data confirming the existence of
a paranormal remote viewing ability. Several breakthroughs were
needed to uncover the remote viewing possibilities. These have
accumulated and are reflected in previous clients' reports. If
breakthroughs have tended to expose such ability, subsequent
60
Approved For Relea NeTASSIPIED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release :04/2A: SIS-RPE-P9999A000300100034-4
quantitative analysis has also established the existence of
certain qualitative problems that need to be resolved if remote
viewing abilities are to move from a general to an operative
category.
The General Problem. Among the several subjects tested, dependable
data resolvable from viewing targets at remote locations seem
to have a signal-to-noise ratio in the range of approximately
25 to 75%. This percentage is an estimate and has differed
between subjects and between experiments. In experimentation
the emergence of even 25% accurate information does establish
strategic implications; the occurrence of erroneous or super-
fluous data in subject responses to the degree that it is
currently observed, however, tends to obviate tactical or
operational deployment of the discovered ability. For various
reasons as described below, the emergence of erroneous data in
subjects' responses to given targets has been given the working
name of "analytical overlay."
Definition of Analytical Overlay. Accumulated responses from
subjects' attempts to view distant targets indicates that the
target often is actually viewed, but in some way the target also
acts as a prompter for the spontaneous appearance of seemingly
irrelevant data. This is especially obvious when the subject's
drawing of the target is by observation specifically applicable
to the target, but his interpetation, either verbally or in
the form of mental image pictures, is far from the mark.
Since
verbalization, or imagery, presupposes mental analysis, it
seems reasonable to assume that we are dealing with automatic
analytical functions of some sort, and that hypothetically these
are the source of the diluted or erroneous response. Analytical
functions are associated with resolving, breaking down, and
dissecting incoming information in terms of experience and memory.
In sensory perception, this process takes place on an almost
automatic basis and is governed by learned logical necessity.
Since at the sensory level these processes are continuously
taking place at sub-awareness levels, it is often forgotten that
logical familiarity is a learned condition, governed by experi-
ence applied to memory.
This is easily demonstrable by presenting a person with some-
thing he has never seen before. The analytical functions of the
mind spontaneously output data-rich memories that assist in
identification, either by similarity or differences, with the
unfamiliar object. Further, in determining the nature of the
unfamiliar object, the analytical processes, busily overlaying
sequences of logical possibility, are prompted by sensory
(tactile, visual, etc.) appreciation of the object. In this
manner, the person eventually is able to logically place the
unfamiliar object by means of his total fund of experience and
knowledge. In terms of objective space, time, and matter, this
entire procedure is anchored by a continual flow of sensory data
about the object. A decision-making process buttressed by sensory
61
Approved For Releas 2N. (.A.S .S-REA-E-D999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For meleaES R9ºC/ASTFEL0999A000300100034-4
perception thus takes place.
In the paranormal sense, however, ordinary sensory buttressing
is absent since experimental safeguards ensure sensory separation
of subject and target. The subject is therefore thrown back
solely on the perception and possibilities inherent in the
unknown modes of acquiring information that are currently under
study. In such case, one of two things can now take place:
either the subject can by paranormal modes inflow accurate
information on a bit-per-second basis sufficient to allow him
to make an accurate or semi-accurate decisional response as to
the character or nature of the target; or his response to the
target and experimental situation is weak and irresolute or
perhaps displaced, at which time the content of multiple ana-
lytical processes seem to be selected. When this latter occurs,
it is identified as analytical overlay.
Some Observations. It is safe to assume that in experiments where
the response did not at all accord with the target, no psi func-
tioning took place and that mental functions of some other nature
were offered up by a subject. In examining research results,
however, one consistency can easily be identified, this consis-
tency giving rise to the term analytical overlay as contrasted
to analytical error. Descriptors pertaining to the target can
often be found imbedded in the subject's response to a degree
beyond that expected by chance, even when the majority of the
response appears to be involved with something else. Since
this is so, it seems relevant to hypothesize that the subject
is perceiving the target at some level of awareness sufficient
to prompt logical mental processing in the subject. The subject's
response therefore usually includes not only descriptors relevant
to the target, but also other details coming out of the logical
analytical comparison doubtlessly going on as he tries to "recog-
nize" the target.
This kind of situation is exactly one that might be expected
where a person is treated to only a momentary glance at an unfam-
iliar object and then asked to determine what it was. A series of
analytical statements such as, "looks like this", or "looks like
that", or "it is similar to", will probably be volunteered by
the experient deprived of a continuing sensory information inflow
about the object. The sensory and parasensory situations thus
hold in common certain structures that can be studied either in
the sensory or in the parasensory function.
With regard to their differences, in ordinary sensory perception,
the decision-making response is held in place by continuous
sensory perception of the object, and logical deduction and
decision depends upon the solidity provided by the sensory
faculties. In the paranormal sense, however, we are indeed
asking the subject to begin his perception at some as yet
unknown point and work simultaneously toward both perception
of the object and decision as to what it is.
62
Approved For Releals APETE/ASSIPPED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Released: (04/2A SIS-RPHE-DO9994000300100034-4
Since descriptors pertaining to the target can almost always
in some form be found imbedded in the subject's response, it
seems reasonable to hypothesize that perception of the target
is taking place, but in some unaccustomed modality. If this
is so, as the data suggest, then the problem is not solely one
of parasensory perception, but also one of conversion of the
contents of the psi field into constructed form.
Let us assume that a gifted subject is gifted because he can
resolve psi-field signals into recognizable mental patterns,
which are in turn then converted into experiential, logical
sequences. This kind of conversion process resembles that which
takes place in the semaphore system or that of Morse code. The
thing that is missing in the psi-field conversion process would
be, of course, familiarity with the signals emanating from the
psi-field matrix. As experiments demonstrate, these signals
typically emerge in an unaligned sequence along with the partly
logical possibilities volunteered by the analytical process.
That this is so is understandable if we observe that it is
human nature to depress or suppress the unfamiliar in favor
of the familiar; therefore such scattering of the unfamiliar
data in favor of the memory-familiar takes place both in
the sensory and parasensory functions. In the paranormal case,
when the data are signal-wise sufficient to bypass analytical
assistance fortuitously being provided by the catalyst of
memory, the so-called psi phenomena can result in exceptionally
good data. Otherwise, a mixture is obtained.
Summary. Experimental results confirm the probability of
abilities that permit identification and description of objects
at locations at a distance. The simultaneous inflow of ex-
traneous data termed analytical overlay seems to dilue the
correctness of the overall response and detract from the oper-
ational form of the remote viewing ability.
Enough data about
this difficulty has been gathered to establish that it is not
necessarily a perceptual problem but in all probability a process
problem concerned with the converting of the signal of the psi-
field matrix into a correct analytical sequence.
It seems
reasonable to assume that could the process difficulties be
resolved, then the analytical overlay would convert into a
positive adjunct of the conversion process, rather than working
against it.
Any concept of utilizing remote viewing ability in an operational
form has to entertain a minimum as well as a maximum criterion for
proficiency. So far, in experimental expectation only the
maximum possibility has been entertained. The entire onus of
responsibility of achieving the maximum has lain in the ex-
pectation of attaining precise information; whereas even
minimal efficiency of target perception by the subject might
yield enormous clues as to the nature of the target if reviewed
by professionals concerned with such a target; the target itself
may have no correlate within the subject's logical repertoire
63
Approved For Release INS.t.A.S.S HOPE, 0999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For meleaES R9º/16/ASSETS0999A000300100034-4
and may not be correctly prompted via memory.
Thus, to achieve operational status, both changes in expec-
tation of the ability, as well as an increased familiarity with
the problems associated with analytical overlay may lead to
results of increasing practical utility.
From the viewpoint of the researchers, we do not yet have
an understanding of the nature of the information-bearing signal that a
subject perceives.
We know only that the subjects commonly report they
perceive the signal visually as though looking at the object or place
from a position in its immediate neighborhood. Furthermore, the subjects'
perceptual viewpoint has mobility in that they are able to shift their
point of view to allow them to describe elements of a scene that would
not be visible to an observer simply standing at ground level and de-
scribing what he sees. (In particular, a subject often describes cor-
rectly elements not visible to the target demarcation team. )
Finally,
motion is in general not perceived; in fact, moving objects often are not
seen at all even when nearby static objects are correctly identified.
In comparing the remote-viewing results (a so-called free-
response task) with the random number generator results discussed in
the next section, we note that from a statistical viewpoint a subject
is more likely to describe accurately a remote site, chosen at random
from nearby locations, than he is to select correctly one of four random
numbers. Our experience with these phenomena lead us to consider that
this difference in task performance may stem from fundamental signal-to-
noise considerations. Two principal sources of noise in the system
apparently are memory and imagination, both of which can give rise to
mental pictures of greater clarity than the target to be perceived.
In
the random number task, a subject can create a perfect mental picture of
each of the four possible outputs in his own imagination and then attempt
to obtain the correct answer by a mental matching operation.
In remote
viewing, on the other hand, the subject is apparently more like to approach
the task with a blank mind as he attempts to perceive pictorial informa-
tion from remote locations about which he may have no stored mental data.
(Subjects S1, S3, and S4 were unfamiliar with the San Francisco Bay area
at the start of experimentation, their homes having been elsewhere.)
64
Approved For Release/ 03/2644S 94-FLED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release - 104/2A: SIS-RP-7E-D)999A000300100034-4
Finally, our observation is that most of the correct infor-
mation that subjects relate to us is of a nonanalytic nature pertaining to
shape, form, color, and material rather than to function or name. That
is, we often observe the correct description of basic elements and pat-
4. . .
terns coupled with incomplete or erroneous analysis of function.
In consultation with Dr. Robert Ornstein of the Langley
Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, San Francisco, and with Dr. Ralph Kiernan
of the Department of Neurology, Stanford University Medical Center, Stan-
ford, California, we have formed the tentative hypothesis, based on these
observed characteristics, that remote viewing may involve a specialization
characteristic of the brain's right hemisphere. This possibility, discussed
in detail later, is derived from a variety of evidence from clinical and
neurosurgical sources, which indicate that the two hemispheres of the
human brain are specialized for different cognitive functions, the left
hemisphere being predominantly active in verbal and other analytical func-
tioning, the right hemisphere in spatial and other holistic processing.
6,7
Further research is necessary to elucidate the relation-
ship between right hemispheric function and paranormal abilities. None-
theless, we can say at this point that the remote viewing results of the
group of subjects at SRI have characteristics in common with performance
that require right hemispheric function. The similarities include the
highly schematicized drawings of objects in a room or of remote scenes.
Verbal identification of these drawings is often highly inaccurate and the
drawings themselves are frequently left-right reversed relative to the
target configuration. Further, written material generally is not cognized.
These characteristics have been seen in left brain-injured patients and
in callosal-sectioned patients.
As a result of the above considerations, we have learned to
urge our subjects simply to describe what they see as opposed to what
they think they are looking at. We have learned that their unanalyzed
perceptions are almost always a better guide to the true target than their
interpretations of the perceived data.
One should not infer that analytic functioning in the
remote viewing mode is never observed, however, as indicated by codeword
65
Approved For Release IN Sot.A.S.S.HNED0999A000300100034-4
-
.. ....

Approved For ReleaseRoce/6A4SSA FRE 0999A000300100034-4
retrieval in the West Virginia Site experiment discussed in Subsection 1-b,
earlier, the recognition of a computer terminal by the sponsor staff
member in the technology series, and the recognition of Hoover Tower and
White Plaza by subjects S1 and $6, respectively, in the natural target
series.
2.
Four-State Electronic Random Target Generator
This study provided an opportunity to determine whether the
remote-sensing capability could be extended to the perception of the
internal state of a piece of electronic equipment. For this purpose, an
automated experiment designed around a four-state electronic random
target generator was initiated. The solid-state machine, manufactured
by Aquarius Electronics, Mendocino, California, has no moving parts and
provides no sensory cue to the user as to its target generation.
To determine unambiguosly whether a result was meaningful, the
following strategy was used. First, so as to discriminate against sub-
ject strategies based on machine statistics, four machines were checked
for departures from randomness by a statistical analysis of over 10,000
pre-experiment trials, and only the three machines that showed no sig-
nificant departures from randomness were used. Second, the subjects
interacted with the machines to generate the data, the machines being
interchanged at arbitrary intervals without the subject's knowledge (to
interfere with possible learning strategies associated with even non-
significant departures from randomness). Third, for any subject whose
score was significant, the statistics of the machines during the successful
experiment were tabulated to ensure that the machines' outputs had not
departed from randomness in the period in which the significant result
was obtained. Fourth, even in the absence of a departure from randomness,
the optimum strategy as determined post hoc from the distribution of actual
machine outputs was compared with subject strategy. Fifth, a subject
generating a good score was asked to repeat the entire experiment one
month later under continuous observation by an experimenter. Finally,
the entire data analysis was carried out by an independent statistics
group at SRI under the direction of Dr. Richard Singleton.
66
Approved For Relelse dos beAS SIFIED 00999A000300100034-4
:
:

Approved For Release Job /66/24A S.SIF1& b99A000300100034-4
a.
Machine Description
The machine configuration provides as a target one of four
art slides (reproductions of paintings) chosen randomly (p = 1/4) by an
electronic random target generator. The generator does not show its
choice until the subject indicates his choice to the machine by pressing
a button (yellow, green, blue, or red) associated with each art slide
(see Figure 19). (The machine has four stable internal states. A 1.0-
MHz square-wave oscillator sends pulses to an electronic "scale-of-four"
counter which passes through each of its four states 250,000 times per
second. The state of the counter is determined by the length of time
the oscillator has run -- that is, the time between subject choices.) As
soon as the subject indicates his choice, the target slide is illuminated
to provide visual and auditory (bell if correct) feedback as to the
correctness or incorrectness of his choice. Until that time, both sub-
ject and experimenter remain ignorant of the machine's choice, so the
experiment is of the double-blind type. Five legends at the top of the
machine face are illuminated one at a time with increasing correct choices
(6, 8, 10, ... ) to provide additional reinforcement. The machine choice,
subject choice, cumulative trial number, and cumulative hit number are
printed automatically on continuous fanfold paper tape. After trial
number 25, the machine must be reset manually by depressing a RESET button.
A methodological feature of the machine is that the choice
of a target is not forced. That is, a subject may press a PASS button
when he wishes not to guess, in which case the machine indicates what
its choice was. The machine thus scores neither a hit nor a trial and
then goes on to make its next selection. Thus, the subject does not
have to guess at targets when he feels that he has no idea as to which
to choose.
Under the null hypothesis of random binomial choices with
probability 1/4 and no learning, the probability of observing < k successes
in n trials is approximated by the probability of a normal distribution
value, t,
t > (k-끈-즉) /(3n/16)2
.
67
Approved For Release
UNCLASSIFIED
99A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Releas @16/ASSIFFEE0999A000300100034-4
--
SA-2013-3
FIGURE 19
FOUR-STATE RANDOM TARGET GENERATOR USED IN THIS EXPERIMENT
An incorrect choice of target is indicated. Two of the five "encouragement lights"
at the top of the machine are illuminated. The printer to the right of the
machine records data on fan-fold paper tape.
Approved For Release Po(3 (6/ASSPIEE)0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
e UNCLASSIFIED.9A000300100034-4
b.
Data from Experiments
Data were collected from subjects S1 through S6. Each sub-
ject was asked to complete 100 25-trial runs (i.e., a total of 2500
trials each). The results are tabulated in Table 13. (One subject, S3,
declined to complete the 2500-trial run, citing a lack of rapport with
the machine and, hence, a lack of motivation for the task.) Of the six
subjects, only one (S2) scored significantly above chance. For the 2500
trials, S2 averaged 29.36 hits/100 trials rather than the expected 25/100,
a result whose a priori probability under the null hypothesis is p =
3 x 10-7. His scores are plotted in Figure 20.
TABLE 13
Four-State Electronic Random Target Generator Summary
Subject
Mean Score/100 Trials
over 2500 Trials
Binomial
Probability
S1
25.76
0.22
S2
29.36
3 x 10-7
S3
24.67 (750 trials)
0.60
S4
25.76
0.22
S5
25.20
0.33
S2
27.88
4.8 x 10-4
All trials
26.47
1.1 x 10-5
(15,750 trials)
-
The statistics of the machines during the successful run
of subject S2 were tabulated for the entire 3483 machine transitions
(2500 choices, 983 passes), both by machine and in total. The results,
shown in Tables 14 through 16, indicate no significant departures from
random expectation during the successful run, and therefore, the signifi-
cant result cannot be attributed to machine malfunction.
69
Approved For Release 2003/06/24
UNCLASSIFIED
999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
MACHINE > M2 -M1 --
-M2
-M1
M2
14
-- - μ + 30
12
HITS/RUN
out of 25 trials/run
- + 20
10
- - u + 0
8
-
-u
4
-μ-0
70
2
+ -u - 20
-
-
1
1
1
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
90
100
RUN NUMBER
5 trials/run
P = 1/4 per trial
SA-4265-1
FIGURE 20
DATA SUMMARY FOR SUBJECT S2
2500-trial experiment with four-state electronic random number generator (significant at p = 3 x 10-7).
1
-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
0
6

Approved For ReleaseJ201 742A: S 6 +5+ E-D999A000300100034-4
TABLE 14
Randomness Tests for Machine Ml Output
During Successful Experimental Series by Subject S2
(Runs 9 through 16 and 45 through 80)
Buttons
Yellow
Green Blue
Red
Number
of
Trials
Chi-Square
Binomial
probability
Transitions
Y
96
79
88
92
355
1.789
> 0.50
To
G
85
87
86
88
346
0.058
> 0.99
From
B
85
82
90
87
344
0.395
> 0.90
R
91
91
83
92
357
0.591
> 0.80
Initial states
8
14
9
13
44
2.364
> 0.50
All states
365
353
356
372
1446
0.622
> 0.80
Nondiagonal
261
252
257
267
1037
0.466
> 0.90
Diagonal
96
87
90
92
365
0.468
> 0.90
transitions
TABLE 15
Randomness Tests for Machine M2 Output
During Successful Experimental Series by Subject S2
(Runs 1 through 8, 17 through 44, and 81 through 100)
Buttons
Yellow
Green
Blue
Red
Number
of
Trials
Chi-Square
Binomial
probability
Transitions
Y
108
120
111
124
463
1.458
> 0.50
To
G
107
131
136
119
493
4.095
> 0.20
From
B
126
124
138
135
523
1.061
> 0.70
1
R
118
115
140
129
502
3.100
> 0.30
Initial states
16
15
13
12
56
0.714
> 0.80
All states
475
505
538
519
2037
4.149
> 0.20
Nondiagonal
351
359
387
378
1475
2.247
> 0.50
Diagonal
transitions
108
13
138
129
506
3.960
> 0.20
.
-
71
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
transitions
transitions

Approved For Release CLASSIFIED
: CIA RDP79 00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 16
RANDOMNESS TESTS FOR ENTIRE MACHINE
OUTPUT DURING SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENTAL RUN
. .. .
buttons
Number
or
Trials
Chi-Square
Binomial
probability
Transtions
Y
204
199
199
216
818
0.944
> 0.80
To
G
192
218
222
207
839
2.578
A
0.30
From
B
211
206
228
222
867
1.397
> 0.70
R
209
206
223
221
859
1.009
> 0.70
Initial states
24
29
22
25
100
1.040
> 0.70
All states
840
858
894
891
3483
2.364
> 0.50
Nondiagonal
transitions
612
611
644
645
2512
1.736
1
0.50
Diagonal
transitions
204
21.8
228
221
871
1.399
> 0.70
Yellow
¡Green
Blue
Red
72
Approved For Release RI 33/16/44S SA-PIE )0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releas Nd.A.SSIFJE.
0999A000300100034-4
With regard to the possibility that the subject developed
an optimum strategy based on slight, even though nonsignificant, machine
departures from chance expectation, it is sufficient to determine the
most favorable strategy based on machine statistics and examine whether
use of such a strategy would be capable in principle of producing a re-
sult as significant as that produced by the subject.
For machine Ml the optimum strategy, according to Table
17 is: if in the initial state, press green; if yellow, press yellow;
otherwise, pass. Use of such a strategy would, in the 44 runs carried
out, result in 14 correct initial state selections and a scoring fraction
96/355 = 0.2704 on the remaining 44 x 24 = 1056 transitions, resulting
in 300 hits.
For machine M2 the optimum strategy, according to Table
18, is: if in the initial state, press yellow; if red, press blue; other-
wise pass. Use of such a strategy would, in the 56 runs carried out,
result in 16 correct initial state selections and a scoring fraction
140/502 = 0.2789 on the remaining 56 x 24 = 1344 transitions, resulting
in 391 hits. Thus, an optimum strategy derived from the machine distri-
bution post hoc yields a scoring fraction 691/2500 = 0.2764, significantly
less than the observed scoring fraction 0.2936. In any case, it is clear
from an examination of the compilation of subject choices (Tables 17 and
18) that subject selections, although extremely nonrandom, differed
widely from those strategies favorable to the production of results based
on machine statistics. Further, there is no evidence of learning to sup-
port the hypothesis that a successful strategy was developed. A more
detailed analysis of strategies, confirming these conclusions, was carried
out by the sponsor under the direction of the COTR.
When subject S2 was asked to repeat the entire experiment
at a later time, he was able to replicate successfully a high mean scoring
rate (27.88/100 average over 2500 trials, a result whose a priori proba-
bility under the null hypothesis is p = 4.8 x 10-4) .
We thus conclude from the machine study that of the six
subjects tested, one subject (S2) was able to generate a significant and
replicable result. From these results, we conclude that there is evidence
for the existence of a human perceptual capability whereby electronically
73
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CTA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
TABLE 17
SUBJECT S2 SELECTIONS ON MACHINE MI
DURING SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENTAL SERIES
(Runs 9 through 16 and 45 through 80)
But tons
Yellow
Green
Blue
Red
Pass
Transitions
Y
51
47
35
141
73
TO
G
45
12
13
70
30
From
B
30
17
2
38
16
R
149
58
37
82
110
Pass
73
36
13
108
116
Initial states
14
4
6
19
1
All states
362
174
106
458
346
TABLE 18
SUBJECT S2 SELECTIONS ON MACHINE M2
DURING SUCCESSFUL EXPERIMENTAL SERIES
through 8, 17 through 44, and 81 through 100)
(Runs
-
Buttons
Yellow
Green
Blue
Red
Pass
Transitions
Y
67
77
54
179
125
G
68
2
14
107
38
From
B
50
22
2
40
15
R
208
96
38
31
111
Pass
105
33
22
129
348
Initial states
21
7
1
27
0
All states
519
237
131
513
637
-
74
Approved For Releas M316/ASSAFIED0999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For ReleaseJP CLASSIFIED9A000300100034-4
stored information can be accessed by means of a perceptual modality not
mediated by physical parameters as yet identified.
The characteristics of such a channel can be specified in
accordance with the precepts of communication theory.
The bit rate asso-
ciated with the information channel is calculated from
8
R = H(x) = H (x)
y
,
(1)
where H(x) is the uncertainty of the source message containing symbols
with an a priori probability Pi
H(x) =
-
2
i=1
Pi1og2P1
(2)
and H (x) is the conditional entropy based on the a posteriori probabil-
y
ities that a received signal was actually transmitted,
2
H (x) =
i,j=1
p(i,j) log2 Pi (j)
.
(3)
For S2's first run, with p. = 1/4, p. (j) = 0. 2936, and an
average of 30 s/choice, we have a source uncertainty H(x) = 2 bits and a
calculated bit rate
R = 0.007 bits/symbol
or
R/T = 2 x 10-4
bits/s
In a larger study for NASA, devoted specifically to the
question of whether learning could take place, 147 subjects were screened.
9
Of these subjects, six showed a positive learning slope significant at
the 0.01 level or better; the binomial probability of this occurring by
chance is 3.8 x 10-3. At the other extreme, no subjects had a negative
slope at the 0.01 level or better, in contrast to those six who had a
positive slope at the 0.01 level. The slopes of the remaining 141 subjects
(448,000 trials) were found to be normally distributed.
75
Approved For Release TobS.o.A .S.S .- PE, Do999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release PO'66/A. S.SA FFEF90999A000300100034-4
B.
Identification of Measurable Characteristics Possessed by Gifted
.....
Subjects
_
Medical Evaluation
The medical evaluation of program participants was assigned to
the Palo Alto Medical Clinic. Coordination of the program was handled
by Dr. Robert Armbruster, Director of the Clinic's Department of Environ-
mental Medicine.
The testing procedures fall into six categories:
(1) General physical examination, including complete medical
and family history.
(2)
Laboratory examinations, including SMA-12 panel blood chem-
istries, protein electrophoresis, blood lipid profile,
urinalysis, serology, blood type and factor, pulmonary
function screening, and 12-lead electrocardiogram.
(3)
Neurological examination, including comprehensive and
electroencephalogram (sleeping and routine) .
(4)
Audiometric examination, including comprehensive, Bekesy
lone conduction, speech discrimination, and impedance
bridge test.
(5)
Ophthalmologist examination, including comprehensive,
card testing, peripheral field test, muscle test, dilation
funduscope. and indirect ophthalmoscopic and fundus
examination.
(6)
EMI brain scan.
The detailed subject-by-subject test results are on file with
the sponsor.
Following are the summary evaluations prepared by Dr.
Armbruster.
a.
Subject Sl (Experienced)
This 55-year-old male completed an extensive medical evaluation
recently in conjunction with special studies being performed at
SRI for personnel gifted in paranormal functioning.
Aside from a duodenal ulcer in 1952, his past medical history
was essentially normal. At present significant defects on
physical examination were small, bilateral inguinal hernias,
and dental caries. An electrocardiogram was interpreted as
abnormal, showing characteristics of coronary artery disease.
76
Approved For Releast RI (3/1644SSA-FIFE 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release URCLASSIFIED)94000300100034-4
Sl was advised of this report by letter on August 9, 1974, with
recommendations for further evaluation by a cardiologist.
*
Laboratory data -- including waking and sleeping electroencephalo-
grams, protein electrophoresis, complete blood count, serology,
and urinalysis -- were normal. He has blood type AB, Rh positive.
Blood chemistries were essentially normal with the exception of
slight elevations of uric acid and cholesterol with marked ele-
vation of triglycerides.
Ophthalmological examination revealed a minimal refractive error
corrected easily to normal. An extensive neurological examina-
tion and history were considered normal. The EMI computerized
brain scan was considered negative except for slight enlargement
of the right ventricle. No significance can be presently placed
on this finding.
Audiometry revealed a mild bilateral high-frequency hearing loss
at 3000 cps secondary to past exposure to high noise levels.
b.
Subject S2 (Experienced)
This 31-year-old male research scientist
completed an extensive
medical evaluation recently in conjunction with special studies
being performed at SRI for gifted psychic personnel.
His past medical history reveals a right inguinal herniorraphy
and appendectomy. Physical examination revealed no significant
abnormalities. Laboratory data -- including electrocardiogra
protein electrophoresis, audiometry, pulmonary function, serology,
blood chemistries, urinalysis, waking and sleeping electroenceph-
alograms, and EMI brain scan -- were normal.
Ophthalmological exam revealed a myopic refractive error cor-
rectable to 20/15 bilaterally.
Neurological examination was negative. History revealed the
presence of periodic muscular contraction headaches. Migraine
headaches have been completely relieved since institution of
biofeedback training.
c.
Subject S3 (Experienced)
This 40-year-old male research consultant completed an extensive
medical evaluation recently in conjunction with special studies
being performed at SRI for gifted psychic personnel.
His past medical history, other than a case of hepatitis while
in the Armed Services, was essentially noncontributory to this
study. Physical examination was entirely within normal limits.
In spite of follow-up medical treatment, we note with sadness his death
in July 1975 due to a coronary.
77
Approved For Release 3001/06/24ASS+P1ED99A000300100034-4
-
1

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CJA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
Laboratory data -- including electrocardiogramatein electro-
phoresis, audiometry, pulmonary function, complete blood count,
serology, urinalysis, and EMI brain scan -- were normal. Blood
chemistries were normal with the exception of moderate elevation
of blood lipids. He has blood type A, Rh positive.
He has myopic astigmatism correctable to 20/20 bilaterally; other-
wise a normal ophthalmological examination.
Neurological history, examination, and both sleeping and waking
encephalograms were reported as normal.
Subject S4 (Learner/Control)
1.
This 53-year-old female photographic consultant completed a med-
ical evaluation recently in conjunction with special studies being
performed at SRI for gifted psychic personnel.
Except for several surgeries, her past history is essentially
noncontributory to her medical record. Her physical examination
was normal with the exception of a minor gynecological problem.
Laboratory data -- including electrocardiogramain electro-
phoresis, audiometry, pulmonary function, complete blood count,
serology, blood chemistries, and urinalysis -- were normal. Blood
type is 0, Kh positive. Ophthalmological examination was normal
except for a mild correctable refractive error.
Both waking and sleeping electroencephalograms were normal as
were the neurological history and physical examinations.
The EMI brain scan was reported as suggestive of very mild frontal
atropny.
No other abnormal features are noted.
Subject S5 (Learner/Control)
This 54-year-old male staff scientist completed an extensive med-
Ical evaluation recently in conjunction with special studies being
performed at SRI for gifted psychic personnel.
His past history reveals a duodenal ulcer in 1964 but is other-
wise not significant.
Physical examination was essentially neg-
ative.
Laboratory data -- including electrocardiogramipoprotein elec-
trophoresis, complete blood count, serology, blood chemistries,
blood lipids, urinalysis, and EMI brain scan -- were normal. Audi-
ometry revealed a mild bilateral perceptive-type hearing loss
at 4000 cps probably due to noise exposure. Pulmonary function
suggested mild pulmonary obstructive disease secondary to ciga-
rette smoking.
Ophthalmological exam was normal except for a corrective refrac-
tive error.
Neurological history revealed rare migraine aurae
without headache. Neurological examination was entirely normal.
/8
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
-

Approved For Release UNCLASSIFIED94000300100034-4
f.
Subject S6 (Learner/Control)
This 34-year-old female completed an extensive medical examina-
tion recently in conjunction with special studies being performed
at SRI for gifted psychic personnel.
Her past medical history was essentially noncontributory except
for the vague but unlikely possibility of Reiters Syndrome.
Laboratory data --- including electrocardiogramatein electro-
phoresis, audiometry, pulmonary function, complete blood count,
serology, blood chemistries, urinalysis, and EMI brain scan -- were
normal.
She has blood type A, Rh positive.
Ophthalmological examination, with the exception of a moderate
but corrected myopic astigmatism, was within normal limits.
Although her waking EEG was abnormal, her sleeping EEG and
neurological examination were perfectly normal. It was not
considered necessary or advisable to pursue this mild abnormality
any further, especially in view of a normal neurological exam
and EMI brain scan. The patient was not made aware of this
minor deviation.
Neurological history substantiates period
muscular contraction headaches.
g.
Summary of Medical Evaluation
In summary, it appears that the medical profiling is noncontributory
to the study, all subjects showing essentially normal medical
profiles without any discernible spread among the subjects.
2.
Psychological Evaluation
The psychological evaluation of the program participants was
assigned to the Palo Alto Medical Clinic. Coordination of the program
was handled by Dr. J. E. Heenan, Chief Clinical Psychologist of the Clinic's
Department of Psychiatry. The testing itself was carried out by Dr.
Karen Nelson, Clinical Psychologist at the Clinic.
The tests administered included :
(1)
In-depth interviews, including objective events and
subjective views relating to the discovery and enhance-
ment of paranormal capacities; socioeconomic, cultural,
familial, religious environment; outstanding emotional
peaks, traumas; values, motivation, interpersonal style.
(2)
Wechsler Adult Intelligence Scale (WAIS)
(3)
Bender Gestalt Visual Motor Test
(4)
Benton Visual Memory Test
79
Approved For ReleaseJOJO24A S/SIPIED 99A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleppeLA2559FTED-009900300100034-4
(5)
Wechsler Memory Scale
(6)
Luscher Color Test
(7)
Strong Vocational Interest Blank
(8)
Minnesota Multiphasic Personality Inventory (MMPI)
(9)
Edwards Personality Preference Schedule (EPPS)
(10)
Rorschach Inkblot
(11)
Thematic Apperception Test (TAT)
The detailed test results for each subject are on file with the
COTR. Due to the personal nature of the data we present here only the
Summary evaluations, first by the clinical psychologist who administered
the tests and interviewed the subjects in depth, and second by the chief
clinical psychologist who analyzed the data on a blind basis.
Evaluation by Clinical Psychologist Administering Tests
The following is quoted from the psychologist's report:
During late summer and early fall, 1974, six subjects were re-
ferred to the Clinic for testing for the parapsychology study at
Stanford Research Institute. Three of the subjects were desig-
nated as sensitive subjects and three of the subjects were desig-
nated as controis.
it was planned that I would do the testing
without knowledge of which subjects were considered sensitive and
which subjects were considered controls. However, in the course
of my contacts with these subjects, it proved impossible not to
know which subjects belonged to which group, since I was to inter-
view each person in depth. Since personal experience with appar-
ently extrasensory perception is a fairly dramatic event, subjects
could not avoid talking about these events and still be honest in
an in-depth interview.
Consequently, a secondary plan was
developed in which I would do the psychological testing and write
individual reports for each subject, and the Chief Clinical Psychol-
ogist, Dr. Heenan, would read the test blind and see whether he
could pick out three test records which seemed more similar to
each other than the rest, thereby discriminating between sensitive
and non-sensitive subjects.
Intellectual Functioning
All of the subjects in this study displayed distinctly above-
average intellectual abilities. Most subjects reached the superior
range, and several of the subjects reached the gifted range. As
it happened, the control subjects tended to show higher average
intellectual functioning scores than did sensitive subjects,
although the difference could not be said to be significant,
given that there were only three subjects in each group. 'Two
of the subjects from the sensitive group showed highly variable
80
Approved For ReldatNP0 10A25 SIFIED9-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
UNGLAS.S.IFIED99A000300100034-4
subtest scores within their intelligence test battery. That
is, some of the subskills would be extremely high and other
subskills would be extremely low.
The variable patterns shown
are consistent with ambivalent motivation as regards learning
tasks and academic situations. I was able to spot no consistent
trends as to which subskills tended to be high and which sub-
skills tended to be low. For all six subjects, verbal and per-
formance skills tended to be about evenly balanced, and memory
skills were approximately what would be expected, given the in-
telligence scores attained. The number scores on memory tests as
well as the performances of the subjects themselves reflect a
slight tendency toward better memory for material which is
organized logically or which appears in a meaningful context
than for rote memory material. In the control group, this
tendency seems less pronounced and in fact one subject showed
a clear preference for rote memory material. The subjects
themselves did not feel that any of the intelligence test
material tapped skills or propensities on their part which might
be linked to their extrasensory capabilities, and since the
patterns of strength and weakness within the test profiles
varied so widely, I am inclined to accept their judgment with
one possible exception. It is possible that sensitive subjects
tend to be holistic perceivers rather than analytic perceivers;
that is, to perceive in Gestalt rather than analytic elements.
This might underlie the tendency for better short term memory
of contextual logical material. Psychological tests which are
directly relevant to this difference in perceptual style appear
not be standardized as yet and so it is difficult to follow this
lead.
Personality Functioning
When looked at from the point of view of psychopathology, the
indicators both in projective and in objective testing do not
appear to me to show marked trends, either for the six subjects
taken together or for the subjects in each group. There does
appear to be an interesting similarity in defensive style, par-
ticularly when this is taken together with a similarity in
interests and vocational aptitude, which can be seen in a
large number of the subjects both in sensitive and control
groups. To elaborate, all six subjects tended to have high
feminine scores on the masculinity-feminity scale of the MMPI.
That scale does not measure sexual orientation but rather sex
role stereotype. For example, a person who is highly active
in expressing his aggression, who is self assertive and who
adopts "masculine" interest in, say, sports, mechanics, etc.,
is likely to get a high masculine score; a person who tends
to be fairly passive in expressing aggression, even manipulative,
who tends to be interested in the arts, in music, in aesthetic
sensitivities, is likely to gain a high feminine score. Both
the men and women in this group of subjects tended to have high
feminine scores. The trend is seen again in the vocational
aptitude survey, the Strong Vocational Interest Blank, wherein
all of the subjects tended to achieve high scores in music, art
81
Approved For Release B (64 AS SIFIED 9A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
and writing, but particularly in writing was this consistent.
The score on writing aptitude appeared to be above average for
the general population in each subject and for several of the
subjects it was one of the highest scores obtained. These two
trends in the objective personality test data can be compared with
another trend found in the projective test data, namely on the
Rorschach. Here, the responses of the subjects tended to emphasize
animal or human movement and to de-emphasize color. This pattern
is common in people who tend to be introspective, to have a rich
inner fantasy life, and in fact to prefer that kind of expression
of their emotions to interpersonal expression. The capacity to
stand back from one's feelings, observe them, analyze them, even
to savor them, is common among artists and particularly among
writers.
Unfortunately, two of the subjects (S1 and S3) from the sensitive
group were highly defensive about test-taking and their defen-
siveness was most pronounced in the projective personality tests.
The result was that they gave very minimal records, very few
responses, and were close-mouthed in talking about their responses.
Hence, the pattern to which I refer can be seen more clearly in
the control subjects than in the sensitive subjects even though
it appears to occur for all six subjects.
In the course of the testing, the control subjects began to tell
me that as they participated in the SRI study, they appeared to
be developing more and more sensitivity on the experiments per-
formed and each was not certain that he should be properly
classified as a control subject.
In talking with Dr. Puthoff,
I learned that they did appear to be showing some sensitivity
but that their performances were not reliable and so they still
would be said to be importantly different from the sensitive
subjects. If the sensitive subjects could be induced to be
less defensive in test-taking, it is possible that their records
would show a pattern which could be distinguished from that of
the control subjects. Since that is not the case, we are left
with a dilemna. A tendency toward artistic interests, a rich
fantasy life and an introversive style of emotional expression
may be accidental in all of these six subjects. It may be
characteristic of persons who are willing to participate in
parapsychological studies. It may be characteristic of persons
who have some extrasensory capacity, whether great or small, or
it may relate to some other variable which happens to be common
to these six subjects.
Should the pattern of emotional style and aesthetic interest
prove relevant to extrasensory capacity, it would seem that the
Rorschach gets at the most fundamental level of this quality.
The objective tests are more likely to be measuring the end
products of that fundamental level of emotional expression.
Since my reading of projective test material is likely to be
colored by my acquaintance with the subjects and what they said
about themselves, I will be interested to see whether Dr. Heenan
82
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED

4
Approved For Release(?)NA'S SPFPED'94000300100034-4
can discern the same pattern, and for my own curiosity I would
like to be able to test the sensitive subjects again, without
them having read this report, to see whether I could put them
more at ease on a second contact and get more productive records
from them. Two of these subjects (S1 and S3) said frankly that
they were alienated at the thought of psychological testing
because their experience was that people with extrasensory capac-
ity were written off as nuts and that psychologists and psychi-
atrists always examined them with an eye toward any pathology
they could discover. If they could be reassured that that was
not the point of interest and at the same time not be coached
as to what kinds of responses I was interested in, another
session of projective testing might be productive.
Karen L. Nelson, PhD
Clinical Psychologist
Palo Alto Medical Clinic
b.
Evaluation by Chief Clinical Psychologist (On a Blind
Basis
An effort complementary to the overall analysis performed
by Dr. K. Nelson was carried out by Dr. J. Heenan, Chief Clinical Psychol-
ogist, Department of Psychiatry, Palo Alto Medical Clinic.
He took on
as a task the ferreting out of responses to specific test items to deter-
mine whether a particular cluster of items might serve as the core of a
screening procedure. Dr. Heenan's analysis was carried out on a blind
basis, that is, without knowledge of which subjects were labeled sensitive
and which were labeled control. The following is quoted from Dr. Heenan's
report:
I have finished going over the psychological test data on the six
subjects tested and this is a summary of my thoughts, impressions,
clinical judgments, guesses and comparisons of various dimensions.
The six persons tested are labeled S1 through S6. Subject S1
would not take the TAT test and did not return the EPPS test, and
there is not a Strong vocational interest test in the file on him.
I included him in the comparisons on the tests which he did take.
What I did was formulate some hypotheses and then examine the test
data, ranking people according to what their tests reflected on
those hypotheses, and from that arrived at which subjects might
have, according to the hypothesis, a more than ordinary ability
to communicate by non-ordinary means. First of all, I examined
all the test data rather carefully from a clinical psychologist's
point of view and without any specific hypotheses -- that is, on
the basis of my overall intuition -- made guesses, for each battery
of tests, whether or not I thought this person would be likely
to have unusual abilities. On this basis I guessed subjects S3,
S6 and S4 as the most likely ones to have been high achievers
83
Approved For Release1024A S'S" PIEP99A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Releaseº2%
UNCLASSIFIED
RPR79-00999A000300100034-4
in your experiments.
The following is a series of hypotheses on the Rorschach Ink
Blot Test and following each hypothesis are the three subjects
who best fit that hypothesis from the test data.
HYPOTHESIS #1. White space responses reflect lower ability to
use non-ordinary means of communication.
Results: Subjects S3, S6 and S4 have the fewest white
space responses and therefore, according to this hypothesis,
would have the higher ability among this group.
HYPOTHESIS #2. Preoccupation with minor details (Dd) will be
inconsistent with the ability to communicate by non-ordinary
means .
Results :
Subjects S3, S6 and S4 reflect the least use
cf minor details in Rorschach responses.
HYPOTHESIS #3. Those persons with the highest percentage of
human movement responses will be those most likely to be able
to communicate by non-ordinary means.
Results: Subjects $4, S6 and S2 are the three highest in
this regard.
HYPOTHESIS #4. The use of instant whole responses will be
greater in those persons with the ability to communicate by
non-ordinary means.
Results:
Subjects S3. S6 and S4 are the highest in this
ngard.
HYPOTHESIS #5. Using shading responses as an index for anxiety,
those who have the most shading responses will do the least well
in communicating by non-ordinary means.
Results :
Subjects S4, S1 and S2 have the most shading
responses.
HYPOTHESIS #6.
Those subjects able to communicate best by
non-ordinary means will tend to be more childlike in their
general approach to life and this will be reflected by higher
animal content percent on the Rorschach test.
Results :
Subjects S5, S4 and S1.
HYPOTHESIS #/.
(This hypothesis is relevant to Hypothesis #6.)
Those subjects with the most animal movement responses will
tend to be able to communicate more by non-ordinary means.
Results :
Subjects S4, S6 and S2.
HYPOTHESIS #8. The persons who most use color in their re-
sponses will be most likely to be able to communicate better
by non-ordinary means.
Results :
There is no spread among the subjects on this
articular scoring determinant.
HYPOTHESIS #9. Those subjects using the most emotional deter-
minants will be most likely to be able to communicate by
non-ordinary means.
Results:
Subjects S3, S6 and S4 have the most use of
motional determinants on the Rorschach Test.
84
Approved For RellaSAP001/0425 SIE -00999A000300100034-4

GIA RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release CLASSIFIED
On the MMPI, the following hypotheses were checked out.
HYPOTHESIS #1. Subjects who show the most unusual configurations
on the MMPI will be those most likely to be able to communicate
by non-ordinary means (scores above 70).
Results :
Subjects S3, S6 and S2.
HYPOTHESIS #2. Those subjects who reflect the most emotional
energy as measured by the Ma score will be most likely to com-
municate by non-ordinary means.
Results: Subjects S6, S3 and S2 -- the opposite of this
hypothesis is that those with the lowest Ma scores were
subjects S1, S5 and S4.
HYPOTHESIS #3. Those subjects who show the most interest in human
interaction will be most likely to do well in non-ordinary com-
munication as measured by the Si score; the rank among the sub-
jects from highest to lowest is S5, S4, S6, S2, S1, S3. There-
fore, subjects S5, S4 and S6, according to this hypothesis,
would be the successful ones.
HYPOTHESIS #4. Those subjects showing the most depression would
be least likely to be able to communicate by non-ordinary means;
the rank on the depression score among the subjects is from
highest to lowest -- S6, S4, S3, S2, S1, S5, with S6, S4, and S3
being the predicted least likely to do well at your tasks, and
subjects S2, S1 and S5 the most likely.
The Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale hypotheses were simple
and easy to check. The first hypothesis on the results of the
Wechsler, HYPOTHESIS #1, is that higher intelligence as measured
by the IQ score will reflect higher ability to communicate by
non-ordinary means. Using the Full Scale IQ score, the rank from
highest to lowest on IQ is subjects S5, S2, S6, S4, SI, and S3.
Therefore, S5, S2, S6, according to this hypothesis, would be
the subjects most likely to have succeeded. There is very little
difference in the ranking in general, using the verbal IQ and
the performance IQ. Taking a closer look at the subtest scores
of the Wechsler, the following hypotheses were checked out.
HYPOTHESIS #2 on the subtest scores: Persons with the highest
ability in visual motor coordination. as reflected by the Block
Design subtest, will be most likely to be able to communicate
by non-ordinary means. The rank on the Block Design subtest
from high to low is S5, S3, S6, S4, S2, and S1.
HYPOTHESIS #3. Those with the best immediate memory as reflected
by the Digit Span subtest will be the most likely to achieve in
the non-ordinary communication modality. The rank for subjects
from highest to lowest on Digit Span is S3, S6, S4, S5, S2, and
S1 with very little spread among them.
Other aspects of the Wechsler which were specifically checked
out were the Picture Completion subtest and the Arithmetic
subtest. The rank from highest to lowest in Picture Completion
is S1, S2, S5, S3, S4, S6, and the rank on the Arithmetic sub-
test is S5, S4, S2, S3, S1, and S6. I did not have a hypothesis
about these particular subtests since they are reflections of
85
Approved For Release 20 1 42A:SS+PRE-D999A000300100034-4
.
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
higher IQ, which was already covered before.
Careful review of the Strong Vocational Interest Blank results,
tabulating various scored categories and profile configuration,
revealed no pattern that separated any group of subjects from
any other group of subjects. This, however, is a multi-dimensional
test with many variables and perhaps a more complex statistical
analysis, such as analysis of variants, may show some clusters not
visible to this examiner.
On the Bender Gestalt Visual Motor test, the simple hypothesis
was made that the higher the ability to reproduce better designs,
the more likely would be the person's ability to communicate by
non-ordinary means. The Bender test results were ranked according
to quality in form, Gestalt and accuracy, and the following ranks
were obtained. From highest to lowest, subjects S4, S3, S6, S5,
S1, and S2. No other evident material was reflected on the Bender
designs.
It appears to me that according to most of the hypotheses I came
up with, subjects S3. S6 and S4 are the most likely candidates.
The results of the Luscher and TAT tests, after careful examina-
tion, do not suggest any systematic means for breaking this
group of six into two groups of three. However, on the TAT
subjects S3, S6 and S5 appeared to this examiner to reflect
more spontaneity and childlike exuberance for living and there-
fore might be inferred to possess more sensitivity or awareness
to non-cognitive dimensions of experience; therefore, I think
subjects S3, S6, and S4 are the most likely ones to have done
the experiments well.
I also note that those who couldn't
apparently were learning how, and therefore apparently whatever
this ability is, it is a learnable one -- of course, if such com-
munication does exist. that should be true since we all come
with essentially the same basic equipment.
J. E. Heenan, PhD
Chief Clinical Psychologist
Palo Alto Medical Clinic
On a post hoc basis, we can examine the various hypotheses
suggested by Dr. Heenan and determine which ones tend to correlate with
observable paranormal functioning. However, given the small sample size,
no significant conclusions can be drawn -- rather, these points simply
suggest hypotheses to be examined in future testing.
On the basis of the remote viewing and random target generator
experiments, experienced subjects S1 through S3 and learner/control S4
performed reliably in contrast to learner/control subjects S5 and S6.
There were four tests which tended to correlate with this partition in
the sense that three of the tour successful subjects lacked a trait
86
Approved For Release 200316RSSIPPED00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
which was possessed by both of the unsuccessful subjects. These were
the traits considered in Rorschach Hypothesis #5, MMPI Hypothesis #3,
and WBIS Hypotheses #1 and #2; the four hypotheses suggested by Dr. Heenan
were all counterindicated, that is, the responses suggested as probable
for successful subjects were found to hold for the unsuccessful ones.
On the basis of this small sample, therefore, one might consider investi-
gating the following traits as potentially indicating a lesser ability
in paranormal functioning: low anxiety index as indicated by low degree
of shading response in the Rorschach, a high degree of interest in human
interaction as measured by the Si score of the MMPI, an exceptionally high
IQ (gifted range) as measured by the Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale,
and excellent visual motor coordination as reflected in the Block Design
subtest of the Wechsler Bellevue Intelligence Scale. It must be emphasized,
however, that although subjects scoring highest with regard to the above
factors did least well in the tests of paranormal functioning, all sub-
jects scored higher than the norm in these psychological factors, so it
would be erroneous to extrapolate on the basis of these data that low
scoring might indicate paranormal ability. It is simply that extremely
high scores are observed to correlate negatively with success on the
particular paranormal tasks investigated. Finally, we reiterate that the
correlation as observed on the basis of such a small sample may be gratui-
tous and should therefore only be considered as a basis for further hy-
pothesis testing.
87
Approved For Releated PONE/A SOS "PPE 90999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
3.
Neuropsychological Evaluation
Neuropsychological profiles on the six subjects were obtained
by the administration of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychology Test Battery
as well as other tests known to be sensitive to brain dysfunction.
These
tests have proven useful in predicting, for example, both the presence
and location of brain damage in a variety of neurological diseases.
Since, when no damage is present these tests also reflect abilities
dependent on brain function, it was hoped that some meaningful pattern
of test performance would emerge for the program subjects. The testing
and evaluation was handled by Dr. Ralph Kiernan, Clinical Neuropsy-
chologist, Department of Neurology, Stanford University Medical Center,
Stanford, California.
The following is his evaluation;
All subjects were given the folowing tests:
(1)
Halstead Category Test
(2)
Tactual Performance Test
(3)
Speech Perception Test
(4)
Seashore Rhythm Test
(5)
Finger Tapping Test
(6)
Trail Making Test
(7)
Knox Cube Test
(8)
Raven Progressive Matrices
(9)
Verbal Concept Attainment Test
(10)
Buschke Memory Test
(11)
Grooved Pegboard Tests
Two additional tests were added after several subjects had
been tested and were not administered to all subjects.
These
were:
(12)
The Gottschaldt Hidden-Figures Test
(13)
The spatial relations subtest of the SRA Primary
Mental Abilities Test.
A description of these tests along with subject scores is
given in Table 19.
Since other psychological testing was completed previously
on these same subjects at the Palo Alto Medical Clinic,
the results of two of these tests (The Wechsler Adult In-
telligence Scale and the Benton Visual Retention Test) were
consulted in the overall neuropsychological evaluation.
Very few of the results are common to all six subjects.
In fact, the only ones that are common involve general
88
Approved For ReleaseFestex'S S'IRPET)00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 19. NEUROPSYCHOLOGY TEST BATTERY
Description
Scoring
S1
S2
S3
S4
S6
Y
0
Halstead Category
Test
Nonverbal test requiring abstraction of conceptual relationships.
Score: Total errors.
7
14
33
26
6
28
μ
15
15.
ʼ×
5
Tactual Performance
Test
Requires placement of 10 geometrically shaped blocks in their
correct locations on a formboard while blindfolded.
Separate RT, LT, and bimanual trials.
Score: Total time (minutes) .
16.4
11.8
7.7
7.7
11.4
6.9
μ
SD
11.4
3.6
14.7
4.8
Speech Perception
Test
Discrimination of nonword speech sounds.
Score: Total errors.
4
2
0
2
5
3
SD
MAX
0
0
Seashore Rhythm Test
Discrimination of nonverbal rhythms. Score: Number correct.
27
25
28
29
26
29
μ
SD
3
30
3
30
Finger Tapping Test
Measure of finger oscillation rate for 10-second period,
both RT and LT hand trials. Score: Number taps per 10 seconds.
RT/LT
53/50
RT/LT
53/49
RT/LT
48/47
RT/LT
54/53
RT/LT
47/47
RT/LT
48/43
μ
SD
50/43
6/6
44/39
11/10
Trail Making Test
(Part A)
Requires connecting numbered circles in order from 1 to 25.
Paper and pencil task. Score: Total times (seconds).
40
16
18
19
30
27
SD
26
11
33
9
Trail Making Test
(Part B)
Requires connecting alphabetic and numbered circles by alterna-
Total time (seconds) .
ting 1->A>2-B, and so on. Score:
56
50
55
50
54
53
SD
62
16
79.5
31.0
Knox Cube Test
Measure of attention span and immediate visual memory.
Score: Number correct.
13
14
13
16
17
17
μ
SD
MAXI
4
18
4
18
Raven Progressive
Matrices
Nonverbal intelligence test involving spatial matrices.
Score: Number correct.
39
53
49
55
60
54
1
SD
MAX
35
10
60
42
10
60
Verbal Concept
Attainment Test
Requires abstraction of verbal conceptual relationships.
Score: Number correct.
22
24
27
23
21
24
5.4
27
5.4
27
Buschke Memory
Test
Requires learning a 20-word list in a maximum of 12 trials with
repetition of words omitted after each trial. Score: Maximum
number words correctly remembered; List: Number words consis-
tently remembered.
Total : :
14/20
List :
8/20
17/20
18/20
19/20
20/20
20/20
μ
SD
MAX
Total / List
18/12
3/2*
20/20
Grooved Pegboard
Test
Requires insertion of 25 pegs in their holes in a pegboard.
Both RT and LT hand trials. Score: Total time (seconds).
RT/LT
76/74
RT/LT
69/70
RT/LT
58/67
RT/LT
59/67
RT/LT
72/70
RT/LT
48/50
μ
SD
61/66
9/9
70/76
10/11
Spatial Relations
Subtest of the PMA
Requires mental rotation and identification of figures rotated
in two dimensions. Score: Number correct minus number of errors.
-
-
10
SD
28
14
28
14
Gottschaldt Hidden
Figures Test
Requires tracing outline of simple figure hidden within lines
of more complex figure. Score: Time and number correct.
Poor
Avg.
V. good Outst. Outst.
None
Available
*Approximate; Y,Age <35; 0,Age ≥35.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED
1
4
5.5
2.5
3
26
25.5
MAX
89
μ
13
13
1
SD
MAX
21
21
14/20
11/20
16/20
15/20
16/20
(8 trials) (7 trial})
60
52
Test
SD
5

Approved For RaleddeNG/h.A.S SARDE D.0999A000300100034-4
intelligence as measured by the Wechsler Adult Intelligence
Scale. All subjects were in the bright average to very
superior range of intelligence with full scale IQ's ranging
from 116 to 134, the average IQ being 125. Performance IQ's
tended to be slightly higher than Verbal IQ's (126 average ver -
sus 123). All other test performances ranged widely from
the mildly below average to the very superior range.
A consistent pattern of test results does emerge, however,
when four of the subjects are looked at in a single group.
These four subjects are S3 through S6. All tests which
depended heavily on spatial abilities were extremely well
performed by these subjects.
The block design subtest of
the WAIS is the most sensitive
subtest to brain injuries
which disrupt spatial abilities.
Although these subjects
obtained excellent WAIS scores in general, their near-per-
fect performances on this subtest are significantly better
than most of the other subtest scores.
The Tactual Per-
formance Test (TPT) is also very sensitive to brain dys-
function involving spatial abilities. This test was ex-
tremely well performed by these subjects with three of
them obtaining total times of 7.7 minutes or less. Times
of less than eight minutes are very rarely achieved on this
test. The TPT and block designs are two of the most sensi-
tive tests to variations in spatial ability. A third test,
the spatial relations subtest of the Primary Mental Abilities
test, was given to only two of the four subjects in this
group. Again, very superior scores (quotient scores greater
than 130) were obtained by each. This test is not highly
correlated with general intelligence, and high scores in-
dicate special proficiency in visual-spatial ability.
Two additional tests which appear to measure general
ability but which depend upon visual-perceptual ability for
their correct performance were performed in the superior
range. These are the Raven's Progressive Matrices and the
Gottschaldt Hidden Figures.
Other test performances varied substantially among these four
subjects. Three of the four had difficulty on the Category
Test and on the Buschke Memory Test. No sensible interpre-
tation of these results is readily apparent.
The two remaining subjects, S1 and S2, were quite different
in their test performances from the above group. S2, who
obtained the second highest full scale IQ, did well on the
spatial tests described above but not as well as any of the
four above. His spatial abilities appeared to be less well
developed than his verbal skills. S1 was even less like
the group than S2. His spatial test performances were only
average for his age, and the TPT and Gottschaldt tests were
poorly performed.
90
UNCLASSIFIED
-00999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release 20

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP78-00999A000300100034-4
UN'CLAS'S
TED
In summary, the single, most compelling conclusion from the
test data is that six subjects studied are of significantly
above-average intellectual ability.
In addition,
there is
consistent evidence that four of the six subjects were parti-
cularly proficient on measures of visual and tactual spatial
ability. The performance of tests which measure this ability
is most seriously impaired by lesions which involve the
right, posterior cerebral hemisphere. There is more than
presumptive evidence that normal performance of these tests
is mediated by the right hemisphere. Therefore, at least
four of the subjects obtained test results consistent
with proficiency on these right hemisphere related tasks.
It should be pointed out that this finding can be, at best,
considered as a basis for hypothesis formation regarding
paranormal ability.
Verification of such hypotheses would
depend on the results of future research.
The test results for S2 are not in conflict with the above
interpretation.
Those obtained for S1, however, are in
conflict with this hypothesis and are not readily reconciled
with it.
As pointed out above, further research is necessary to
elucidate the relationship between spatial abilities, the
right hemisphere and paranormal abilities. Nonetheless,
it can be said at this point that many of the tasks per-
formed by the group of subjects at SRI have at least a
superficial resemblance to performances which require
right hemisphere function.
The similarities include the
highly schematicized drawings of objects in a room or of
remote scenes. Verbal identification of these drawings
is often highly inaccurate, and the drawings themselves
are frequently left-right reversed relative to the target
configuration. Further, written material is generally not
cognized. These characteristics have been seen in left
brain-injured patients and in callosal sectioned patients.
More relevant, perhaps, than right hemisphere functioning
per se are the resemblances to a class of functioning known
as associative visual agnosia. Associative visual agnosia
involves the inability of a patient to name or otherwise
identify objects which he is capable of seeing.
Such patients
who do not have more generalized intellectual impairment
are rare, and only a few have been described in the neuro-
logical literature. Several of these patients have demon-
strated the ability to copy with pencil and paper the pic-
ture or object which they failed to name.
It is this
quality which impressed me as being similar to the remote
viewing performances of the SRI subjects.
In a recent review of such cases-0
five patients were
found who had the ability to draw an object without being
91
Approved For Releastpd:042A: SIS-RP-17E-0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
able to name it. These are the patients reported by Mack
et al. (1975)10, Albert et al. (1975) 11, Davidenkov (1956) 12
Rubens and Benson (1971)13, and Lhermitte and Beauvois (1973) 14.
Drawings and attempted namings of pictured material for one
of the patients in the studies is shown in Figure 21.
In attempting to name an object, these patients would gen-
erally produce inappropriate names which, nevertheless,
reflected some visual form characteristics of the object
in question. Their attempts seem forced and made in piece-
meal fashion to various characteristics of the picture
rather than to the picture as a whole. In similar fashion
Teuber's patient (1975)15 described the figure below as an
apple with a worm and wormholes in it.
The above description and many of those in the references
clearly illustrate that the patient sees the object and is
able to respond to at least some of its visual characteris-
tics. Most of the drawings in the references are sufficiently
complete so that an observer would be able to name the object
represented. Yet the author of the drawing cannot do this.
This type of defective performance was frequently seen in
the SRI subjects when they were producing drawings in the
remote viewing experiments. Two obvious differences exist,
however, between the patients with associative visual
agnosia and the SRI subjects. The SRI subjects are able
to name objects appropriately when pictures are presented
directly to the visual modality. The patients cannot do
this, and, in addition, these patients have a variety of
other visual disabilities.
The latter difference is to be
expected since the patients have substantial brain injury.
The location of brain damage in associative visual agnosia
is fairly well established.
Two disconnections appear
necessary in order to produce this symptom. One involves
destruction of the left visual area as evidenced by the
right homomonous hemianopia invariably found in these
patients. The second involves isolation of the right
visual area from speech areas in the left hemisphere.
This
can be the result of extensive destruction of left visual
association areas or of damage to the posterior portion
of the corpus callosum. The net result of these injuries
is that obiects can be seen because of visual input to the
right hemisphere visual area but that they cannot be named
because of isolation of this area from left hemisphere
language areas. use of these objects and the drawing of
pictures of them can be accomplished because of intact
pathways within the right hemisphere.
92
Approved For Release 2003106 S SAPPED00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
UNPELASSIFIED94000300100034-4
0
6
FIGURE 21
DRAWINGS AND INTERPRETATIONS BY ASSOCIATIVE VISUAL
AGNOSIA PATIENTS
Copies of line drawings. Patient was unable to identify any before copying. After
making copy, his identifications were top left, key - "I still don't know"; top
right, pig - "Could be a dog or any other animal"; bottom left, bird - "Could
be a beach stump"; bottom right, locomotive - "A wagon or a car of some kind.
The larger vehicle is being pulled by the smaller one."
93
Approved For Release bNGL.A.S.S +FEL 9A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24
URIC LA'S STFPED00999A000300100034-4
Lt remains to speculate on the meaning of the similarity
between the patients described above and the SRI subjects.
It should first be noted that the similarities are more than
superficial in that the verbal descriptions attempted by
some of the SRI subjects bear a striking resemblance in
kind to those of the patient shown in Figure 21. It is as
if they are struggling with similar difficulties in verbal-
izing the image which they can readily draw. In this regard
the lateralization involved is consistent with other indica-
tions of right hemisphere function in the SRI subjects. A
highly speculative hypothesis is that during remote viewing
the subjects "see" a grossly degraded image which is not
distinct enough to encode directly into a verbal label.
Benve the piecemeal verbalization similar to that found in
patients with associative visual agnosia.
In summary, it would appear that the neuropsychological
data are compatible with the hypotheses that (1) information received
in a putative remote viewing mode is processed piecemeai in pattern form
(consistent with a low bit rate process but not necessarily requiring
it) and (2) the errors arise in the processes of attempted integration
of the data into larger patterns directed toward verbal labeling.
C.
Identification of Neurophysiological Correlates That Relate to
Paranormal Activities
This part of the program had as its goal the identification of
neurophysiological correlates of paranormal activity.
The existence of
such correlates is hypothesized on the expectation that, in addition to
obtaining overt responses such as verbalizations or key presses from a
subject. it should be possible to obtain objective evidence of informa-
tion transfer by direct measurement of some physiological parameter of
n subject. Kamiya, Lindsiey, Pribram, Silverman, Walter, and others
brought together to discuss physiological methods to detect ESP function-
ing, for example, have suggested that a whole range of electroencephalo-
gram (EKG) responses -- such as evoked potentials (EPs), spontaneous EEG,
and the contingent negative variation (CNV) -- might be sensitive indi-
cators of the detection of remote stimuli not mediated by usual sensory
processes. 16
The purpose of this part of the study was twofold: (a) to obtain
Informacion about the neurophysiological state associated with paranormal
94
Approved For Release1200101/2A:55 PPED 999A000300100034-4

Approved For Relead NI CLASSIFIED9994000300100034-4
1
Y
-
#
-
activity in general, and (b) to determine whether physiological
correlates could be used as an indicator of paranormal functioning,
hopefully to provide indicators that differentiate between correct
and incorrect responses to a paranormally applied stimulus so that
an independently-determined bias factor could be applied during the
generation of data by a subject.
Early experimentation of this type was carried out by Douglas
Dean at the Newark College of Engineering. In his search for physio-
logical correlates of information transfer, he used the plethysmograph
to measure changes in the blood volume in a finger, a sensitive indica-
tor of autonomic nervous system functioning.
17
A plethysmographic
measurement was made on the finger of a subject during paranormal
communication experiments. A sender looked at randomly selected target
cards consisting of names known to the subject, together with names
unknown to him (selected at random from a telephone book). The names
of the known people were contributed by the subject and were to be of
emotional significance to him.
Dean found significant changes in the
chart recording of finger blood volume when the remote sender was
looking at those names known to the subject as compared with those names
randomly chosen.
Two other early experiments using the physiological approach were
also published. The first work by Tart
18
and the later work by Lloyd"
19
both follow a similar pattern.
Basically, a subject is closeted in an
electrically shielded room while his EEG is recorded. Meanwhile, in
another laboratory, a second person is stimulated from time to time,
and the time for that stimulus is marked on the magnetic tape recording
of the subject's EEG. The subject does not know when the remote
stimulus periods occur.
At SRI three facilities are in use for the purpose described above.
One is a standard EEG facility under the direction of Dr. Charles
Rebert, Life Sciences Division. This facility consists of a visually
opaque, acoustically and electrically shielded, double-walled steel
room, as shown in Figure 22, a Grass Model 5 polygraph, and an Ampex
95
Approved For Release IN A:S6 +6+ E D 999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releast RO(3/16/44STAFFED09994000300100034-4
SA-2613-14
FIGURE 22
SHIELDED ROOM USED FOR EEG EXPERIMENTS
96
Approved For Release DI(3/16/ASS +PIEE0999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseldN G/L.A.S.SbFEL994000300100034-4
SP-300 magnetic tape recorder.
The second facility is a standard EEG
facility under the direction of Dr. Jerry Lukas, head of SRI's Sleep Studies
program. This facility consists of two sound-isolated rooms with
appropriate signal lead connections, an eight-channel polygraph for
recording visually, and a magnetic tape/computer processing/printer
readout that provides on-line processing of the polygraph data. In our
configuration we obtain a hardcopy printout of five-second averages of eight
channels of polygraph information 15 minutes following a 15-minute run.
At present we monitor broad band alpha (7 to 14 Hz) and beta (14 to 34 Hz)
brainwave components from the left and right occipital regions, galvanic
skin response, and two channels of plethysmograph data (blood volume and
pulse height).
The third facility is a smaller, semiportable. four-channel polygraph
with a GSR channel, reflected-light plethysmograph indicating blood
volume/pulse height, one channel of unfiltered EEG activity, and a
fourth EEG channel with zero-crossing digital filtering.
The last
permits percent-time measurements in any band, with upper and lower band
edge settings in one-hertz increments.
Two lines of investigation were pursued in the SRI program. The
first was basic in nature, an effort to determine whether, in a re-
peatable experiment under laboratory conditions, the remote viewing of
a specific stimulus (strobe light in another laboratory) would provide
any evidence of EEG correlates. The second involved mid-experiment
monitoring of a number of physiological parameters during routine
experimentation in remote viewing.
1.
Remote Strobe Experiment
The following is a description of the first line of experi-
mentation, the remote viewing of a strobe light stimulus. With regard
to choice of stimulus, it was noted that in previous work others had
attempted, without success, to detect evoked potential changes in a
subject's EEG in response to a single flash stimulus observed by
another subject.
20
In a discussion of that experiment, Kamiya suggested
that because of the unknown temporal characteristics of the information
channel, it might be more appropriate to use repetitive bursts of light
97
Approved For Releas 2005JA SISIEHE 69999A000300100034-4

Approved For Relea'st RAC3/16/ASSAFFET90999A000300100034-4
to increase the probablility of detecting information transfer.
21
There-
fore, in our study we chose to use a stroboscopic flash train of ten seconds
duration as the remote stimulus.
In the design of the study, we assumed that the application of
the remote stimulus would result in responses similar to those obtained
under conditions of direct stimulation. For example, when an individual
is stimulated with a low-frequency (< 30 Hz) flashing light, the EEG
typically shows a decrease in the amplitude of the resting rhythm and a
driving of the brain waves at the frequency of the flashes."
22
We hypo-
thesized that if we stimulated one subject in this manner (a putative sender)
the EEG of another subject in a remote room with no flash present (a
receiver ) might show changes in narrow band alpha (9 to 11 Hz) activity
and possibly an EEG driving similar to that of the sender, either by
coupling to the sender's EEG,
23
or by coupling directly to the stimulus.
We informed our subject (S4) that at certain times a light
was to be flashed in a sender's eyes in a distant room, and if the subject
perceived that event, consciously or unconsciously, it might be evident
from changes in his EEG output. The instructions to the subject are
in accordance with requirements governing activities with human subjects
(see Appendix B). The receiver was seated in the visually opaque,
acoustically and electrically shielded double-walled steel room shown in
Figure 22. The sender was seated in room about seven meters from the
receiver.
A Grass PS-2 photostimulator placed about one meter in front
of the sender was used to present flash trains of ten seconds duration.
The receiver's EEG activity from the occipital region (Oz), referenced
to linked mastoids, was amplified with a Grass 5P-1 preamplifier and
associated driver amplifier with a bandpass of 1 to 120 Hz. The EEG
data were recorded on magnetic tape with an Ampex SP 300 recorder.
On each trial. a tone burst of fixed frequency was presented
to both sender and receiver and was followed in one second by either a
ten second train of flashes or a null flash interval presented to the sender.
Thirty-six such trials were given in an experimental session, consisting
98
Approved For Release123/16ASSA FDE D.0999A000300100034-4
:
:

Approved For Releas . 00:06|2A S SHIPPIE.994000300100034-4
of 12 null trials -- no flashes following the tone -- 12 trials of flashes
at 6 fps and 12 trials of flashes at 16 fps, all randomly intermixed,
determined by entries from a table of random numbers. Each of the trials
generated an 11 second EEG epoch. The last 4 seconds of the epoch was
selected for analysis to minimize the desynchronising action of the warning
cue. This 4 second segment was subjected to Fourier analysis on a LINC
8 computer.
Spectrum analyses gave no evidence of EEG driving in any
receiver, although in control runs the receivers did exhibit driving
when physically stimulated with the flashes.
Data from seven sets of 36 trials each were collected from
the subject on three separate days. This comprises all the data collected
with this subject under the test conditions described above. The alpha
band was identified from average spectra, then scores of average power
and peak power were obtained from individual trials and subjected to
statistical analysis.
Figure 23 shows an overlay of the three averaged spectra from
one of the subject's 36-trial runs, displaying differences in alpha
activity for the three stimulus conditions.
Mean values for the average power and peak power for each of
the seven experimental sets are given in Table 20. The power measures
were less in the 16 fps case than in the 0 fps in all seven peak-power
measures and in six out of seven average-power measures. Note also the
reduced effect in the case in which the subject was informed that no sender.
was present (Run 3). It seems that overall alpha production was
reduced for this run in conjunction with the subject's expressed appre-
hension about conducting the experiment without a sender. This is in
contrast to the case (Run 7) in which the subject was not informed.
Siegel's two-tailed t approximation to the nonparametric
randomization test
24
was applied to the data from all sets, which in-
cluded the two sessions in which the sender was removed. Average power
on trials associated with the occurrence of 16 fps was significantly less
(-24%) than when there were no flashes (t = 2.09, d.f. = 118, P < 0.04).
99
Approved For ReleaseZdo.CLASSIFIED.
GARUPY9-06999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releatt AT03/06/AS SA FFET90999A000300100034-4
0
-6
VOLTAGE - arbitrary units
16
.
5 Hz
10 Hz
15 Hz
THREE CASES ---
0, 6 and 16 Hz flashes (12 trial averages)
3.1-2613-15
FIGURE 23
OCCIPITAL EEG FREQUENCY SPECTRA, 0 TO 20 Hz, OF SUBJECT S4
ACTING AS RECEIVER, SHOWING AMPLITUDE CHANGES IN THE 9 TO
11-Hz BAND AS A FUNCTION OF STROBE FREQUENCY
100
Approved For Release dos/AS-SAFFDPE990999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 20
EEG Data for Subject S4 Showing Average Power and Peak Power in the
9- to 11-Hz Band, as a Function of Flash Frequency and Sender.
(Each Table Entry is an Average Over 12 Trials)
Flash
Frequency
Average Power
0
Peak Power
Sender
6
16
0
6
16
J.L.
94.8
84.1
76.8
357.7
329.2
289.6
R.T.
41.3
45.5
37.0
160.7
161.0
125.0
No Sender
25.1
35.7
28.2
87.5
95.7
81.7
(Subject
informed)
J.L.
54.2
55.3
44.8
191.4
170.5
149.3
J.L.
56.8
50.9
32.8
240.6
178.0
104.6
R.T.
39.8
24.9
30.3
145.2
74.2
122.1
No Sender
86.0
53.0
52.1
318.1
180.6
202.3
(Subject not
informed)
Averages
56.8
49.9
43.1
214.5
169.8
153.5
-12%
-24%
-21%
-28%
(p <. 04)
(p <. 03)
101
UNCLASSIFIED
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Relet NO: 00 S. SPRIE 9 00999A000300100034-4
The second measure, peak power, was also significantly less (-28%) in the
16 fps conditions than in the null condition (t = 2.16, d.f. = 118,
P < 0.03). The average response in the 6 fps condition was in the same
direction as that associated with 16 fps (-12% in average power, -21%
in peak power) but the effect did not reach statistical significance.
As part of the experimental protocol, the subject was asked
to indicate a conscious assessment for each trial (via telegraph key)
as to the nature of the stimulus; analysis showed these guesses to be
at chance. Thus, arousal as evidenced by significant alpha blocking
occurred only at the noncognitive level of physiological response.
Hence, the experiment provided direct physiological (EEG) evidence of
perception of remote stimuli even in the absence of overt cognitive
response.
Several control procedures were undertaken to determine if
these results were produced by system artifacts or by subtle cueing of
the subject. Low-level recordings were made from saline of 12 k2 resis-
tance in place of the subject, with and without the introduction of 10-Hz,
50-uV signals from a battery-operated generator. The standard experi-
mental protocol was adhered to and spectral analysis of the results
was
carried out.
There was no evidence in the spectra of activity
associated with the flash frequencies, and the 10-Hz signal was not
perturbed by the remote occurrence flicker.
In another control prodecure, a 5-ft pair of leads was draped
across the subject's chair (subject absent). The leads were connected to
a Grass P-5 amplifier via its high-impedance input probe. The bandwidth
was set 0.1 Hz to 30 KHz with a minimum gain of 200,000. The output
of the amplifier was connected to one input of a C.A.T. 400C "averager."
Two-second sweeps, triggered at onset of the tone, were taken once every
13 seconds for approximately two hours, for about 550 samples. No
difference in noise level between the fore period and the onset of
flicker was observed.
Finally, no sounds associated with flicker could be detected
in the receiver's chamber.
Three further experimental runs were carried out in the sleep
lab under the direction of Dr. Lukas, this time with monitoring of
102
Approved For ReleasNOA.S.SAFEL00999A000300100034-4
4

Approved For ReleasePp0: 042A: SIS-RP-F-P9999A000300100034-4
right and left occipital regions. Each experiment consisted of 20
15-second trials, with 10 no-flash trials, and 10 16-Hz trials randomly
intermixed. Reduction of alpha activity (arousal response) correlated
with remote stimuli was observed as in previous experiments, but essen-
tially only in the right hemisphere (average alpha reduction 16% in
right hemisphere, 2% in left, during the 16-Hz trials as compared with
the no-flash trials). This tends to support the hypothesis that para-
normal functioning might involve right hemispheric specialization, but
the sample is too small to provide confirmation without further work.
In comparing the results of our work with that of others, we
note that whereas in our experiments we used a remote light flash as a
stimulus, Tart
18
in his work used an electrical shock to himself as sender,
and Lloyd
19
simply told the sender to think of a red triangle each time
a red warning light was illuminated within his view. Lloyd observed a
consistent, evoked potential in his subjects; whereas in our experi-
ments and in Tart's, a reduction in amplitude and a desynchronization of
alpha was observed, an arousal response. (If a subject is resting in
an alpha-dominant condition and he is then stimulated, for example in
any direct manner, one will observe a decrease and desynchronization
in alpha power.) We consider that these combined results thus provide
evidence for the existence of noncognitive awareness of a remote
stimulus, and the EEG procedures described appear to be sensitive
techniques for detecting the occurrence of such information transfer,
even in the absence of overt cognitive response, at least when used to
detect discrete arousing stimuli.
2.
Mid-Experiment Monitoring of Physiological Parameters During
Routine Experimentation in Remote Viewing
In this series of experiments measurements were obtained during
a random selection of seven remote viewing experiments. The subject was
connected to the physiological recording instruments of the smaller,
semiportable four-channel polygraph described above. Baseline and
experimental measures of the following observables were made:
103
Approved For Release Food A S.S .: DE9 099A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 - CIA-RDP78
UNCLASSIFIED00999A000300100034-4
(1) Galvanic skin response (GSR) was recorded using
finger electrodes taped in place on second and fourth fingers
(2) Blood volume/pulse height was recorded using a
reflected-light plethysmograph
(3) Unfiltered EEG was recorded from the right occipital
region
(4)
Percent-time in alpha (8 to 12 Hz) was recorded on
the fourth channel; the alpha filter was a sharp cutoff
digital type with essentially zero-pass outside the prescribed
bandpass limits.
A sample chart record is shown in Figure 24. (Time runs from right to
left.) The traces, top to bottom, are the unfiltered EEG, blood volume/
pulse height, GSR, and filtered (alpha) EEG.
During the course of an experiment, the subject was asked to
describe his perceptions as to the nature of the remote target. His
comments were tape-recorded and noted on the polygraph, along with the
cime. A correlation was then attempted between those descriptions
that were found to be uniquely correct and accurate, and the corresponding
sections of polygraph recording.
Seven experiments of this type were carried out. In our inves-
tigations we did not find any significant correlations between the observed
physiological parameters and the indicators of accuracy in the data.
The failure co observe any physiological correlates of a
putative "state" associated with paranormal functioning thus parallels
the similar failure to observe any physiological correlates of the
putative hypnotic state reported by others. In a survey of the major
literature on hyponsis by Sarbin and Slagle, entitled "Hypnosis and
Psychophysiological Outcomes"
125
, they cataloged experiments dealing
with measurements of heart rate, hemodynamics and vasomotor functioning,
genitourinary functions, gastrointestinal functions, endocrine and metabolic
functions, cutaneous functions, dermal excretions, skin temperature,
electrodermal changes, evoked potentials, spontaneous EEG activity,
rapid eye movements, slow eye movements, optokinetic nystagmus, changes
104
Approved For Release RIC/16A'S SA FIE D'0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 7001/06/24ASAS-+F7E.1999A000300100034-4
.00
(a) PERCENT ALPHA (5 sec INTEGRATION)
(b) GSR
82
5.
8,3
(c) PLETHYSMOGRAPH
(d) RAW EEG
AB
SA-3183-10
+
FIGURE 24
POLYGRAPH DATA
Correct verbal description given during time interval tAB.
105
Approved For Release bbbGLAS SbFIEL99A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . Cl
UNCLASSIFIED
999A000300100034-4
in pupillary diameter, and ocular anatomy.
Their conclusion is that
"there is no evidence for a physiological process that could serve as
an independent criterion of the postulated hypnotic state."
Similarly,
we found no evidence in the physiological processes that we monitored
that could serve as an indicator of the postulated paranormal state
beyond the general EEG arousal response observed for discrete stimulus
conditions.
D.
Identification of the Nature of Paranormal Phenomena and Energy
This portion of the program was devoted to efforts to understand
the nature and scope of paranormal phenomena, including investigation
of the physical laws underlying the phenomena.
Experiments with Physical Apparatus
3.
Experiments with Geiger Counter
A
series of experiments were conducted with subject Sl
to determine whether a Geiger counter in the y-ray mode (i.e., beta
shield in place) would register subject-directed efforts.
The output of a Geiger counter,* fed into a Monsanto
Model 1020 counter/timer. indicated that the background count due to
cosmic ravs was approximately 35 counts/minute. Experimental protocol
required the subject to try to change the registered count by concen-
tration on the Geiger counter probe from a distance of about 0.5 m. Each
run consisted of 15 60-s trials, with 10-s separations between the trials.
Preceding each run was a control run of equal duration.
The results. shown in Table 21, indicate no effect of
statistical significance, either in the mean or standard deviation of counts.
Table 21
GEIGER COUNTER EXPERIMENT SUMMARY
Control Runs
Experimental Runs
Run
Mean
Standard Deviation
Mean
Standard Deviation
1.
36.07
5.73
35.33
6.00
2
34.87
6.23
33.87
7.27
3
33.87
5.88
34.00
5.25
4
35.20
5.09
35.67
5.77
OCDM Item No. CD V-700. Model No. 66. Electro-Neutronics, Inc., Oakland,
California.
106
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CJA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED

Approved For Releas UN.GLASS.515 94000300100034-4
b.
Experiments with Laser-Monitored Torsion Pendulum
In this series of experiments we examined the possibility
that a subject may be able to exert a physical influence on a remotely
located mechanical system. The target was a torsion pendulum suspended
by a metal fiber inside a sealed glass bell jar. The pendulum consists
of three 100-g balls arranged symmetrically at 120° angles on a 2-cm
radius. The entire apparatus is shock mounted, and protected from air
currents by the bell jar.
The angular position of the pendulum is measured by means
of an optical readout system. The system consists of a laser beam from
a low-power argon laser* reflected from a small mirror on the pendulum
onto a position-sensing silicon detectorf 1.5 m from the pendulum. The
detector yields an output voltage proportional to spot position. The
output from the detector is monitored by a chart recorder+, which
provides a continuous sine wave record of pendulum position.
The system exhibits a sensitivity of approximately 10urad.
Under typical experimental conditions, random acoustical fluctuations
drive the pendulum in its torsional normal mode of 10-s period to a
level ~100urad angular deviation.
During control runs the pendulum
executes harmonic motion with a maximum variation in amplitude of ±10%
over an hour period. Sudden vibrational perturbations in the environ-
ment (artifacts) produce oscillation of the pendulum in the vertical
plane at 0.1 Hz.
The subject is asked, as a mental task, to affect the
pendulum motion, the results of which are available as feedback from
the chart recorder. The subject is then encouraged to work with the
pendulum from a distance of 1 m, observing effects being produced.
If
satisfied that there is a possibility of producing effects, the subject
is removed to a room 22 m down the hall with three intervening office
spaces to determine whether effects can be produced from a remote loca-
tion. The subject is provided feedback at the remote location either
by closed circuit video or by a second chart recorder in parallel with
*
Spectra Physical Model 262.
+
United Detector Technology Model SC/10.
Brush Model Mark 200.
107
Approved For Release 001/06/24A S-S-+F 1ED999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2002/06/24
OPPCLASSIPIED09994000300100034-4
the recorder in the enclosed target laboratory.
The remote aspect was
instituted both to prevent artifactual effects from body heat, motion,
and the like, and also to determine whether energy can be coupled via
the remote-viewing channel to a remote location. *
In an experiment, timing of subject efforts to increase
or decrease oscillation amplitude are determined by an experimenter
utilizing a randomization protocol described in Appendix C. Each ex-
periment lasts one hour and consists of six five-minute work periods
alternated with six five-minute rest periods.
Although there appeared to be some evidence in pilot
studies that a subject could, by concentration, increase or decrease
pendulum motion on command, data taken in three controlled experiments
produced 11 changes in the correct direction out of 18 tries, a result
nonsignificant at p = 0.24 by exact binomial calculation.
Experiments with Superconducting Differential
Magnetometer (Gradiometer)
One of the first psychoenergetically produced physical
effects observed by SRI personnel in early research (1972) was the
apparent perturbation of a Josephson effect magnetometer.
The
27
conditions of that pilot study, involving a few hours use of an instru-
ment committed to other research, prevented a proper investigation.
The number of data samples was too few to permit meaningful statistical
analysis, and the lack of readily available multiple recording equipment
prevented investigation of possible "recorder only" effects.
At the suggestion of the sponsor, a series of experiments
was carried out using the superconducting second-derivative gradiometert
shown in Figure 25.
k
Both experimental evidence and theoretical work indicate that distance
may not be a strong factor in paranormal phenomena.
See, for example,
"Foundations of Paraphysical and Parapsychological Phenomena," by E.H.
Walker, U.S. Army Ballistic Research Laboratories, Aberdeen Proving
Ground, Maryland. 26
1-
Develco Model 8805, Develco, Inc., Mountain View, California.
1.08
Approved For Release PASSPFEE0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
4
MIMICO
FIGURE 25
SUPERCONDUCTING DIFFERENTIAL MAGNETOMETER
1.09
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
Basically, the gradiometer is a four-coil Josephson effect
magnetometer device consisting of a pair of coil pairs wound so as to
provide a series connection of two opposing first-derivative gradiometers,
yielding a second-derivative gradiometer (that is, a device sensitive
only to second- and higher-order derivative fields). As a result, the
device is relatively insensitive to uniform fields and to uniform gradi-
ents.
This arrangement allows for sensitive measurement of fields from
nearby sources while discriminating against relatively uniform magnetic
fields produced by remote sources. The device is ordinarily used to
measure magnetic fields originating from processes within the human body,
such as action currents in the heart that produce magnetocardiograms.
The sensitive tip of the instrument is simply placed near the body area
of interest.
In our application, however, the subject is located in
an adjoining laboratory at a distance of 4 m from the gradiometer probe.
As a result the subject is located in a zone of relative insensitivity;
for example, standing up, sitting down, leaning forward, and arm and leg
movements produce no signals. From this location the subject is asked,
as a mental task, to affect the probe.
The results of his efforts are
available to him as feedback from three sources: an oscilloscope, a
panel meter, and a chart recorder, the latter providing a permanent
record.
A protocol for subject participation was instituted as
follows.
The subject removes all metal objects from his clothing and body,
and the effects of body movements are checked at the start of each ex-
perimentai period. The subject then works with the machine in a learning
mode, observing effects being produced, if any, via feedback from the
instrumentation.
Once satisfied that a possibility exists of producing
effects on command under experimenter control, the experimenter announces
the start of the experiments. A randomization protocol (discussed in
Appendix C) is then used to generate ten ON (subject activity) and OFF
(subject no activity) periods of equal length (e.g., 25 s each as
determined by the experimenter.
110
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CJA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED

Approved For ReleasUNCLASSIFIED9994000300100034-4
The trace from the chart recording of a sample run (Run
1, Subject S1) is shown in Figure 26. The randomly generated ON (activity) trials
occurred in periods 2, 8, and 9. As observed, signals appear in each of
these three periods. The signal appearing in period 9 was strong enough
to cause loss of continuous tracking. This latter type of signal can
be the result of an exceptionally strong flux change or an RF burst,
whether subject-generated or artifactual*, and is handled on the basis
of statistical correlation as discussed below. An artifact due to the
passage of a truck in the parking lot adjacent to the laboratory (under
continuous surveillance by the experimenter) is noted in period 6. The
signals recorded in periods 2 and 8 correspond to an input of approxi-
mately 1.6 x 10-9
2
Gauss/cm- (second derivative a-B2/az-), which is equiva-
lent to approximately 3.5 x 10
-7
Gauss referred to one pickup coil.
The interpretation of such observations must be subjected
to careful analysis. For example, the emphasis on "corresponds to" is
based on the following: although the probe is designed to register
magnetic fields, and the simplest hypothesis is that an observed signal
is such, in a task as potentially complex as willed perturbation effects
one must be cautious about assigning a given observed effect to a specific
cause.
One can only conclude that generation of a magnetic field is
the most probable cause, without presuming to identify a particular source.
With regard to signal display, the signal was observed simultaneously
on three recording devices at different stages of the electronics, and
thus a "recorder only" effect can be considered low probability, although
an electronics interference effect ahead of all display cannot be ruled
out. We therefore treat the magnetic cause as tentative, although most
probable, and concentrate our attention on whether a correlation exists
between system disturbances and subject efforts.
Thirteen ten-trial runs were obtained with S1. Each of
the ten trials in the run lasted 50 seconds, the activity/no-activity
*
RF interference effects are sometimes in evidence due to noise bursts
from other instrumentation.
+With the exception of the first run where 25-second trials were used.
111
Approved For Release 20 CL A:S $ PER E-D 999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 300/0624A S'SPIED994000300100034-4
SA-3183-13R
PERIODS
BASELINE
END
10
OFF
ON
8
ON
7
OFF
6
TRUCK
OFF
5
OFF
4
OFF
3
OFF
2
ON
OFF
BASELINE
START
112
Approved For Release IN 0.[24A SSHPIED 99A000300100034-4
GRADIOMETER DATA
FIGURE 26

Approved For Release 2bd: 0 2A SIS RE-1E 10999A000300100034-4
command for each trial being identified by the randomization technique
discussed in Appendix C. In the 13 x 10 = 130 trials, consisting of
a random distribution of 64 activity and 66 no-activity periods, 63
events of signal-to-noise ratio greater than unity were observed. Of
these 63 events, 42 were distributed among the activity periods, 21
among the no-activity periods, a correlation significant at the p =
0.004 level.
Subjects S2 and S6 also interacted with the device.
Although subject efforts and observed perturbations sometimes coincided,
activity was generally low and did not appear to be the signature of
correlated activity under control. A controlled ten-trial run with
Subjects S2 and two such runs with Subject S6 yielded nonsignificant
results.
We therefore conclude that for Subject S1 the observed
number of precisely timed events in pilot work coupled with the statis-
tically significant (p - 0.004) correlation between subject effort and
signal output in controlled runs indicate a highly probable cause-effect
relationship. Thus it appears that a subject can interact with a
second derivative magnetic gradiometer of sensitivity on the order of
10-9
Gauss/cm
2
from a distance of 4 m. Further work would be required to
determine the precise nature of the interaction, although given the equip-
ment design the generation of a magnetic field is the most probable
mechanism.
A successful independent replication of this experiment
has been carried out by Dr. Richard Jarrard, Geology Department, University
of California, Santa Barbara, using a single-coil cryogenic magnetometer .*
The experiments, carried out with the subject in a room located 50 ft
diagonally across a courtyard from the magnetometer room, resulted in
events distributed across work and rest periods in ratio >3:1, re-
spectively, paralleling our results.
28
d.
Discussion of Physical Perturbation Effects
One significance of the perturbation of remote sensitive
equipment lies in the indication that the remote-sensing channel may
*
Superconducting Technology Cryogenic Magnetometer.
113
Approved For Relea JINCE/ A.S.S. HPE D999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Relea NO03 0FPS.SIPIE 00999A000300100034-4
possess a bilateral aspect. That is, there is the possibility that an
information-bearing signal can be coupled from an individual to a re-
mote location as well as in reverse. thus implying that the information
channel under consideration may sustain information transfer in either
direction.
the above concept has a rigorous basis in quantum theory
in the so-called "observer problem." the effect of an observer on experi-
mental measurement.
In quantum theory it is recognized that although
the evolution of a physical system proceeds deterministically on the basis
of Schrodinger's equation (or its equivalent), the result of a calcula-
tion is not in general the prediction of a well-defined value for some
experimental variable. Rather, it is the prediction of a range of
possibilities with a certain distribution of probabilities. In a given
measurement, however, some particular value for a variable is actually
obtained, which implies that an additional event -- so-called state vector
collapse -- must take place during the measurement process itself and in
a manner that is unpredictable except probabilistically. Analysis of
the significance of this latter process leads inescapably to the conclusion
that to the degree that consciousness is involved in observation and measure-
ment (and it always is). to that degree consciousness must also be seen
to interact with the physical environment and to participate in the collapse
of the state vector. Efforts to extract quantum theory from this conclu-
sion by, for example, an infinite regression of measuring apparatus,
have proved unsuccessful. These conclusions, arrived at by theorists
such as wigner,
imply the possibility of nontrivial coupling between
consciousness and quantum states of the physical environment at an
extremely fundamental level.
Such a realization has led to theories
of paranormal phenomena modeled on the basis of this so-called "ob-
server problem" in quantum theory.
26
The phenomena implied by the observer problem are generally
unobservable on the gross macroscopic scale for statistical reasons.
This is codified in the thermodynamic concept that for an isolated
system entropy (disorder) on the average increases, effectively masking
the microscopic observer effects. It is just this requirement of
1.14
Approved For Releaseizb @3/6A.S SARDE D.0999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 1A:SSIFIED 999A000300100034-4
isolation, however, that can be expected to be weakened under conditions
of efforts at paranormal perturbation via the remote-sensing channel,
and it can be argued that observer effects would be maximally operative
in just those situations where the intrusion of consciousness as an
ordering phenomenon could result in a significant local reversal of
entropy increase.
These considerations lead to the following series of
conceptualizations or hypotheses around which future experiments can
be designed.
(1)
Researchers in the area of willed pertur-
bation effects appear to be plagued by results
whose amplitudes have a signal-to-noise ratio
near unity, regardless of the process or mechanism
involved. This may indicate that, rather than
simple perversity, what is being articulated by
the experimental results is a coherence pheno-
mena involving partial mobilization of system noise,
as if the components of the noise spectrum had been
brought into phase coherence, and thus the mag-
nitude constraint. The subject would thus appear
to act as a local negentropic (that is, entropy-
decreasing) source. If true, it may be more
advantageous as a practical matter to work with
extremely noisy systems, rather than with highly
constrained or organized systems, so as to maxi-
mize possible effects due to the introduction
of order.
(2)
Willed perturbation effects often appear to
be more the result of coincidence that the effect
of a well-defined cause. Again, rather than being
the result of the perversity of nature, the ob-
served goal-oriented synchronicity may indicate
that physical systems are more easily manipulated
115
Approved For Releald NEd A S.SI-FPE. D.999A000300100034-4
1

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
at the global level of boundary conditions and
constraints rather than at the level of mechan-
sm.
Thus, the apparency that a given result
May be explained away by a coincidental but
"natural" event needs to be explored more fully.
Unexpected but natural causes may be the effect
of a series of causal links, outside the defined
experimental boundaries but representing an un-
Foreseen line of least resistance.
At worst, such
vansal links may in fact be unobservable in the
sense of the hidden variables concept in quan-
hum theory, but nevertheless act as instruments
of the will.
(3) Willed perturbation effects appear to be
intrinsically spontaneous; i.e., it is difficult
Co evoke such effects "on cue," with the result
that the phenomenon is often considered to not be
under good control, and therefore not amenable
ro controlled experimentation.
This difficulty
'S so pronounced that it is likely that we are
observing some macroscopic analog of a quantum
transition, an event similarly unpredictable in
cime except as a probability function.
If the
malogy is correct, experimentation in this area
simply needs to be treated in the manner of, for
example, weak photon experiments.
(4)
Possibly related to Item (3), the more closely
one attempts to observe willed perturbation effects,
the less likely one is to see them, a factor con-
:idered by many to support hypotheses of poor
observation. fraud, and the like. To a sophis-
Ticated observer, however, simple dismissal does
116
Approved For Release 2003 06
ASSIFIELD00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleastPN0:04/2A: SIS-PPHE-P9999A000300100034-4
1
not stand up under scrutiny. Invoking again
the idea of a microscopic analog of a quantum
transition, we may, as observers of delicate
phenomena, be witnesses to observer effects
generally associated with the uncertainty prin-
ciple. Paradoxically, from the subject's view-
point, the production of the phenomena may also
be an observer effect, perturbing as it does the
expected behavior of a piece of instrumentation.
In this model the scrutiny of psychokinetic pheno-
mena under laboratory conditions could in prin-
ciple be considered to be a collective phenomena
involving interfering observer effects in a manner
known to occur at the microscopic quantum level.
(5) Finally, it may be useful as a guiding prin-
ciple to continually recognize that all of the
phenomena we deal with in macroscopic psycho-
energetics are totally permissible at the micro-
scopic level within the framework of physics as
presently understood. It is simply that time
reversibility, tunneling through barriers, simul-
taneous multiple-state occupation, and so on are
generally unobservable as gross macroscopic phen-
omena for statistical reasons only, as codified
in the concept of increasing disorder (entropy) .
Therefore, it may be appropriate to consider an
individual with psychokinetic abilities primarily
as a source of ordering phenomena of sufficient
magnitude so as to restructure the otherwise
random statistics of the macroscopic environment.
2.
Disscussion of Possible "Mechanisms" in Remote Viewing
With regard to the wider problem of the remote-viewing channel
itself, beyond the specific aspects of equipment perturbation via
117
Approved For Release 200 4/2A: SIS RPH75-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Retelser :03/beA 4 SRDE75 00999A000300100034-4
this channel there is considerable current interest in quantum theory
in the implications brought on by the observation
30,31
of nonlocal
correlation or "quantum interconnectedness" (to use Bohm's term
m32) of
32.
distant parts of quantum systems of macroscopic dimensions. Bell's
theorem
3.3
emphasizes that no theory of reality compatible with quantum
34
theory can require spatially separated events to be independent,
but must permit interconnectedness of distant events in a manner that
2
is "contrary" to "commonsense" concepts.
35,36
This prediction has been
experimentally tested and confirmed in the recent experiments of, for
example, Freedman and Clauser.
30,31
E. H. Walker and 0. Costa de Beauregard,
independently proposing theories of paranormal functioning based on
quantum concepts, argue that observer effects open the door to the
possibility of nontrivial coupling between consciousness and the environ-
ment, and that the nonlocality principle permits such coupling to
transcend spatial and temporal barriers.
26,37
An alternative hypothesis (that is, alternative to the
specifically quantum hypothesis) has been put forward by I.M. Kogan,
Chairman of the Bioinformation Section of the Moscow Board of the
Popov Society, USSR. He is a Soviet engineer who until 1969 published
extensively in the open literature on the theory of paranormal communi-
cation.
-
32-41
His hypothesis is that information transfer under con-
ditions of sensory shielding is mediated by extremely-low-frequency (ELF)
electromagnetic waves in the 300- to 1000-km region, a proposal which does
not seem to be ruled out by any obvious physical or biological facts.
Experimental support for the hypothesis is claimed on the basis of:
slower than inverse-square attenuation, compatible with source-per-
cipient distances lying in the induction field range as opposed to the
radiation field range; observed low bit rates (0.005 to 0.1 bit/s)
compatible with the information-carrying capacity of ELF waves; apparent
ineffectiveness of ordinary electromagnetic shielding as an attenuator;
and standard antenna calculations entailing biologically generated
currents yielding results compatible with observed signal-to-noise
ratios.
118
Approved For Release doos b A & SIAFRIED 00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release0 06/24 SSHIPPIE(999A000300100034-4
M. Persinger, Psychophysiology Laboratory, Laurentian University,
Toronto, Canada, has narrowed the ELF hypothesis to the suggestion
that the 7.8-Hz "Shumann waves", and their harmonics propagating along
the earth-ionosphere waveguide duct, may be responsible. Such an
hypothesis is compatible with driving by brain-wave currents, and leads
to certain hypotheses, such as asymmetry between east-west and west-east
propagation, preferred experimental times (midnight to 4 a.m. ), and expected
negative correlation between success and the U index (a measure of geo-
magnetic disturbance throughout the world). Persinger claims initial
support for these factors on the basis of a literature search.
42,43
On the negative side with regard to a straightforward ELF
interpretation as a blanket hypothesis are: (a) apparent real-time
descriptions of remote activities in sufficient detail to require a
channel capacity in all probability greater than that allowed by a
conventional modulation of an ELF signal:
(b) lack of a proposed
mechanism for coding and decoding the information onto the proposed
ELF carrier; and (c) apparent precognition data. The hypothesis must
nonetheless remain open at this stage of research, since it is con-
ceivable that counterindication (a) may eventually be circumvented on
the basis that the apparent high bit rate results from a mixture of low-
bit-rate input and high-bit-rate "filling in the blanks" from imagina-
tion; counterindication (b) is common to a number of normal perceptual
tasks and may therefore simply reflect a lack of sophistication on our
part with regard to perceptual functioning;
and counterindication
44
(c) may be accommodated by an ELF hypothesis if advanced waves as
well as retarded waves are admitted.
27,45
Experimentation to determine
whether the ELF hypothesis is viable can be carried out by the use of
ELF sources as targets, by the study of parametric dependence on pro-
pagational directions and diurnal timing, and by the exploration of
interference effects caused by creation of a high-intensity ELF environ-
ment during experimentation, all of which are under consideration as part
of a proposed follow-up program in our laboratory.
119
UNCLASSIFIED999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release
-

Approved For ReldaEN10 0%25 SIFIED-009994000300100034-4
The above arguments are not intended to indicate that we
understand the precise nature of the information channel coupling remote
events and human perception. Rather, we intend only to show that modern
theory is not without resources that can be brought to bear on the pro-
blems at hand, and it is our expectation that these problems will,
with further work, yield to analysis and specification.
-
120
Approved For Release 260 10028 SAHIP -00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Relea
UNCLASSIFIED999A000300100034-4
3.
Communication Theory Approach to Channel Utilization
Independent of the mechanisms that may be involved in remote
sensing, observation of the phenomenon implies the existence of an infor-
mation channel in the information-theoretic sense. Since such channels
are amenable to analysis on the basis of communication theory techniques,
channel characteristics, such as bit rate, can be determined independent
of a well-defined underlying theory in the sense that thermodynamic con-
cepts can be applied to the analysis of systems independent of underlying
mechanisms. Therefore, the collection of data under specified conditions
permits headway to be made despite the formidable work that needs to be
done to clarify the underlying bases of the phenomena.
One useful application of the communication channel concept was
the utilization of such a channel for error-free transmission of informa-
tion by the use of redundancy coding. The experiment was carried out by
Dr. Milan Ryz1, a chemist with the Institute of Biology of the Czecho-
slovakian Academy of Science. He reasoned that a paranormal channel
exhibits the attributes of a communication channel perturbed by noise,
and that redundancy coding could be used to combat the effects of the
noisy channel in a straightforward application of communication theory.
8
Ryzl had an assistant randomly select five groups of three decimal digits
each. These 15 digits were then encoded into binary form and translated
into a sequence of green and white cards sealed in opaque envelopes.
With the use of a subject who has produced highly significant results
with many contemporary researchers,
46-51
he was able, by means of redun-
dant calling and an elaborate majority vote protocol, to correctly
identify all 15 numbers, a result significant at p = 10-15. The experi-
ment required 19,350 calls, averaging nine seconds per call. The hit
rate for individual calls was 61.9 percent, 11,978 hits and 7,372 misses.
4%
+
Note added in proof. It has been brought to our attention that a similar
procedure was used to transmit without error the word "peace," in Inter-
national Morse Code; J.C. Carpenter "Toward the Effective Utilization of
Enhanced Weak-Signal ESP Effects," presented at the annual meeting of
the American Association for the Advancement of Science, New York,
Jan. 27, 1975.
121
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleasPRP(C/P6A4S SA PIE 00999A000300100034-4
As discussed in the section on the random target generator, the
bit rate is calculated from
" = 1|(x) - H (x) ,
where H(x) is the uncertainty of the source message containing symbols
with a priori probability p;
II(x) = -
7
i - 1.
P ; 1og2Pi
,
and H (x) is the conditional entropy based on the a posteriori probabil-
Y
ities that a received signal was actually transmitted,
K (x) = -
y
2.
1,1=1
p(i,j)log2P1(j)
.
for the above run, with D. = 1/2, p. (j) = 0.619, and an average time of
nine seconds per choice, we have a source uncertainty H(x) = 1 bit and a
calculated bit rate
k= 0.041 bits/symbol
or
R/T = 0.0046 bits/second.
Since the 15-digit number (49.8 bits) was actually transmitted at the
rate of 2.9 x 10-4 bits per second, an increase in bit rate by a factor
of about 20 could be expected on the basis of a coding scheme more optimum
than that used in the experiments. The actual bit rate is roughly the
same as that observed in our random target generator experiment discussed
earlier.
An excellent redundancy coding technique for a communication
channel is the sequential sampling procedure used earlier in Section II-B
for the sorting of SW from non-SW cards. In this application of the se-
quential sampling procedure, one would first express the message to be
sent as a series of binary digits, encoded, for example, as shown in
Table 22. The sequential method then gives a rule of procedure for making
one of three possible decisions following the receipt of each bit:
accept 1 as the bit being transmitted; reject 1 as the bit being transmitted
1.22
Approved For Releasejeb 03/06A.S SIFIED0999A000300100034-4

0999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release 2503.d.ASSIFIED.
TABLE 22
Five-Bit Code for Alphanumeric Characters
E
00000
Y
01000
T
11111
G,J
10111
N
00001
W
01001
R
11110
V
10110
I
00010
B
01010
0
11101
Ø
10101
A
00011
1
01011
S, X, Z
11100
2
10100
D
00100
3
01100
H
11011
4
10011
L
00101
5
01101
C,K.Q
11010
6
10010
F
00110
7
01110
P
11001
8
10001
U
00111
9
01111
M
11000
·
10000
Note: Alphabet characters listed in order of decreasing frequency in
English text. See, for example, A. Sinkov, Elementary Cryptanalysis
-- A Mathematical Approach. 52
(The low frequency letters, X, Z, K, Q,
and J have been grouped with similar characters to provide space
for numerics in a five-bit code.)
In consideration of the uneven
distribution of letter frequencies in English text, this code is
chosen such that 0 and 1 have equal probability.
(i.e., accept 0); or continue transmission of the bit under consideration.
As discussed earlier, use of the sequential sampling procedure
requires the specification of parameters that are determined on the basis
of the following considerations. Assume that a message bit (0 or 1) is
being transmitted. In the absence of a priori knowledge, we may assume
equal probability (p = 0.5) for the two possibilities (0,1) if an encoding
procedure like that of Table 22 is used. Therefore, from the standpoint
of the receiver, the probability of correctly identifying the bit being
transmitted is p = 0.5 because of chance alone. An operative remote
123
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releas PI 3/06/44SSA-PIE -0999A000300100034-4
sensing channel could then be expected to alter the probability of cor-
rect identification to a value p = 0.5 + v, where the parameter | satis-
fies 0 < ||| < 0.5. (The quantity may be positive or negative, depending
on whether the paranormal channel results in so-called psi-hitting or psi-
missing. ) Good psi functioning on a repetitive task is observed to result
in v = 0.12, as reported by Ryz1. 4
Therefore, to indicate the design
procedure, let us assume a baseline psi parameter v1 = 0.1 and design a
communication system on this basis.
The question to be addressed is whether. upon repeated trans-
mission, a given message bit is labeled a "1" at a low rate p commensurate
with the hypothesis H that the bit in question is a "0", or at a higher
cate p commensurate with the hypothesis H, that the bit in question is
indeed a "1". The decision making process requires the specification of
four parameters :
p : The probability of labeling incorrectly a "0" message
bit as a "i".
The probability of labeling correctly a
"0" as a "0" is p = 0.5+ 4 = 0.6. Therefore, the
probability of labeling incorrectly a "0" as a "l" is
1-p = 0.4 = "0.
" Pi: The probability of labeling correctly a "l" message bit
as a "1", given by p = 0.5 + 0} = 0.6.
The probability of rejecting a correct identification
tor a "0" (Type I error). We shall take a = 0.01.
A
The probability of accepting an incorrect identification
for a "1" (Type II error). We shall take B = 0.01.
With the parameters thus specified, the sequential sampling pro-
cedure provides for construction of a decision graph as shown in Figure
27. The equations for the upper and lower limit lines are, respectively,
% = d + sn .
20 = "do + sn
where
1.og
1 -6
d, =
P1
Log-
1.24
Approved For Release 2003 bcA & S FbED00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003 +24: A.S.SIPPED A000300100034-4
CUMULATIVE NUMBER OF MATCHES AGAINST
"1" TARGET MESSAGE SEQUENCE
50
40
30
DECISION 1
Accept "1" as
the Bit Being
Transmitted
-
DECISION 3
Continue
20
Transmission
10
DECISION 2
Accept "O" as
the Bit Being
Transmitted
0
0
10
20
30
40
50
60
70
80
NUMBER OF TRIALS
TA-760525-8
FIGURE 27
ENHANCEMENT OF SIGNAL-TO-NOISE RATIO BY
SEQUENTIAL SAMPLING PROCEDURE (Po = 0.4,
p1 = 0.6, a = 0.01, ß = 0.01)
125
Approved For Release LodbbCLASSIFIED9A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
UNICLASSIFIED09994600300100034-4
1-0
log -
0
Pi 1-Po
and
1-10
108
1-p
01 1-PA
G =
PO 1-p,
1
A cumulative record of receiver-generated responses to the target bit is
compiled until either the upper or lower limit line is reached, at which
point a decision is made to accept 0 or 1 as the bit being transmitted.
Channel reliability (probability of correctly determining
message being transmitted) as a function of operative psi parameter | is
plotted in Figure 28. As observed, the sequential sampling procedure
can result in 90 percent or greater reliability with psi parameters of
the order of a few percent. Figure 29 indicates the average number of
trials required to reach a decision on a given message bit. The average
number of trials falls off rapidly as a function of increasing psi param-
eters v.
Implementation of the sequential sampling procedure requires
the transmission of a message coded in binary digits. Therefore, the
target space must consist of dichotomous elements such as the white and
green cards used in the experiments by Ryzl.
In operation, a sequence corresponding to the target bit (0
or 1) is sent and the cumulative entries are made (Figure 27) until a
decision is reached to accept either a 1 or 0 as the bit being transmitted.
At a prearranged time, the next sequence is begun and continues as above
until the entire message has been received. A useful alternative,
which relieves the percipient of the burden of being aware of his self-
contradiction from trial to trial, consists of cycling through the entire
message repetitively, entering each response on its associated graph
until a decision has been reached on all message bits.
From the results obtained in such experiments, the channel bit
rate can be ascertained for the system configuration under consideration.
126
Approved For Release A003/06/A. S.SA PLFEE90999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release UNCLASSIFIED994000300100034-4
1.0
RELIABILITY (probability of correctly
determining message being transmitted)
0.8
0.6
0.4
0.2
0
+0.4 +0.2 0 -0.2 -0.4
v (psi parameter)
TA-760525-9
FIGURE 28
RELIABILITY CURVE FOR SEQUENTIAL SAMPLING
PROCEDURE (po = 0.4, p1 = 0.6, a = 0.01, § = 0.01)
127
Approved For Release DINGLASSbFbE 9A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA RDP79 00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
140
AVERAGE NUMBER OF TRIALS
BEFORE A DECISION IS OBTAINED
120
100
80
60
40
20
1
-0.4
+0.2
0
-0.2
-0.4
৳ (psi parameter)
FIGURE 29
AVERAGE SAMPLE NUMBER
FOR SEQUENTIAL SAMPLING
PROCEDURE (Po = 0.4, p, = 0.6,
( = 0.01. B = 0.01)
128
Approved For Release PAI: 012A S'S-RPIED9999A000300100034-4

UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Furthermore, bit rates for other degrees of reliability (i.e., for other
Po>P1, a, and B) can be estimated by construction of other decision curves
over the same data base and thus provide a measure of the bit rate per
degree of reliability.
In summary, the procedures described here can provide a speci-
fication of the characteristics of a remote sensing channel under well-
defined conditions. These procedures also provide for a determination
of the feasibility of such a channel for particular applications.
4.
Soviet Efforts
This discussion would be incomplete if we did not mention certain
aspects of the current state of research in the USSR.
Since the 1930s
in the laboratory of L. Vasiliev (Leningrad Institute for Brain Research) ,
there has been an interest in the use of paranormal communication as a
method of influencing the behavior of a person at a distance. In Vasiliev's
book Experiments in Mental Suggestion,
53
he makes it clear that the bulk
of his laboratory's experiments were aimed at long-distance communication
and what we would today call behavior modification; for example, putting
people to sleep at a distance through hypnosis.
The behavior modification type of experiment has been carried
out in recent times by I.M. Kogan. He was concerned with three principal
kinds of experiments: mental suggestion without hypnosis over short
distances, in which the percipient attempts to identify an object;
mental awakening over short distances, in which a subject is awakened
from a hypnotic sleep at the "beamed" suggestion from the hypnotist;
and long-range (intercity) paranormal communication.
Kogan's main
39
interest has been to quantify the channel capacity of the paranormal
channel. He finds that the bit rate decreases from 0.1 bits per second
for laboratory experiments to 0.005 bits per second for his 1000-km
intercity experiments.
As indicated earlier, in the USSR serious consideration is given
to the hypothesis that paranormal communication is mediated by extremely-
low-frequency (ELF) electromagnetic propagation. In general, the entire
field of paranormal research in the USSR is part of a larger one concerned
with the interaction between electromagnetic fields and living organisms.
54,55
129
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2P83/06/4S SHARPE700999A090300100034-4
At the First International Congress on Parapsychology and Psychotronics
in Prague, Czechoslovakia, in 1973, for example, Kholodov spoke at length
about the susceptibility of living systems to extremely low-level ac and
de fields. He described conditioning effects on the behavior of fish from
the application of 10 to 100 uW of RF to their tank.
56
The USSR take
these data seriously in that the Soviet safety requirements for steady-
state microwave exposure set limits at 10 uW/cm2, whereas the United
States has set a steady-state limit of 10 mW/cm -.
2 5/
Kholodov spoke also
about the nonthermal effects of microwaves on animals' central nervous
systems. His experiments were very carefully carried out and are char-
acteristic of a new dimension in paranormal research both in the USSR
and elsewhere.
The increasing importance of this area in Soviet research was
indicated recently when the Soviet Psychological Association issued an
unprecedented position paper calling on the Soviet Academy of Sciences
Lo step up efforts in this area.
58
The Association recommended that the
newly formed Psychological Institute within the Soviet Academy of Sciences
and the Psychological Institute of the Academy of Pedagogical Sciences
review the area and consider the creation of a new laboratory within one
of the institutes to study persons with unusual abilities. They also
recommended a comprehensive evaluation of experiments and theory by the
Academy of Sciences' Institute of Biophysics and Institute for the
Problems of Information Transmission.
5,
Conclusions
"Tt is the province of natural science to investigate nature,
impartially and without prejudice.
,59
Nowhere in scientific inquiry has
this dictum met as great a challenge as in the area of so-called para-
normal perception, the detection of remote stimuli not mediated by the
usual sensory processes. Such phenomena, although under scientific con-
sideration for over a century, have historically been fraught with unre-
liability and controversy, and validation of the phenomena by accepted
scientific methodology has been slow in coming. Even so, a recent survey
conducted by the British publication New Scientist revealed that 67 percent
of nearly 1500 responding readers (the majority of whom are working
1 30
Approved For Release ROC3/06/ASSA PLIE: 90999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release Copy/ 06/24ACARDFEL999A000300100034-4
scientists and technologists) considered paranormal perception to be an
established fact or a likely possibility, and 88 percent held the investi-
gation of paranormal perception to be a legitimate scientific under-
taking.
60
A review of the literature reveals that although well-conducted
experiments by reputable researchers yielding reproducible results were
begun over a century ago (e.g., Sir William Crookes' study of D. D. Home,
1860s) 61,62
many consider the study of these phenomena as only recently
emerging from the realm of quasi-science. One reason for this is that,
despite experimental results, no satisfactory theoretical construct had
been advanced to correlate data or to predict new experimental outcomes.
Consequently, the area in question remained for a long time in the
recipe state reminiscent of electrodynamics before the unification brought
about by the work of Ampere, Faraday, and Maxwell. Since the early work,
however, we have seen the development of quantum theory, information
theory, and neurophysiological research, and these disciplines provide
powerful conceptual tools that appear to bear directly on the issue.
In
fact, several leading physicists are now of the opinion that, contrary
to "common sense" notions, these phenomena are not at all inconsistent
with the framework of modern physics: the often-held view that observa-
tions of this type are a priori incompatible with known laws is erroneous,
such a concept being based on the naive realism prevalent before the
development of quantum theory. In the emerging view it is accepted that
research in this area can be conducted so as to uncover not just a catalog
of interesting events, but rather patterns of cause-effect relationships
of the type that lend themselves to analysis and hypothesis in the forms
with which we are familiar in the physical sciences.
Accordingly, we consider it important to continue data collection
and to encourage others to do likewise; investigations such as those
reported here need replication and extension under as wide a variety of
rigorously controlled conditions as possible.
131
Approved For Release 2003/96
UNCLASSIFIED
99A000300100034-4

Approved For Release1003 064º S SAPPED00999A000300100034-4
1 V
PROGRAM SUMMARY
As a result of exploratory research on human perception carried out
in SRI's Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory, we initiated an inves-
tigation of a perceptual channel whereby individuals can access by means
of mental imagery and describe randomly-chosen remote sites located
Several miles or more awav.
53
in this final report, we document the
study at SRI of this human information-accessing capability that we call
"remote viewing," the characteristics of which appear to fall outside the
range of well-understood perceptual or information-processing abilities.
This phenomenon is one of a broad class of abilities of certain individuals
to access by means of mental processes and describe information sources
blocked from ordinary perception and generally accepted as secure against
such access. Individuals exhibiting this faculty include not only SRI
subjects, but visiting staff members of the sponsoring organization who
participated as subjects so as to critique the protocol.
The program was divided into two categories of approximately equal
effort -- applied research and basic research. The applied research effort
explored the operational utility of the above perceptual abilities. The
basic research effort was directed toward identification of the charac-
teristics of individuals possessing such abilities and the determination
of neurophysiological correlates and basic mechanisms involved in such
functioning.
The phenomenon we investigated most extensively was the ability of
individuals to view remote geographical locations (up to several thousand
kilometers away). given only coordinates (latitude and longitude) or a
person on whom to target.
we have worked with a number of individuals,
including sponsor personnel, whose remote perceptual abilities have
been developed sufficiently to allow them at times to describe correctly
"-often in great detail -- geographical or technical material, such as
buildings, roads. laboratory apparatus, and the like.
The development at SKI of successful experimental procedures to elicit
this capability has evolved to the point where (a) visiting personnel
of the sponsoring organization without any previous exposure to such
7.32
Approved For Release boda ds A SSA ki-Eg __ 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Relea
UNCLASSIFIED
999A000300100034-4
concepts have performed well under controlled laboratory conditions (that
is, generated target descriptions of sufficiently high quality to permit
blind matching of descriptions to targets by independent judges), and
(b) subjects trained over a two-year period have performed well under
operational conditions (that is, provided data of operational significance
later verified by independent sources). Our data thus indicate that both
specially selected and unselected persons can be assisted in developing
remote perceptual abilities to a level of useful information transfer.
Furthermore, the data, accumulated from over 50 experiments with
more than a half dozen subjects, indicates the following: a) the phen-
omenon is not a sensitive function of distance over a several-km range
and is still operative over a several thousand km range; b) Faraday cage
shielding does not appear to degrade the quality or accuracy of perception;
c) most of the correct information that subjects relate is of a nonanalytic
nature pertaining to shape, form, color, and material rather than to func-
tion or name -- (this aspect suggests a hypothesis that information trans-
mission under conditions of sensory shielding may be mediated primarily
by the brain's right hemisphere); and d) the principal difference between
experienced subjects and naive volunteers is not that the naive never
exhibit the faculty, but rather that their results are simply less re-
liable -- (this observation suggests the hypothesis that remote viewing may
be a latent and widely distributed though repressed perceptual ability) .
The primary achievement of the SRI program was thus the elicitation
of high-quality remote viewing by individuals who agreed to act as sub-
jects. Criticism of this claim could in principle be put forward on
the basis of three potential flaws :
(1) the study could involve naivete
in protocol that permits various forms of cueing, intentional or unin-
tentional; (2) the experiments discussed could be selected out of a larger
pool of experiments of which many are of poorer quality; (3) data for
the reported experiments could be edited to show only the matching ele-
ments, the nonmatching elements being discarded.
All three criticisms, however, are invalid. First, with regard to
cueing, the use of double-blind protocols ensures that none of the persons
in contact with the subject can be aware of the target. Second, selection
133
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
-
-

Approved For Releast RI(3/16/A4SSA-FE 0999A090300100034-4
of experiments for reporting did not take place; every experiment was
entered as performed on a master log and is included in the statistical
evaluations. Third, data associated with a given experiment remain un-
edited; all data associated with an experiment are tape recorded and in-
cluded unedited in the data package to be judged, evaluated, and so on.
Finally, the entire unedited file of tape recordings, transcripts, and
drawings for every experiment is available to the COTR and others in
the scientific community for independent analysis.
Although the precise nature of the information channel coupling
remote events and human perception is not yet understood, certain concepts
in information theory, quantum theory, and neurophysiological research
appear to bear directly on the issue. Therefore, our working assumption
is that the phenomenon of interest is consistent with modern scientific
thought, and can therefore be expected to yield to the scientific method.
Further, it is recognized that communication theory provides powerful
techniques, such as the use of redundancy coding to improve signal-to-
noise ratio, which can be employed to pursue special purpose application
of the remote sensing channel independent of an understanding of the
underlying mechanisms.
Finally, it is concluded by the research contractors (SRI) that the
development of experimental procedures and the accrual of experience in
three years of successful effort constitutes an asset that could be
utilized in the future both for operational needs and for training others
in the development and use of the remote-sensing capability.
134
Approved For Release12 3/16A.SSA-FIED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleasUNCLASSIFIED
0999A000300100034-4
REFERENCES
1. R. Morris, "An Exact Method for Evaluating Preferentially Matched
Free-Response Material," J. Amer. Soc. for Psychical Research,
vol. 66, No. 4, p. 401 (October 1972).
2. N. Feller, An Introduction to Probability Theory and its Applications,
Vol. 1, (2nd Ed.), p. 98 (John Wiley and Sons, Inc. New York, 1950).
3. P. Hoel, Introduction to Mathematical Statistics, 2nd edition, p. 27
(John Wiley and Sons, Inc., New York, New York, 1954).
4. M. Ryz1, "A Model for Parapsychological Communication," J. Para-
psychology, vol. 30, pp. 18-31 (March 1966).
5. W. Scherer, "Spontaneity as a Factor in ESP," J. ASPR, vol. 12,
pp. 126-147 (1948).
6. R. Ornsteim, The Nature of Human Consciousness, Chapter 7 and 8,
(W.H. Freeman and Company, San Francisco, California, 1973).
7. R.W. Sperry, "Cerebral Organization and Behavior," Science, vol. 133,
pp. 1749-1757 (1961).
8. C. Shannon and W. Weaver, The Mathematical Theory of Communication
(University of Illinois Press, Urbana, Illinois, 1949).
9. R. Targ, P. Cole, and H. Puthoff, "Techniques to Enhance Man/Machine
Communication," final report, NASA Contract NAS7-100, Stanford
Research Institute, Menlo Park, California (June 1974).
10.
J. L. Mack, et. al, "Associative Visual Agnosia and its Related
Deficits," presented to the third annual meeting of the International
Neuropsychology Society, Tampa, 1975.
11.
M. L. Albert, et. al, "Associative Visual Agnosia without Alexia,"
Neurology, vol. 25, pp. 322-326 (1975).
12.
S.N. Davidenkov, Clinical Lectures in Nervous Diseases (State
Publishing House of Medical Literature, Leningrad, 1956).
13.
A. B. Rubens and D. F. Benson, "Associative Visual Agnosia," Arch.
Neurol. vol. 24, pp. 305-316 (1971).
14.
F. Lhermitte and M. F. Beauvois, "A Visual-Speech Disconnextion
Syndrome," Brain, vol. 96, pp. 695-714 (1973).
1.35
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP19-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release PASSTFEL30999A000300100034-4
15.
H. L. Teuber, personal communication from Dr. William Langston.
16.
Proceedings of an International Conference on Methodology in PSI
Research, Roberto Cavanna, ed., (Parapsychology Foundation, New York,
New York, 1970).
17.
E. Douglas Dean, "Plethysmograph Recordings as ESP Responses."
Intnl. J. Neuropsychiatry, vol. 2 (September 1966).
18.
C. Tart, "Physiological Correlates of PSI Cognition," Intnl. J.
Parapsychology, No. 4 (1963).
19.
D. H. Lloyd, "Objective Events in the Brain Correlating with Psychic
Phenomena," New Horizons, vol. 1, No. 2 (Summer 1973).
20.
J. Silverman and M. S. Buchsbaum, "Perceptual Correlates of Con-
sciousness ; a Conceptual Model and its Technical Implications for
PSI Research," Psi Favorable States of Consciousness, R. Cavanna, ed.,
pp. 143-169 (Parapsychology Foundation, New York, New York, 1970).
21.
J. Kamiya, "Comment to Silverman and Buchsbaum," Psi Favorable States
of Consciousness. R. Cavanna, ed., ppl. 158-159 (Parapsychology
Foundation, New York, New York, 1970).
22.
D. Hill and G. Parr, Electroencephalography. A Symposium on its
Various Aspects (The Macmillan Company, New York, New York, 1963).
23.
T. D. Duane and T. Behrendt, "Extrasensory Electroencephalographic
Induction Between Identical Twins," Science, vol. 150, p. 367 (1965).
24. S. Siegel, Nonparametric Statistics for the Behavioral Sciences,
pp. 152-156 (McGraw-Hill, New York, 1956).
25.
T. Sarbin and R. Slagle, "Hypnosis and Psychophysiological Outcomes,"
Hypnosis: Research Developments and Perspectives, E. Fromm and R. Shor.
ed., pp. 185-214 (Aldine Publishing Company, Chicago, Illinois 1972).
26.
E. H. Walker, "Foundations of Paraphysical and Parapsychological
Phenomena," in Quantum Physics and Parapsychology, L. Oteri, ed.,
pp. 1-53 (Parapsychology Foundation, Inc., New York, 1975).
27.
H. Puthoff and R. Targ, in Psychic Exploration -- A Challenge for
Science, J. White, ed. , pp. 522-542 (G. P. Putnam's Sons, New York,
--
New York, 1974).
28. R. Jarrard. K. Corcoran, R. Mayfield, and R. Morris, "Psychokinesis
Experiments with a Cryogenic Magnetometer," Research brief presented
at the 18th Annual Convention of the Parapsychological Assoc., Santa
Barbara, August 1975.
1 36
Approved For Releasela 112A :SS|PIED999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release Job/6624A S&- FtEd 99A000300100034-4
29. E. P. Wigner, "The Problem of Measurement," Am. J. Physics, vol. 31,
No. 1, p. 6 (1963).
30.
J.J. Freedman and J. F. Clauser, "Experimental Test of Local Hidden
Variable Theories," Phys. Rev. Letters, vol. 28, p. 938 (3 April
1972).
31.
J. F. Clauser and M.A. Horne, "Experimental Consequences of Objective
Local Theories," Phys. Rev. D., vol. 10, No. 2, p. 526 (15 July 1974) .
32.
D. Bohm and B. Hiley, "On the Intuitive Understanding of Non-locality
as Implied by Quantum Theory," Preprint, Birkbeck College, London,
England (February 1974).
33.
J. S. Bell, "On the Problem of Hidden Variables in Quantum Theory,"
Rev. Modern Physics, vol. 38, No. 3, p. 447 (July 1966).
34.
H. Stapp, "Theory of Reality," Lawrence-Berkeley Laboratory Report
No. LBL-3837, University of California, Berkeley, California (April
1975).
35. A. Einstein, B. Podolsky, and N. Rosen, "Can Quantum-Mechanical
Description of Physical Reality be Considered Complete?," Phys. Rev.,
vol. 47, p. 777 (15 May 1935).
36. R. H. Dicke and J. P. Wittke, Introduction to Quantum Mechanics,
Chapter 7 (Addison-Wesley Publishing Co., Inc., Reading, Massachusetts,
1960).
37.
0. Costa de Beauregard, "Time Symmetry and Interpretation of Quantum
Mechanics," Foundations of Physics (in press), Lecture delivered at
the Boston Colloquium for the Philosophy of Science, February, 1974.
38.
I. M. Kogan, "Is Telepathy Possible?" Radio Engineering, vol. 21, No. 1,
p. 75 (January 1966).
39.
I. M. Kogan, "Telepathy, Hypotheses and Observations," Radio Engineer-
ing, vol. 22, No. 1, p. 141 (January 1967).
40.
I. M. Kogan, "Information Theory Analysis of Telepathic Communication
Experiments," Radio Engineering, vol. 23, No. 3, p. 122 (March 1968).
41.
I.M. Kogan, "The Information Theory Aspect of Telepathy," RAND pub-
lication, p. 4145, Santa Monica, California (July 1969).
42.
M. A. Persinger, "ELF Waves and ESP," New Horizons Transactions of
the Toronto Society for Psychical Research, vol. 1, No. 5 (January 1975).
137
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleasPRI(2/16/A4S 34 FRE D0999A000300100034-4
43.
M.A. Persinger. The Paranormal, Part II:
Mechanisms and Models,
(M.S. S. Information Corp., New York, New York, 1974).
44.
B. Julesz, Foundations of Cyclopean Perception (University of Chicago
Press, Chicago, Illinois, 1971).
45.
G. Feinberg, "Precognition -- a Memory of Things Future?," Proc. Conf.
on Quantum Physics and Parapsychology, Geneva, Switzerland (Para-
psychology Foundation, New York, New York, 1975).
46
M. Ryzl and J. Pratt. "A Repeated-Calling ESP Test with Sealed Cards,"
J. Parapsychology, vol. 27, pp. 161-174 (1963) .
47.
M. Rvzl and J. Pratt, "A Further Confirmation of Stabilized ESP
Performance in a Selected Subject," J. Parapsychology, vol. 27,
pp. /3-83 (1963).
48. J. Pratt, "Preliminary Experiments with a 'Borrowed' ESP Subject,"
J. Amer. Soc. Psych. Res., vol. 42, pp. 333-345 (1964).
49.
J. Pratt and J. Blom. "A Confirmatory Experiment with 'Borrowed'
Outstanding ESP Subject," J. Amer. Soc. Psych. Res. , vol. 42,
pp. 381-388 (1964).
50.
W. G. Roll and J. G. Pratt, "An ESP Test with Aluminum Targets,"
J. Amer. Soc. Psych. Res., vol. 62, pp. 381-387 (1968).
51.
J. Pratt, "A Decade of Research with a Selected ESP Subject:
An
Overview and Reappraisal of the Work with Pavel Stepanek," Proc.
Amer. Soc. Psych. Res., vol. 30 (1973).
52.
A. Sinkov, Elementary Cryptanalysis -- a Mathematical Approach (Random
House, New York, New York, 1968).
53.
L. L. Vasiliev, Experiments in Mental Suggestion, (ISMI Publications
Hampshire, England, 1963).
54.
A. S. Presman, Electromagnetic Fields and Life (Plenum Press, New
York, New York, 1970).
55.
Influence of Magnetic Fields on Biological Objects, Y. A. Kholodov, ed.,
JPRS 63038, NTIS, Springfield, Virginia (September 24, 1974).
36.
Y. A. Kholodov, "Investigation of the Direct Effect of Magnetic Fields
on the Central Nervous System," Proc. of the First Conference on
Psychotronic Research, JPRS L/5022-1 and 2 (September 6, 1974).
57.
D. Mennie, "Consumer Electronics," IEEE Spectrum, pp. 34-35 (March
1975).
138
Approved For Release do@d.A SSJFI-Ec 0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releay NETASSIPIEL0999A000300100034-4
58.
W.P. Zinchenko, et. al., "Parapsychology: Fiction or Reality?,"
Questions of Philosophy, vol. 9, pp. 128-136 (1973).
59.
Science and ESP, J. R. Smythies, ed., (Routledge and Kegan Paul,
London, England, 1967).
60.
C. Evans, "Parapsychology -- What the Questionnaire Revealed," New
Scientist, pp. 209 (January 25, 1973).
61.
Alan Gauld, The Founders of Psychical Research (Schocken Books, New
York, New York, 1968).
62.
Wm. Crookes, Researches in the Phenomena of Spititualism, J. Burns,
London, England, 1874.
63.
R. Targ and H. Puthoff, "Information Transmission Under Conditions
of Sensory Shielding," Nature, vol. 252, No. 5476, pp. 602-607
(October 18, 1974).
139
Approved For Releas UN CLASSIFIED999A000300100034-4

UNCLASSIFIED
IA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24
APPENDIX A
Remote Viewing Transcript
for Subject S6 Learner/Control, First Experiment
Following is the unedited transcript of the first experiment with
learner/control S6, an SRI volunteer, a mathematician in the computer
science laboratory, without any previous experience in remote viewing.
The target, determined by random procedure, was White's Plaza, a plaza
with a fountain at Stanford University. The capitalized words are the
experimenter's statements and questions. As is our standard protocol, the
experiment with the subject is kept ignorant of the specific target visited
as well as of the contents of the target pool.
* * *
TODAY IS MONDAY, OCTOBER 7TH.
IT IS 11:00 AND THIS IS A REMOTE
VIEWING EXPERIMENT WITH RUSS TARG, S6, AND HAL PUTHOFF.
IN THIS
EXPERIMENT HAL WILL DRIVE TO A REMOTE SITE CHOSEN BY A RANDOM
PROCESS, S6 WILL BE THE REMOTE VIEWER, AND RUSS TARG IS THE
MONITOR (EXPERIMENTER) .
WE EXPECT THIS EXPERIMENT TO START AT
TWENTY MINUTES AFTER ELEVEN AND RUN FOR FIFTEEN MINUTES.
IT IS JUST ABOUT TWENTY MINUTES AFTER ELEVEN AND HAL SHOULD BE
AT HIS TARGET LOCATION BY NOW.
WHY DON'T YOU TELL ME WHAT KIND OF PICTURE
YOU SEE AND WHAT
YOU THINK HE MIGHT BE DOING OR EXPERIENCING.
The first thing that came to mind was some sort of a large, square
kind of a shape. Like Hal was in front of it. It was a ... not a
building or something, it was a square.
I don't know if it was a
window, but something like that so that the bottom line of it
was not at the ground. About where his waist was, at least.
That's what it seemed to me.
It seems outdoors somehow.
Tree.
DOES HAL SEEM TO BE LOOKING AT THAT SQUARE?
I don't know.
The first impression was that he wasn't, but I
have a sense that whatever it was was something one might look
A-1
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReteasPROC/06A4S SA FRE D'0999A000300100034-4
at.
I don't know if it would be a sign, but something that one
might look at.
CAN YOU TELL IF IT IS ON THE GROUND OR VERTICAL?
It seemed vertical.
I don't have a sense that it was part of anything particular.
It
might be on a building or part of a building, but I don't know.
There was a tree outside, but I also got the impression of cement.
[ don't have the impression of very many people or traffic either.
I have the sense that he is sort of walking back and forth.
I
don't have any more explicit picture than that.
CAN YOU MOVE INTO WHERE HE IS STANDING AND TRY TO SEE WHAT HE IS
LOOKING AT?
I picked up he was touching something -- something rough.
Maybe warm
and rough. Something possibly like cement.
IT IS TWENTY-FOUR MINUTES AFTER ELEVEN.
CAN YOU CHANGE YOUR POINT OF VIEW AND MOVE ABOVE THE SCENE SO YOU
CAN GET A BIGGER PICTURE OF WHAT'S THERE?
[ still see some trees and some sort of pavement or something
like that. Might be a courtyard. The thing that came to mind
was it might be one of the plazas at Stanford campus or something
like that, cement.
Some kinds of landscaping.
[ said Stanford campus when I started to see some things in White
Plaza, but I think that is misleading.
[ have the sense that he's not moving around too much.
That it's
in a small area.
[ guess I'll go ahead and say it, but I'm afraid I'm just putting
on my impressions from Stanford campus. I had the impression of
fountain.
There are two in the plaza, and it seemed that Hal
was possibly near the. what they call Mem Claw.
WHAT IS THAT?
A-2
Approved For Release :03/bcAS SI FIED00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release CON CASSJEJED
9A000300100034-4
It's a fountain that looks rather like a claw. It's a black
Sculpture. And it has benches around it made of cement.
ARE THERE ANY BUILDINGS AT THE PLACE YOU WERE LOOKING AT?
ARE
THERE ANY BUILDINGS?
YOU DESCRIBED A KIND OF A COURTYARD. USUALLY
AT SOME PLACES THERE SHOULD BE A BUILDING, LARGE OR SMALL THAT THE
COURTYARD IS ABOUT.
LOOK AT THE END OR THE SIDES OF THE COURTYARD.
IS THERE ANYTHING
TO BE SEEN?
I have a sense that there are buildings. It's not solid buildings.
I mean there are some around the periphery and I have a sense that
none of them are very tall. Maybe mostly one story, maybe an
occasional two-story one.
DO YOU HAVE ANY BETTER IDEA OF WHAT YOUR SQUARE WAS THAT YOU SAW
AT THE OUTSET?
No.
I could hazard different kinds of guesses.
DOES IT SEEM PART OF THIS SCENE?
It ... I think it could be.
It could almost be a bulletin board
or something with notices on it maybe.
Or something that people were expected to look at.
Maybe a window
with things in it that people were expected to look at.
WHAT KIND OF TREES DO YOU SEE IN THIS PLACE?
I don't know what kind they are. The impression was that they
were shade trees and not terribly big. Maybe 12 feet of trunk
and then a certain amount of branches above that. So that the
branches have maybe a 12-foot diameter, or something.
Not real
big trees.
NEW TREES RATHER THAN OLD TREES?
Yeah, maybe five or ten years old, but not real old ones.
IS THERE ANYTHING INTERESTING ABOUT THE PAVEMENT?
No.
It seems to be not terribly new or terribly old.
Not very
A-3
Approved For Release2DU JA SSLEJE D.
999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releast Roo6/ASFEJ0999A000300100034-4
interesting.
There seems to be some bits of landscaping around.
Little patches of grass around the edges and peripheries. Maybe
some flowers. But, not lush.
YOU SAW SOME BENCHES. DO YOU WANT TO TELL ME ABOUT THEM?
Well, that's my unsure feeling about this fountain. There was
some kind of benches of cement. Curved benches, it felt like.
They were of rough cement.
WHAT DO YOU THINK HAL IS DOING WHILE HE IS THERE?
I have a sense that he is looking at things trying to project
them.
Looking at different things and sort of walking back and
forth not covering a whole lot of territory. Sometimes standing
still while he looks around.
L just had the impression of him talking, and I almost sense that
it was being recorded or something. I don't know if he has a
tape recorder, but if it's not that, then he is saying something
because it needed to be remembered.
IT'S 11:33. HE'S JUST PROBABLY GETTING READY TO COME BACK.
A-4
Approved For Releats (346/ASSPEE90999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseN @LA:S6 +6+ E D 999A000300100034-4
APPENDIX B
INSTRUCTIONS TO SUBJECT:
EEG EXPERIMENT*
The purpose of these experiments is to determine whether stimuli
(flashing lights, geographical locations, and so on) located in adjoining
laboratories or at more distant locales can be perceived, even though the
signals are so low due to intervening walls, distance, and the like, as
0
ordinarily to be considered blocked from the visual modes of perception.
In addition to obtaining oral responses, we will also from time to time
be measuring physiological parameters with standard apparatus (for example,
EEG) to determine whether there is evidence for subliminal perception as
registered by physiological correlates, even in the absence of conscious
perception.
There is no risk associated with these tests, and the only discomfort
expected is that attendant to sitting quietly in a darkened room for 30-
minute test intervals.
During the experimentation feel free to ask any questions that come
to mind as to the procedures, purposes, results, and so on associated with
the study.
As with all our activity you are free to withdraw consent and to
discontinue participation in the project at any time without prejudice.
t
*This statement is required by the SRI Administration Manual Topic 812,
"Requirements Governing Activities with Human Subjects."
B-1
Approved For Release DOS/d. A S.SIFIE.D.
00999A000300100034-4
?

Approved For Releas id Cod .A. SIS REAG-109994000300100034-4
APPENDIX C
UNIVERSAL RANDOMIZATION PROTOCOL
It was deemed desirable in our work to establish a universal random-
ization protocol independent of the particular experiment under considera-
tion.
The only exceptions were to be automated experiments where target
selection is determined by radioactive decay or electronic randomization.
The randomization procedure is designed around a ten-unit base, e.g.,
ten targets, ten work periods, and so on. A ten-digit sequence governing
an experiment is blind to both experimenter and subject, and is uncovered
by means of the following procedure. A three-page RAND Table of Random
Digits (Table C-1) is entered to obtain a ten-digit sequence, the entrance
point being determined by throws of a die,* the first 1, 2, or 3 deter-
mining page, the next 1, 2, 3, or 4 determining column block, the follow-
ing 1, 2, 3, or 4 determining row block, and the final throw determining
from which of the first six rows in the block the ten-digit sequence is
to be taken. An opaque card with a single-digit window is then moved
across the row to uncover digits one at a time. If a multiplicity of
targets exist, the digits 0 through 9 are employed directly. If a binary
command is required (e.g., increase/decrease or activity/no activity)
the parity of the digit (even or odd) is employed.
1
*A technique found in control runs to produce a distribution of die faces
differing nonsignificantly from chance expectation.
C-1
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release
UNCLASSIFIED0999A000300100034-4
TABLE C-1
Table of Random Digits
11 16 43 63 18
75 06 13 76 74
40 60 31 61 52
83 23 53 73 61
21 21 59 17 91
76 83 15 86 78
40 94 15 35 85
69 95 86 09 16
10 43 84 44 82
66 55 83 76 49
73 50 58 34 72
55 95 31 79 57
36 79 22 62 36
33 26 66 65 83
39 41 21 60 13
11 44 28 93 20
73 94 40 47 73
12 03 25 14 14
57 99 47 67 48
54 62 74 85 11
19 56 31 28 72
14 06 39 31 04
61 83 45 91 99
15 46 98 22 85
64 20 84 82 37
41 70 17 31 17
91 40 27 72 27
79 51 62 10 07
51 48 67 28 75
38 60 52 93 41
58 29 98 38 80
20 12 51 07 94
99 75 62 63 60
64 51 61 79 71
40 68 49 99 48
33 88 07 64 13
71 32 55 52 17
13 01 57 29 07
75 97 86 42 98
08 07 46 20 55
65 28 59 71 98
12 13 85 30 10
34 55 63 98 61
88 26 77 60 68
17 26 45 73 27
38 22 42 93 01
65 99 05 70 48
25 06 77 75 71
95 63 99 97 54
31 19 99 25 58
16 38 11 50 69
25 41 68 78 75
61 55 57 64 04
86 21 01 18 08
52 45 88 88 80
78 35 26 79 13
78 13 79 87 68
04 68 98 71 30
33 00 78 56 07
92 00 84 48 97
62 49 09 92 15
84 98 72 87 59
38 71 23 15 12
08 58 86 14 90
24 21 66 34 44
21 28 30 70 44
58 72 20 36 78
19 18 66 96 02
16 97 59 54 28
33 22 65 59 03
26 18 86 94 97
51 35 14 77 99
59 13 83 95 42
71 16 85 76 09
12 89 35 40 48
07 25 58 61 49
29 47 85 96 52
50 41 43 19 66
33 18 68 13 46
85 09 53 72 82
96 15 59 50 09
27 42 97 29 18
79 89 32 94 48
88 39 25 42 11
29 62 16 65 83
62 96 61 24 68
48 44 91 51 02
44 12 61 94 38
12 63 97 52 91
71 02 01 72 65
94 20 50 42 59
68 98 35 05 61
14 54 43 71 34
54 71 40 24 01
38 64 80 92 78
81 31 37 74 00
83 40 38 88 27
09 83 41 13 33
04 29 24 60 28
75 66 62 69 54
67 64 20 52 04
30 69 74 48 06
17 02 64 97 37
85 87 51 21 39
64 04 19 90 11
61 04 02 73 09
48 07 07 68 48
02 53 19 77 37
17 04 89 45 23
97 44 45 99 04
30 15 99 54 50
83 77 84 61 15
93 03 98 94 16
52 79 51 06 31
12 14 89 22 31
31 36 16 06 50
82 24 43 43 92
96 60 71 72 20
73 83 87 70 67
24 86 39 75 76
96 99 05 52 44
70 69 32 52 55
73 54 74 37 59
95 63 23 95 55
09 11 97 48 03
97 30 38 87 01
07 27 79 32 17
79 42 12 17 69
77 66 64 12 04
47 58 97 83 64
65 12 84 83 34
07 49 32 80 98
46 49 26 15 94
26 72 95 82 72
38 71 66 13 80
60 21 20 50 99
08 43 31 91 72
08 32 02 08 39
31 92 17 64 58
73 72 00 86 57
10 01 17 50 04
86 05 44 11 90
57 23 82 74 64
61 48 75 23 29
92 42 06 54 31
16 53 00 55 47
24 21 94 10 90
08 53 16 15 78
15 54 25 58 65
07 30 44 70 10
31 30 94 93 87
02 33 00 24 76
86 59 52 62 47
18 55 22 94 91
20 75 09 70 24
72 61 96 66 28
72 11 53 49 85
58 03 69 91 37
28 53 78 43 95
26 65 43 78 51
Source: The RAND Corporation
0-2
Approved For Releas 1 3/16ASS4-FIED0999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/
UNCLASSIFIED
X-RDP 79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE C-1 (Continued)
07 42 85 88 63
96 02 38 89 36
97 92 94 12 20
86 43 19 44 85
35 37 92 79 22
28 90 65 50 13
40 56 83 32 22
40 48 69 11 22
10 98 22 28 07
10 92 02 62 99
41 48 39 29 35
17 06 17 82 52
90 12 73 33 41
77 80 61 24 46
93 04 06 64 76
24 99 04 10 99
63 00 21 29 90
23 51 06 87 74
76 86 93 93 00
84 97 80 75 04
40 77 98 63 82
48 45 46 52 69
02 98 25 79 91
50 76 59 19 30
43 21 61 26 08
18 16 78 46 31
94 47 97 65 00
39 17 00 66 29
96 16 76 43 75
74 10 89 36 43
52 29 17 58 22
95 96 69 09 47
70 97 56 26 93
35 68 47 26 07
03 68 40 36 00
52 83 15 53 81
85 81 26 18 75
23 57 07 57 54
58 93 92 83 66
86 76 56 74 65
37 10 06 24 92
63 64 24 76 38
54 72 35 65 27
53 07 63 82 35
53 40 61 38 55
38 51 92 95 00
84 82 88 12 48
25 54 83 40 75
55 17 28 15 56
18 85 65 90 43
65 79 90 19 14
81 36 30 51 73
40 35 38 48 07
47 76 74 68 90
87 91 73 85 49
48 21 37 17 08
18 89 90 96 12
77 54 15 76 75
26 90 78 81 73
71 18 92 83 77
92 55 11 13 26
68 05 26 54 22
88 46 00 63 52
68 14 12 53 40
51 55 99 11 59
81 31 06 32 51
42 58 76 81 49
88 14 79 97 00
92 21 43 33 86
73 45 97 93 59
97 17 65 54 16
67 64 20 50 51
15 08 95 05 57
33 16 68 70 94
53 29 58 71 33
38 26 49 47 08
96 46 10 06 04
11 12 02 22 54
23 01 19 41 08
29 19 66 51 87
28 17 74 41 11
15 70 57 38 35
75 76 84 95 49
24 54 36 32 85
66 95 34 47 37
81 12 70 74 93
86 66 87 03 41
66 46 07 56 48
19 71 22 72 63
84 57 54 98 20
56 72 77 20 36
50 34 73 35 21
68 75 66 47 57
19 98 79 22 22
27 93 67 80 10
09 61 70 44 08
75 02 26 53 32
98 60 62 94 51
31 99 46 90 72
37 35 49 30 25
11 32 37 00 69
90 26 98 92 66
02 98 59 53 03
15 18 25 01 66
55 20 86 34 70
18 15 82 52 83
89 96 51 02 06
95 83 09 54 06
11 47 40 87 86
05 59 46 70 45
45 58 72 96 11
98 57 94 24 81
81 42 28 68 42
60 99 77 96 69
01 07 10 85 30
74 30 57 75 09
21 77 17 59 63
23 15 19 02 74
90 20 96 85 21
14 29 33 91 94
42 27 81 21 60
32 57 61 42 78
04 98 26 84 70
27 87 51 54 80
17 69 76 01 14
63 24 73 20 96
19 74 02 46 37
97 37 73 21 12
05 68 63 02 43
34 13 40 29 36
50 19 77 98 69
86 49 76 87 09
52 99 24 66 50
89 91 05 73 95
46 95 46 75 36
28 96 88 19 36
94 51 89 39 84
81 47 86 77 50
82 54 96 26 76
31 12 34 98 99
00 18 47 21 86
78 90 67 54 80
61 79 88 16 00
80 01 88 47 42
87 46 26 31 65
79 81 66 16 30
57 66 62 90 55
46 51 80 14 87
88 69 25 87 16
12 27 34 81 76
29 80 56 49 94
66 87- 26 22 30
20 09 44 29 62
41 38 21 67 68
06 71 13 49 39
19 59 97 62 47
60 93 58 15 04
50 52 08 21 53
13 93 44 68 85
58 31 58 83 66
1
C-3
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For ReleaseTOPASSIPPED00999A000300100034-4
TABLE C-1 (Continued)
51 39 28 59 36
43 89 85 05 96
28 54 99 83 27
99 94 32 53 77
74 23 94 19 18
79 52 64 62 74
40 87 16 18 03
25 76 75 54 84
57 89 27 33 94
07 16 09 02 62
47 70 43 83 55
71 70 88 01 17
02 33 07 47 36
53 27 44 44 68
62 61 11 96 98
09 30 42 92 65
76 11 52 92 47
55 34 25 12 99
03 04 78 39 81
11 91 60 92 67
63 31 28 18 86
29 08 52 01 01
26 46 05 05 01
31 73 11 89 38
27 63 22 15 70
34 27 45 64 26
01 76 42 59 59
69 29 38 98 75
06 33 56 21 11
44 01 45 25 67
11 76 25 48 06
02 65 15 29 12
64 14 28 76 76
21 35 88 87 73
31 73 63 16 95
11 52 36 42 13
28 43 62 54 68
75 23 57 53 70
97 15 54 87 06
52 23 92 18 31
09 52 28 38 55
85 97 31 58 88
31 18 14 96 72
17 23 70 40 24
93 71 41 54 14
93 71 20 27 42
32 11 58 26 83
67 18 28 90 30
15 68 15 35 99
58 18 57 38 40
07 06 87 59 47
71 74 36 92 85
77 71 22 39 14
08 90 74 37 68
26 62 27 41 84
75 16 69 67 48
78 45 35 48 44
61 50 90 12 45
02 80 55 26 76
22 51 94 78 48
24 86 06 82 84
19 36 72 90 73
32 30 15 87 01
04 19 33 01 42
37 28 40 68 44
78 88 75 72 76
26 33 95 69 09
89 33 14 21 01
35 48 85 24 73
37 63 43 25 69
95 27 40 95 08
81 01 24 24 13
51 59 55 99 09
35 22 34 49 91
24 27 53 96 32
09 77 79 88 00
90 66 03 51 71
30 02 19 11 20
36 11 64 21 28
65 40 19 41 99
47 50 50 20 08
20 30 08 71 88
96 19 50 70 59
13 26 63 13 89
13 35 00 84 14
64 04 99 43 77
22 40 89 49 58
19 09 55 80 35
33 00 69 26 90
69 24 89 74 43
53 89 62 35 08
16 22 75 69 29
55 21 66 38 86
06 80 41 18 61
22 56 50 24 75
00 25 87 90 18
21 99 12 62 28
14 80 11 91 92
49 43 82 07 72
60 84 66 97 32
71 02 52 82 12
10 47 42 75 22
65 62 03 46 84
00 21 00 48 63
05 52 21 52 42
84 55 47 45 60
20 24 62 69 41
41 29 80 47 63
27 97 55 49 23
90 65 00 61 70
09 43 30 91 67
35 16 63 27 31
07 30 00 97 04
36 09 96 15 77
95 55 27 34 56
16 57 88 81 40
54 35 71 36 89
19 56 90 38 14
76 05 30 51 50
69 12 56 94 42
00 97 70 44 81
42 04 40 86 49
34 82 23 58 43
78 46 88 23 80
13 92 07 87 61
12 31 19 28 08
07 75 30 40 73
58 52 08 00 22
08 39 53 70 43
37 88 03 41 72
04 20 49 44 34
62 79 88 19 02
46 16 66 72 06
01 61 94 37 69
96 77 01 94 40
29 70 04 20 93
87 76 77 76 07
03 74 20 16 13
65 98 96 28 43
10 91 73 44 58
09 88 09 52 88
21 64 44 65 87
06 64 49 47 84
66 99 56 18 12
36 24 83 66 66
14 89 45 92 73
88 95 04 60 77
34 65 11 20 38
12 38 62 96 56
30 47 42 59 64
21 48 29 54 22
02 00 23 36 71
52 06 87 38 01
52 18 81 94 91
55 13 76 10 39
02 00 66 99 13
11 72 75 21 71
56 71 90 60 54
98 44 18 15 29
59 60 76 52 25
***
C-4
Approved For Releaselsb 3/0644S SARBED.0999A000300100034-4

SRI
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Menlo Park, California 94025 · U.S.A.
Final Report
Covering the Period January 1974 through February 1975
PERCEPTUAL AUGMENTATION TECHNIQUES
Part One -- Executive Summary
By :
Harold E. Puthoff and Russell Targ
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
SG1A
SRI Project 3183
CLASSIFIED BY.
EXEMPT FROM GENERAL DECLASSIFICATION!
BIREDULE OF E O 11652, EXEMPTION CATECHIY!
SP (D). (2), . OR (4) (CIRCLE ONE OR MORE)
AUTOMATICALLY DECLASSIFIED ON
Impossible to determine
Approved by:
(UNLESS IMPOSSIBLE, INSERT DATE OR EVENT)
Earle Jones, Director
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
Bonnar Cox, Executive Director
Information Science and Engineering Division
NATIONAL SECURITY INFORMATION
Unauthorized Disclosure Subject to
Criminal Sanctions.
14
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
:

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
I
OBJECTIVE
The goal of this program was to determine the extent to which certain
individuals obtain accurate information about their environment under con-
ditions thought to be secure against such access and without the use of
known human perceptual modalities.
The program was divided into two categories of approximately equal
effort -- applied research and basic research.
The applied research effort
explored the operational utility of the above perceptual abilities.
basic research effort was directed toward identification of the charac-
teristics of individuals possessing such abilities and the determination
of neurophysiological correlates and basic mechanisms involved in such
functioning.
The
1
Approved For Relebed JobabASS. SIARDE70 00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release :03 beAS SARDE D00999A000300100034-4
II
SUMMARY
As a result of exploratory research on human perception carried out in
SRI's Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory, we observed the emergence
of a perceptual channel whereby certain individuals access and describe, by
means of mental imagery, randomly-chosen remote sites located several
miles or more away.
In this final report, we document the study at SRI
of this human information-accessing capability which we call "remote
viewing," the characteristics of which appear to fall outside the range
of well-understood perceptual/information-processing abilities. This
phenomenon pertains to the ability of certain individuals to access and
describe, by means of internal mental processes, information sources
blocked from ordinary perception and generally accepted as secure against
such access. These individuals include not only SRI subjects, but visiting
staff members of the sponsoring organization who participated as subjects
in order to critique the protocol. Experiments carried out under controlled
laboratory conditions included the reproduction of line drawings shielded
against ordinary perception, the determination of the electronic state
of a four-state random number generator, and the viewing of remote
geographical locations, all at levels of statistical significance p < 10
Our initial work in this area has been reported in the open literature
under the title "Information Transmission Under Conditions of Sensory
Shielding," Nature 252, 18 October 1974, and reprinted in the IEEE
Communications 13, January 1975.
A copy of this publication is included
as Appendix A of this report.
Since our initial work the phenomenon we have investigated most
2
Approved For ReteJ ~200/AS Sd FRED-00999A000300100034-4

1
£
Approved For Release 200S & GAR EARDP79-00999A000300100034-4
extensively is the ability of individuals to view remote geographical lo-
cations (up to several thousand kilometers), given only coordinates (latitude
and longitude) or a person on whom to target. We have worked with a number
of individuals, including sponsor personnel, whose remote perceptual abil-
ities have been developed sufficiently to allow them at times to describe
correctly -- often in great detail -- geographical or technical material such
as buildings, roads, laboratory apparatus, and the like.
The development of this capability at SRI has evolved to the point
where (a) visiting CIA personnel with no previous exposure to such concepts
have performed well under controlled laboratory conditions (that is, generated
target descriptions of sufficiently high quality to permit blind matching
of descriptions to targets by independent judges), and (b) subjects trained
over a one-year period have performed well under operational conditions
(that is, provided data of operational significance later verified by inde-
pendent sources) . Our accumulated data thus indicate that both specially se-
lected and unselected persons can be assisted in developing remote perceptual
abilities to a level of useful information transfer.
To indicate the level of proficiency that can be reached, we present
four examples generated by experienced subjects. The first category consists
of long-distance (trans-Atlantic) remote-viewing of a large-scale installa-
tion. The second category consists of two or more subjects remote-
viewing the same target, independently, which in this series was technical
apparatus. The third category consists of remote sensing of the internal state
of a piece of electronic equipment. The fourth category consists of the
perturbation of remote equipment.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SECRET
3
:

-
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
A.
Category I: Long-Distance Remote Viewing
In order to subject the remote viewing phenomena to a rigorous long-
distance test under external control, a request for geographical coordinates
of a site unknown to subject and experimenters was forwarded to the OSI
group responsible for threat analysis in this area.
In response, SRI per-
sonnel received a set of geographical coordinates ( latitude and longitude
in degrees, minutes, and seconds) of a facility, hereafter referred to
as the West Virginia Site. The experimenters then carried out a remote
viewing experiment on a double-blind basis, that is, blind to experimenters
as well as subject. The experiment had as its goal the determination of
the utility of remote viewing under conditions approximating an operational
scenario.
Two subjects targeted on the site, a sensitive installation.
One subject drew a detailed map of the building and grounds layout, the
other provided information about the interior including codewords, data
subsequently verified by sponsor sources ( report available from COTR).
A long-distance remote viewing experiment was then carried out on a
sponsor-designated target of interest, a research center at Semipalatinsk,
USSR. The Contracting Officer Technical Representative (COTR) furnished
map coordinates to the experimenters. The only additional information
provided was the designation of the target as an R&D test facility.
The
experimenters then carried out a remote viewing experiment on a double-
blind basis with a subject ( S1) * trained in the SRI program. Figure 1( a)
shows the subject's graphic effort for building layout; Figure 1(b) shows
the subject's particular attention to a multistory gantry crane he observed
at the site. (Again, these results were obtained on a double-blind basis
*
A key to numerical designations for subjects is available from the COTR.
Approved For Release 2003/9624:
4
SECRET
IA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
N
RIVER
MIL.
-
-
E
5
:
20040
GANTRY
JUL 10 1C ++
2
DAY
(a) SUBJECT EFFORT AT BUILDING LAYOUT
AL10
JUL 10 1974
(b) SUBJECT EFFORT AT CRANE CONSTRUCTION
FIGURE 1
Approved For Releyse LOS3.A. S.SIFIED
106/24 :CIA-ROPN
-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 200305/ R.E.T.
-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
before exposure to the COTR-held information, thus eliminating the possi-
bility of cueing.)
For comparison an artist's rendering of the site as
known to the COTR (but not to contract personnel) is shown in Figure 2 (a),
with crane detail shown in Figure 2(b). The exceptionally accurate descrip-
tion of the multistory crane was taken as indicative of probable target
acquisition, and therefore the subject was introduced to sponsor personnel
who collected further data for evaluation.
The latter contained both addi-
tional physical data which were independently verified by other sponsor
resources, thus providing additional calibration, and also initially-
unverifiable data of current operational interest. Several hours of tape
transcript and a notebook full of drawings were generated over a two-week
period. A description of the data and evaluation is contained in a separate
report. The results contained noise along with the signal, but were none-
theless clearly differentiated from the chance results generated by control
subjects in comparison experiments carried out by the COTR.
B.
Category II:
Technology Series (Multiple)
A series of experiments designed to measure the resolution capability
of the remote viewing phenomenon were carried out within the confines of
SRI.
In each experiment a subject was asked to attempt to describe remote
laboratory equipment, demarcated only by a target individual sent to a lo-
cation of interest by means of a random protocol outside the experimenters'
control.
The experimenter remaining with the subject was kept ignorant of
the contents of the target pool to prevent cueing during questioning. The
subject was asked to describe the apparatus both verbally (tape recorded) and
by means of drawings. The sample presented here is not an edited collection
of "best ever" results, but rather consists of the results of the entire col-
lection of experiments directly involving visiting CIA personnel in which
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CTA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
6

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SECRET
(a) TARGET SITE
(b)
CRANE COMPARISON
FIGURE 2
-
SECRET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 . CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
two or more subjects independently viewed an identical technological target.
The target for Experiment 1, a typewriter, was chosen by a sponsor staff
member during a site visit.
The response drawn by the subject (S4), located
approximately 100 yards away, is shown on the right of Figure 3. The target
was re-used at a later date with another subject, resulting in the response
on the left.
The target for Experiment 2 was a Xerox machine, chosen by the COTR
during a site visit.
In response the drawing on the right of Figure 4
was generated by a second sponsor staff member who agreed to participate as
a subject in this one experiment in order to evaluate the protocol. The
target was re-used at a later date with an SRI subject (S2) in an experiment
under observation by sponsor personnel, resulting in the response on the
left.
Finally, the same target came up for subject S3 during a random tech-
nological target series, resulting in the drawing in the center.
The target for Experiment 3, a computer input-output unit, resulted in
the responses shown in Figure 5. The response on the left was generated by
SRI subject S4, the one on the right by a visiting sponsor staff member who
participated as a subject in a random technological target series.
Such results, generated in experiments with viewing windows of 15-
min. duration, indicate the presence of an information channel of useful
bit rate. Furthermore, it would appear that by correlating a number
of subject responses to a given target, we can obtain enhancement of the
signal-to-noise ratio.
8
Approved For Reter 98/8'SSIFRET9-00999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
MEMO
TECHNOLOGY SERIES
TYPEWRITER TARGET
seems to resolve into 2 parts
one sitting on top of the oder -
a machine in 2 parts .
white on the side
see the flor now - lige
1.23
slits of slots
levers
dual's
0
metal
half colored
420mg
dark wass
dak?
0
oblong
the lights and hiside
a great crescut.
SRI SUBJECT S3 RESPONSE
SRI SUBJECT S4 RESPONSE
TA-760522-75
FIGURE 3
DRAWINGS BY TWO SUBJECTS OF A TYPEWRITER TARGET
Approved For Releys.C.A.S.SIFIED
CIA-RDP19
-00999A000300100034-4
1

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
TARGET LOCATION: XEROX MACHINE
(TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
EXPERIMENTER WITH HIS
HEAD BEING XEROXED
(TO ADD INTEREST TO
TARGET LOCATION)
UNCLASSIFIED
(2)
it turns?
doch brown ve maroon
4
000000
5.2
When asked to describe the square at upper
left, the subject said, "There was this pre-
dominent light source which might have been
a window, and a working surface which might
have been the sill, or a working surface or
desk." Earlier the subject had said, "I have
the feeling that there is something silhouetted
against the window."
SRI SUBJECT S2 RESPONSE
SRI SUBJECT S3 RESPONSE
SPONSOR SUBJECT RESPONSE
TA-760522-74
FIGURE 4
DRAWINGS BY THREE SUBJECTS FOR XEROX MACHINE TARGET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
rolling along
table

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
.....
-
TARGET: VIDEO MONITOR FOR TEXT EDITING (TECHNOLOGY SERIES)
Side
all mat Black
- lever
B-
window
0
0
01
10
10
Knobs
- 1/ Salat 200 ?
10
SUBJECT DRAWING OF "BOX WITH LIGHT COMING OUT OF IT
PAINTED
FLAT BLACK AND IN THE MIDDLE OF THE ROOM"
SRI SUBJECT S4 RESPONSE
SECOND SUBJECT SAW A TEXAS INSTRUMENTS
"SILENT 700" COMPUTER TERMINAL
SPONSOR SUBJECT RESPONSE
SA-3183-8
FIGURE 5
DRAWING BY TWO SUBJECTS OF A VIDEO MONITOR TARGET
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
Black
Tar
6
5
1

UNCLASSIFIED
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
C.
Category III:
Remote Sensing of Internal States of
Electronic Equipment
To determine whether remote viewing could be extended beyond visual
perception to the sensing of the internal state of a piece of electronic
equipment, further experimentation was carried out with six subjects who had
shown an ability in remote viewing.
The task was the determination of the
internal electronic state of a four-state random number generator (p = 1/4
for each of four equal-probability outputs) whose characteristics had been
examined in detail to verify its randomness. The solid-state machine has no
moving parts and provides no sensory cue to the user as to its target gener-
ation. (See Figure 6.) Although the task appeared more difficult, one
of six subjects consistently scored significantly better than chance
(p= 3 x10-7).
In the required 2500-trial run the latter obtained 17.4%
more hits (734) than would be expected by chance (625). When the subject
was asked to repeat the entire experiment at a later time, he was able
to replicate successfully a high scoring rate (11.5% more hits than expected
by chance, p = 4.8 x 10-4).
12
Approved For RelUNCLASSIFIED-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
UNCLASSIFIED
SA-2613-3
FIGURE 6
FOUR-STATE RANDOM NUMBER GENERATOR
The printer to the right of the machine records data automatically on fan-fold
paper tape.
UNCLASSIFIED
CIA-RUP19-00999A000300100034-4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24.

-
Approved For Release 2003SE 4 RE RDP79-009994000300100034-4
D.
Category IV:
Perturbation of Remote Equipment
Additional experimentation was initiated to investigate the possibility
that the remote sensing channel may possess bilateral aspects; for example,
it might be possible to couple energy from an individual to a remote location
as well as in reverse.
To test this hypothesis, experiments were carried out
with a sensitive magnetometer in an adjoining laboratory as the remote target.
Use of an ORD-developed magnetometer was arranged by ORD personnel.
In
a series of thirteen 10-trial runs with 50 seconds per trial, perturbations
of the magnetometer by a subject gifted in remote viewing were obtained
under a strict randomization protocol, yielding a positive result significant
at the p = 0.004 level.
Because of the potential significance and impli-
cations of such findings, we intend to collect considerable additional
data before arriving at a hard conclusion.
Nonetheless, as a tentative
conclusion there is evidence that a piece of sensitive equipment can be
perturbed by a subject during remote viewing, thus implying that the informa-
tion channel under investigation may sustain energy transfer in either di-
rection.
E.
General Considerations
The primary achievement of the SRI program was the elicitation of high
quality remote viewing by individuals who agreed to act as subjects.
Crit-
icism of this claim could in principle be put forward on the basis of three
potential flaws :
(1) the study could involve naivete in protocol which
permits various forms of cueing, intentional or unintentional; (2) the
experiments discussed could be selected out of a larger pool of experiments
of which many are of poorer quality; (3) data for the reported experiments
could be edited to show only the matching elements, the non-matching
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SECRET

Approved For Releast RIS/ASS FIED
09994000300100034-4
elements being discarded.
All three criticisms, however, are invalid.
First, with regard
to cueing, the use of double-blind protocols ensures that no person in
contact with the subject can be aware of the target.
Second, no selection
of experiments for reporting takes place; every experiment is entered
as performed on a master log and is included in the statistical evaluations.
Third, data associated with a given experiment remain unedited; all data
associated with an experiment are tape recorded and included unedited
in the data package to be judged, evaluated, etc. Finally, the entire
unedited file of tape recordings, transcripts and drawings for every exper-
iment is available to the COTR and others in the scientific community
for independent analysis.
The observed results outlined in A through D above (target acquisi-
tion, equipment description, electronic state specification, and perturba-
tion of instrument operation) may together constitute different aspects of
a single remote coupling phenomenon.
With regard to understanding the phenomenon
itself, the precise nature of the information channel coupling remote
locations is not yet understood.
However, we can show that its charac-
teristics are compatible with both quantum theory and information theory
and with recent developments in research on brain function.
Therefore, our
working assumption is that the phenomenon of interest does not lie outside
the purview of modern physics and with further work will yield to
analysis and specification.
Further, with an eye toward future subject selection, subjects
possessing a well-developed natural ability in the area under considera-
tion underwent complete physical, psychological, and neuropsychological
profiling, the results of which suggest the core of a screening procedure.
15
Approved For Releas NO:1º42S:SIPPEL00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Releas P (3/ 06/A. S.SA FFE009994000300100034-4
Finally, it is concluded by the research contractors that the accrual
of experience in three years of successful effort constitutes an asset
that could be utilized in the future both for operational needs and
for training others in the development and use of the remote sensing
capability.
-
-
16
Approved For RelUNCLASSIFIED-00999A000300100034-4

SG1A
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Next 14 Page(s) In Document Exempt
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SRI
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
MENLO PARK, CALIFORNIA 94025
(415) 326-6200
January 27, 1975
SG1A
SG1A
Dear
-
I am writing to let you know that we have apparently struck pay dirt
in the administration of the Halstead-Reitan Neuropsychology Test
Battery. Let me begin by expressing my appreciation for your guidance
in suggesting this particular series of tests.
According to the neuropsychologist who administered the tests, pre-
liminary analysis of the data indicated very promising results. On
the basis of the analyses to date, it appears that a consistent
pattern is emerging in which good performers in our area of interest
show a very high level of proficiency in certain spatial tasks as
compared to more average abilities in other tasks. (Some individual
results were exceedingly atypical with respect to the established
norms. ) The preliminary findings suggested a congruence with other
data on right versus left hemispheric specialization of sufficient
strength that he added some special tests for this area. He is
presently correlating the data with that obtained by the Department
of Psychiatry, Palo Alto Medical Clinic, and will be forwarding
his results to me shortly. As soon as the written report is in hand
I shall send it along without delay.
SG1A
Please distribute the additional copies of the letter to
as I do not have an expedient address for them.
SG1A
With best regards,
SG1A
H. E. Puthoff PhD
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
HEP : jls
Enc.
cc:
CA
Approved For Release 2003/06/24: 1CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b)
Physical Measurements
A meeting was held with a representative of the client's
organization in which it was agreed that an experiment shall be carried
.
out utilizing a client-supplied Josephson junction gradiometer. Alternate
SRI locations were examined and a suitable one chosen. The purpose of
the experiment is (1) to determine whether magnetic field gradients can
be established on command by the subject, and, if so, (2) to investigate
such effects under conditions of viewing the probe from remote locations,
and, if the latter is positive, to examine the effect as a function of
subject-probe distance.
The additional sensitive instruments are being set up as
remote probes. One is a radiation probe box which includes a photo-
multiplier and geiger counter. The other is a mechanical force indicator
consisting of a torsion pendulum suspended on a metal fiber, enclosed in
a bell jar, and monitored by a laser beam reflected from a mirror on the
pendulum to a beam-position detector. Baseline data are being taken for
these instruments, and experimentation will proceed during April.
Reference 1:
"Hemispheric Specialization and the Duality of Consciousness,"
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D., in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function,
Published by Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, 1973.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
:

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b) Physical Measurements
A meeting was held with a representative of the client's
organization in which it was agreed that an experiment shall be carried
.
out utilizing a client-supplied Josephson junction gradiometer. Alternate
SRI locations were examined and a suitable one chosen. The purpose of
the experiment is (1) to determine whether magnetic field gradients can
be established on command by the subject, and, if so, (2) to investigate
such effects under conditions of viewing the probe from remote locations,
and, if the latter is positive, to examine the effect as a function of
subject-probe distance.
The additional sensitive instruments are being set up as
remote probes. One is a radiation probe box which includes a photo-
multiplier and geiger counter. The other is a mechanical force indicator
consisting of a torsion pendulum suspended on a metal fiber, enclosed in
a bell jar, and monitored by a laser beam reflected from a mirror on the
pendulum to a beam-position detector. Baseline data are being taken for
these instruments, and experimentation will proceed during April.
Reference 1:
"Hemispheric Specialization and the Duality of Consciousness,"
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D., in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function,
Published by Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, 1973.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b)
Physical Measurements
A meeting was held with a representative of the client's
organization in which it was agreed that an experiment shall be carried
.
out utilizing a client-supplied Josephson junction gradiometer.
Alternate
SRI locations were examined and a suitable one chosen. The purpose of
the experiment is (1) to determine whether magnetic field gradients can
be established on command by the subject, and, if so, (2) to investigate
such effects under conditions of viewing the probe from remote locations,
and, if the latter is positive, to examine the effect as a function of
subject-probe distance.
The additional sensitive instruments are being set up as
remote probes. One is a radiation probe box which includes a photo-
multiplier and geiger counter. The other is a mechanical force indicator
consisting of a torsion pendulum suspended on a metal fiber, enclosed in
a bell jar, and monitored by a laser beam reflected from a mirror on the
pendulum to a beam-position detector. Baseline data are being taken for
these instruments, and experimentation will proceed during April.
Reference 1:
"Hemispheric Specialization and the Duality of Consciousness,"
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D., in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function,
Published by Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, 1973.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
:

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b) Physical Measurements
A meeting was held with a representative of the client's
organization in which it was agreed that an experiment shall be carried
.
out utilizing a client-supplied Josephson junction gradiometer.
Alternate
SRI locations were examined and a suitable one chosen. The purpose of
the experiment is (1) to determine whether magnetic field gradients can
be established on command by the subject, and, if so, (2) to investigate
such effects under conditions of viewing the probe from remote locations,
and, if the latter is positive, to examine the effect as a function of
subject-probe distance.
The additional sensitive instruments are being set up as
remote probes. One is a radiation probe box which includes a photo-
multiplier and geiger counter. The other is a mechanical force indicator
consisting of a torsion pendulum suspended on a metal fiber, enclosed in
a bell jar, and monitored by a laser beam reflected from a mirror on the
pendulum to a beam-position detector.
Baseline data are being taken for
these instruments, and experimentation will proceed during April.
4
Reference 1:
"Hemispheric Specialization and the Duality of Consciousness,"
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D., in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function,
Published by Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, 1973.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
1

SG1A
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Next 20 Page(s) In Document Exempt
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

SRI
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Menlo Park, California 94025 . U.S.A.
24 April 1974
Progress Report No. 2
Covering the Period 1 March to 1 April 1974
Stanford Research Institute Project 3183
PERCEPTUAL AUGMENTATION TECHNIQUES
by
Harold E. Puthoff
Client Private
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

7
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
I
OBJECTIVE
The purpose of the program is to determine the characteristics of
those perceptual modalities through which individuals obtain information
about their environment, wherein such information is not presented to
any known sense.
The program is divided into two categories of investigation of
approximately equal effort, applied research and basic research. The
purpose of the applied research effort is to explore experimentally
the potential for applications of perceptual abilities of interest,
with special attention given to accuracy and reliability. The purpose
of the basic research effort is to identify the characteristics of
individuals possessing such abilities, and to identify neurophysiological
correlates and basic mechanisms involved in such functioning.
II
PROGRESS DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
A.
Applied Research
1.
Remote Viewing
(a)
Local Targets
An experiment is continuing in which ten sites known to
the subject are being visited in random sequence, with replacement, by a
target demarcation team. A comparison is to be made as to hit accuracy
under conditions of (1) identifying the site by name and, (2) identifying
the site by photographs.
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b)
Remote Targets
In conjunction with a vacation trip by one of the
experimenters (H.P.) to Costa Rica, a week of remote target viewing will
be carried out at 1330 local time (1430 Costa Rica time). Pictures of
the target locations are to be taken. Upon return and development of
the pictures, the subject will be asked to match target pictures with
narratives, as will the experimenter, both in blind fashion.
2.
Detection of Variable Density Target Material
An initial experiment with twenty-seven sponsor drawings of
variable content and density was completed. The goal was the differen-
tiation of twelve low-density cards, six pencil, and nine blank cards.
The numbered envelopes containing the target material, sealed and
specially secured by the sponsor, were randomized before each trial and
placed inside non-numbered opaque envelopes before being presented to
the subject for sorting.
Two series were carried out. The first consisted of 24 runs
through the 27 cards, choosing 12 cards each run, the goal being to
choose the 12 low-density cards. Out of the 12 x 24 = 288 choices, the
expected number of target cards by chance was 128, the observed number
chosen, 133. The second series consisted of 18 runs through the 27 cards,
choosing 6 cards each run, the goal being to choose the 6 pencil cards.
Out of the 6 x 18 = 108 choices, the expected number of target cards by
chance was 24, the observed number chosen, 19. Thus, the overall result
given the task did not differ significantly from chance.
However, when we examine the ranking of cards by number of
times chosen, we observe a significant skew in the distribution.
Independent of the assigned task, in the 24-run series of 12 choices
each, the expected number of times a given card is chosen is 11.
2
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
In the 18 run series of 6 choices each, the expected number of times a
given card is chosen is 4. In the two series, of the 17 cards chosen
more often than expected by chance, the expected number of low density
cards is 7.5, the observed number 13, a result significant at the
p = 2 x 10 ..
-3
level. Thus, in the overall distribution certain of the
low-density cards were chosen often enough to yield a significant result
in the ranking distribution.
It is considered that the initial experiment was unnecessarily
complex, there being a mixture of target sizes (2), symbols (3), and ink
techniques (3). New experiments are to be carried out to clarify
whether a usable talent exists in this area.
B.
Basic Research
1.
Testing Program
(a) Psychological Testing
:
Arrangements have been made with Dr. Donald Lim of the
Palo Alto Veteran's Administration Hospital for the administration of
the Halstead-Reitan neuropsychology test battery. Dr. Lim is experienced
in the administration of the battery and has personally consulted with
Dr. Reitan on testing procedures and interpretation.
In connection with testing hypotheses associated with
hemispheric specialization of the brain, Dr. Robert Ornstein of the
Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, University of California,
San Francisco, has agreed to administer tests appropriate to testing
hemispheric predisposition.
(b)
Medical Testing
The physical characteristics part of the program will be
administered by the Environmental Medicine facility of the Palo Alto
3
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Medical Clinic. The basic physical includes urinalysis, bloodwork
(hemoglobin, STS, CBC, blood pressure pulse), hearing tests (frequency
and intensity), eye tests (depth perception, color vision, far and near
vision, peripheral vision), pulmonary function test, EKG, tonometry,
height, weight, and a physical examination. A consultation appointment
has been set up to explore further testing for special areas beyond the
basic physical.
2.
Measurement Program
(a)
EEG Experiment
A variety of evidence from clinical and neurosurgical
sources indicates that the two hemispheres of the human brain are
specialized for different cognitive functions. The left hemisphere is
predominantly involved in verbal and other analytic functioning, the
right in spatial and other holistic processing. (See Appendix. )
1
In consultation with Dr. Robert Ornstein of the Langley
Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute, an hypothesis was formed based on
certain observed characteristics that paranormal functioning might
involve right hemispheric specialization. To test this hypothesis, the
EEG remote strobeflash experiment described in Report No. 1 was repeated
three times with monitoring of right and left occipital regions. Each
experiment consisted of 20 15-second trials, 10 no-flash trials, and 10
16 Hz trials randomly intermixed. Reduction of alpha activity (arousal
response) correlated with remote stimuli was observed as in previous
experiments, but essentially only in the right hemisphere (average
alpha reduction 16 percent in right hemisphere, 2 percent in left,
during the 16 Hz trials as compared with the no-flash trials), Such
results indicate initial support for the hypothesis of right hemispheric
specialization, and therefore further investigation of right hemisphere
specialization seems indicated.
4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(b)
Physical Measurements
A meeting was held with Mr. Stacy Luke of the client's
organization in which it was agreed that an experiment shall be carried
out utilizing the client's Josephson junction gradiometer. Alternate
SRI locations were examined and a suitable one chosen. The purpose of
the experiment is (1) to determine whether magnetic field gradients can
be established on command by the subject, and, if so, (2) to investigate
such effects under conditions of viewing the probe from remote locations,
and, if the latter is positive, to examine the effect as a function of
subject-probe distance.
.
Two additional sensitive instruments are being set up as
remote probes. One is a radiation probe box which includes a photo-
multiplier and geiger counter. The other is a mechanical force indicator
consisting of a torsion pendulum suspended on a metal fiber, enclosed in
a bell jar, and monitored by a laser beam reflected from a mirror on the
pendulum to a beam-position detector. Baseline data are being taken for
these instruments, and experimentation will proceed during April.
-
Reference 1:
"Hemispheric Specialization and the Duality of Consciousness,"
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D., in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function,
Published by Charles C. Thomas, Springfield, Illinois, 1973.
5
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
APPENDIX
Hemispheric Specialization and the
Duality of Consciousness
.
David Galin, M.D. and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D.
Institute for the Study of Human Consciousness
Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute
University of California, San Francisco
in press in:
Widroe, Harvey, M.D., ed. Human Behavior and Brain Function
published by
Charles C Thomas
Springfield, Illinois
1973
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Hemispheric Specialization and the
Duality of Consciousness
David Galin, M.D., and Robert E. Ornstein, Ph.D.
Institute for the Study of Human Consciousness
Langley Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute
University of California, San Francisco
A variety of evidence from clinical and neurosurgical sources
indicates that the two hemispheres of the human brain are specialized for
different cognitive functions. This evidence has been confirmed in studies
of normal subjects. The left hemisphere is predominantly Involved in
verbal and other analytic functions, the right In spatial and other
holistic processing.
The two hemispheres have been surgically separated for the treatment
of certain cases of epilepsy; after the operation, it has been found that
each hemisphere is conscious, and can carry out complex cognitive processes
of the type for which it is specialized. In short, there appear to be two
separate, conscious minds in one head. The study of how these two half-
brains cooperate or interfere with each other in normal, intact people has
Just begun. We believe that this work has important implications for
psychiatric theory and practice, and education, as well as for clinical
neurology.
In our laboratory at Langley Porter we have been studying this
lateralization of function with EEG techniques. With the method which we
have developed we can distinguish between these two cognitive modes as they
occur in normal subjects, using simple scalp recordings.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 2
We will review some of the experiments and clinical observations on
this duality in human nature, and mention some of the opportunities for
future research that seem to us most promising.
1. Specialization of the two Hemispheres - "Split-Brain" studies:
The asymmetrical localization of cognitive function has long been
established. Language was ascribed to the left hemisphere by Dax in 1836
(Benton & Joynt, 1960). Since then clinical work with brain damaged
patients has continued to differentiate the cognitive functions of the
hemispheres (Semmes et al., 1955, Milner, 1965a, Luria, 1966, Corkin,
1965). For example right temporal lobectomy produces a severe impairment on
visual and tactile mazes. In contrast left temporal lobectomy of equal
extent produces little deficit on these tasks but impairs verbal memory
(Milner, 1965a, Corkin, 1965). In general, clinical work has found verbal
and arithmetical functions (analytic, linear) depend on the left hemisphere
while spatial relationships (holistic, gestalt) are the special province of
the right hemisphere. Sperry, Gazzaniga, Bogen and their associates (1969,
Levy, 1970, Bogen, 1969) have had a unique opportunity to study the
specialization of the two halves of the brain Isolated from each other.
They worked with patients who had undergone surgical section of the corpus
callosum for the treatment of epilepsy. These "split brain" patients were
tested with special apparatus to insure that the task was presented to only
one hemisphere at a time.
Sperry, Gazzaniga and Bogen have been able to
establish that each hemisphere can function independently and is
independently conscious. Learning and memory are found to continue
separately in each hemisphere. The right hand literally does not know what
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 3
the left hand Is doing.
Both halves independently sense, percelve
and conceptualize. Unilateral associations between tactual, visual
and auditory sensations remain. In these patients, the left
hemisphere is capable of speech, writing and mathematical calculation,
and is severely limited in problems involving spatial relations.
The
right hemisphere has use of only a few words and can perform simple
addition only up to ten, but can perform tasks involving spatial
relationships and music patterns.
It is Important to emphasize that what most characterizes the
hemispheres is not that they are specialized to work with different types
of material, (the left with words and the right with spatial forms) ;
rather each hemisphere is specialized for a different cognitive style; the
left for an analytic, logical mode for which words are an excellent
tool, and the right for a holistic, gestalt mode, which happens to be
particularly suitable for spatial relations, and music. The difference
in cognitive style is explicitly described in a recent paper by
Levy, Trevarthen, and Sperry, 1972 :
"Recent commissurotomy studies have shown that the two disconnected
hemispheres, working on the same task, may process the same sensory
information in distinctly different ways, and that the two modes of
mental operation involving spatial synthesis for the right and
temporal analysis for the left, show indications of mutual antagon ism
(Levy, 1970). The propensity of the language hemisphere to note
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
:
:

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 4
analytical details in a way that facilitates their description in
language seems to Interfere with the perception of an over-all
Gestalt, leaving the left hemisphere 'unable to see the wood for the
trees.' This interference effect suggested a rationale for the
evolution of lateral specialization ... " (Levy, et al., 1972) (See also
Nebes, 1971, Semmes, 1968) .
Sperry and his collaborators have found that "in general, the post-
operative behavior of (the commissurotomy patients) has been dominated by
the major (left) hemisphere ... " except in tasks for which the right
hemisphere is particularly specialized. (Levy, et al., 1972) .
To understand the method of testing and interviewing each half of the
brain separately, two points of functional anatomy must be kept in mind.
The first is that since language functions (speech, writing) are medlated
predominantly by the left hemisphere in most people, the disconnected right
hemisphere cannot express Itself verbally. The second point is that the
neural pathways carrying information from one side of the body and one-half
of the visual field cross over and connect only with the opposite side of
the brain. This means that sensations in the right hand and images in the
right visual space will be projected almost entirely to the left
hemisphere. Similarly, the major motor output is crossed, and the left
hemisphere mainly controls the movements of the right hand. Therefore,
patients with the corpus callosum sectioned can describe or answer
questions about objects placed in their right hands, or pictures flashed to
the right visual field with a tachistoscope, but can give no correct verbal
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 5
response when the Information Is presented to the left hand or the left
visual field (they will in fact, often confabulate). The mute right
hemisphere can, however, indicate its experience with the left hand, for
example, by selecting the proper object from an array.
2. Dissociation of Experience:
The dissociation between the experiences of the two disconnected
hemispheres is sometimes very dramatic. A film made by Sperry and his
colleagues shows two illustrative incidents.
The film shows a young female patient being tested with a
tachistoscope as described above. In the series of neutral geometrical
figures being presented at random to the right and left fields, a nude pin-
up was included and flashed to the right (nonverbal) hemisphere. The girl
blushed and giggled. Sperry asked "What did you see?"
She answered
"Nothing, just a flash of light," and giggled again, covering her mouth
with her hand. "Why are you laughing then?" asks Sperry, and she laughs
again and says, "Oh, Dr. Sperry, you have some machine!" The episode is
very dramatic, and if one did not know her neurosurgical history one might
have seen this as a clear example of perceptual defense: one might infer
that she was repressing the perception of the conflictful sexual material --
even her final response (a socially acceptable nonsequitur) was convincing.
(see also Sperry, Am. Psychol, 1968, 23:723-33, esp. p. 732) .
In another section of the film a different patient is performing a
block design task; he is trying to match a colored geometric design with a
set of painted blocks. The film shows the left hand (right hemisphere)
quickly carrying out the task. Then the experimenter disarranges the
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 6
blocks and the right hand (left hemisphere) is given the task; slowly and
with great apparent indecision it arranges the pieces. In trying to match
a corner of the design the right hand corrects one of the blocks, and then
shifts it again, apparently not realizing it was correct: the viewer sees
the left hand dart out, grab the block to restore it to the correct
position -- and then the arm of the experimenter reaches over and pulls the
Intruding left hand off-camera.
3. Psychiatric Implications:
There is a compelling formal similarity between these dissociation
phenomena seen in the commissurotomy patients and the phenomena of
repression; according to Freud's early "topographical" model of the mind,
repressed mental contents functioned in a separate realm, which was
inaccessible to conscious recall or verbal interrogation, functioning
according to its own rules, developing and pursuing its own goals,
affecting the viscera and Insinuating itself in the stream of ongoing
consciously directed behavior.
This parallel suggests that we examine. the hypothesis that in normal,
intact people mental events in the right hemisphere can become disconnected
functionally from the left hemisphere (by inhibition of neuronal
transmission across the corpus callosum and other cerebral commissures),
and can continue a life of their own. This hypothesis suggests a
neurophysiological mechanism for at least some cases of repression, and an:
anatomical locus for the unconscious mental contents.
What are the circumstances under which such a dissociation could take
place? There are several ways in which the two hemispheres of an ordinary
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 7
person could begin to function as if they had been surgically disconnected,
and cease exchanging Information. The first way Is by active inhibition of
Information transfer because of conflict. Imagine the effect on a child
when his mother presents one message verbally, but quite another with her
facial expression and body language; "I am doing it because I love you,
dear", say the words, but "I hate you and will destroy you" says the face.
Each hemisphere is exposed to the same sensory input, but because of the !!
relative specializations, they each emphasize only one of the messages.
The left will attend to the verbal cues because it cannot extract
Information from the facial gestalt efficiently; the right will attend
preferentially to the non-verbal cues because it cannot easily understand
the words (Levy et al., 1972). Effectively a different input has been
delivered to each hemisphere, just as In the laboratory experiments in
which a tachistoscope is used to present different pictures to the left and
right visual fields. We offer the following conjecture: In this situation
the two hemispheres might decide on opposite courses of action; the left to
approach, and the right to flee. Because of the high stakes involved each
hemisphere might be able to maintain its consciousness and resist the
inhibitory influence of the other side. The left hemisphere seems to win
control of the output channels most of the time (Sperry, 1968), but if the
left is not able to "turn off" the right completely it may settle for
disconnecting the transfer of the conflicting information from the other
side. The connections between hemispheres are relatively weak compared to
the connections within hemispheres (Bogen 1969) and it seems likely that
each hemisphere treats the weak contralateral input in the same way in
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 8
which people in general treat the odd discrepant observation which does not
fit with the mass of their beliefs; first we Ignore It, and then if it is
Insistent, we actively avoid it (Stent, 1972).
The mental process in the right hemisphere, cut off in this way from
the left hemisphere consciousness which is directing overt behavior, may
nevertheless continue a life of its own. The memory of the situation, the
emotional concommitants, and the frustrated plan of action all may persist,
affecting subsequent perception and forming the basis for expectations and
evaluations of future input.
But active inhibition arising from conflicting goals is not the only
way to account for a lack of communication between the two hemispheres, and
a consequent divergence of consciousness. In the simplest case, because
of their special modes of organization and special areas of competence, the
knowledge which one hemisphere possesses may not translate well into the
language of the other. For example, the experience of attending a symphony
concert is not readily expressed in words, and the concept "Democracy
requires informed participation" is hard to convey in images. What may be
transmitted in such cases may be the conclusion as to action, and not the
details on which the evaluation was based. It is possible to convey some
of the richness of the holistic consciousness in words, but it requires a
great artist.
4. Neo-Phrenology:
It is not clear to what extent specific cognitive performances can be
said to depend on specific areas of the cerebrum, beyond the gross
distinction between left and right hemispheres. Without going too far in
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
page 9
the direction of assigning "centers" to cach mental quality in the manner
of the phrenologists, there seems to be some evidence for within-hemisphere
localization. For example, Milner (1965b) has correlated disorders in
specific kinds of language processing with lesions in specific areas of the
left hemisphere; verbal memory deficits with anterior temporal lesions,
speech deficits with posterior temporal lesions, fluency deficits with
frontal lesions and reading deficits with lesions in the region of the
parieto-occipital junction.
The difficulties inherent in "localizing" complex functions are
exemplified in the conflicting literature on the lateralization of
arithmetic calculation. Luria finds "primary acalculia" or primary
arithmetical disturbances with lesions of the left Infero-parietal lobe
(Luria, 1966), but Kinsbourne finds no systematic lateralization for
arithmetic (1972) .
The problem is complex, according to Critchley (1953) because
calculation may entail more than one type of mentation and different people
seem to employ different methods. Lesions in different areas would be
expected to produce dyscalculia insofar as a person depended on the use of
specific visual symbols or notation, or on rote memory (e.g. multiplication
tables) or on an ideokinetic factor based on concrete manipulation such as
counting on fingers. The horizontal and vertical arrangement of numbers to
represent units, tens, hundreds, etc., depends on spatial and
constructional factors. Vivid imagery for numerical forms and sequences
may be important to some people (Humphrey and Zangwill, 1952). Critchley
concludes, "Nonetheless, there are certain 'vulnerable' regions of the
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
page 10
brain, wherein a lesion is more apt to be followed by a severe dyscalculia
bearing certain clinical hallmarks. Thus disease of the dominant left
hemisphere is more often followed by severe disorders of calculation."
(Critchley, 1953)
5. Evidence for Lateral Specialization in Normal People:
Some caution should be exercised in making the Inference of lateral
specialization of cognitive function in normal people from lesion studies
alone. One might consider whether the 'split' functions are due in some
part to the radical surgery, or to the other disturbances in these
patients. The study of neurological disorders or surgical preparations
cast light on normal functioning, but the most important and most practical
question is whether the normal brain, engaged in everyday activities is
organized around lateralization of cognitive function.
Recent research with normal subjects provides support for the
Inference that the intact brain does in fact make use of lateral
specialization. With normal subjects, Filbey and Gazzaniga have measured
the time required for information presented to one hemisphere to be acted
upon by the other. A verbal reaction to information presented to the non-
verbal right hemisphere took longer than a non-verbal response. (Filbey
and Gazzaniga, 1969). Mckeever found faster tachistoscopic word
recognition for words projected to the left hemisphere than to the right
(Mckeever and Huling, 1970). In dichotic listening tasks, normal subjects
have better recall for verbal material presented to the right than to the
left ear and better recall for melodies presented to the left. (Kimura,
1961).
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
1

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
page 11
Other laboratories have used electrophysiological techniques such as
evoked potentials and DC potentials. Buchsbaum recorded averaged visual
evoked potentials from the left and right occipital areas in response to
words and geometric stimuli (Buchsbaum and Fedio, 1969). The responses to
these two classes of stimuli were the same in the right hemisphere, but
different in the left hemisphere. Wood et al. (1971) found similar results.
with auditory stimuli; subjects listened to verbal stimuli under two
conditions; to process them for speech cues (stop consonants) and for non-
speech cues (pitch) . The evoked responses were the same in the right
hemisphere, but different in the left hemisphere.
Morrell and Salamy (1971) reported that evoked potentials to speech
sounds were larger in the left hemisphere leads than in the right, and
Vella et al. (1972) reported that responses to complex visual forms were
larger in the right. McAdam and Whitaker recorded DC potentials over the
left and right fronto-temporal areas. Just before subjects spoke, a
negative shift appeared, more pronounced on the left than on the right. No
shift was seen preceding non-verbal vocal tract activities (voluntary
coughing, spitting) (McAdam and Whitaker, 1971).
In the past three years we have applied EEG methods to the study of
this lateral specialization in normal people. By studying EEG asymmetry we
were able to distinguish the two cognitive modes as they occur in normal
subjects using simple scalp recording (Galin and Ornstein, 1972). In
brief, we examined the EEGs of subjects performing verbal and spatial tasks
to determine whether there were differences in activity between the
appropriate and inappropriate hemispheres. We recorded from the temporal
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 12
and parietal areas since clinico-anatomical evidence Indicates that these
areas should be differently engaged In these tasks. We found that during
verbal tasks the Integrated whole-band power in the left hemisphere is less
than that in the right, and during spatial tasks the integrated power in
the right hemisphere is less than in the left. Most of the task-dependent
asymmetry appeared to be in the alpha band. Our method of analyzing the
ratios of right to left EEG power was adopted by Mckee, Humphrey and McAdam
(1973) in a study contrasting musical and verbal processing. They confirm
our general finding that the ratio is higher in the verbal tasks compared
to the non-verbal task.
Table 1 summarizes some of the results from two of our experiments.
The average alpha ratios (right/left) were computed for temporal, parietal,
and central recordings during verbal and spatial tasks intended to engage
primarily the left or the right hemisphere. Spatial tasks included building
geometric designs from memory with blocks, mirror drawing and a mental Form
Board task. Verbal tasks included composing a letter mentally and in
writing, and memorizing and writing the main facts from a text passage. The
task pairs which were selected differ in their requirement for motor
output, and for memory. The attention-to-breathing task was included as a.
"neutral" non-cognitive condition. (For further details of the methods and
results of Experiment I, see Galin and Ornstein, 1972, Doyle, Ornstein and
Galin, 1973).
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 13
TABLE | Inter- and Intra-hemispheric Specialization for Cognitive Mode:
Differences between Electrode Locations - Alpha ratios*
Experiment 1
Motor tasks
Mental tasks
"Non-cognitive"
Written
Form
Mental
Attention
N=10
Blocks
Letter
P
Board
Letter
P
to-Breath
P4/P3
0.97
1.09
.01
0.81
0.98
ns
0.94
T4/T3
0.68
1.06
.01
0.79
1.06
.05
0.87
:
Experiment 11
Memory tasks
Non-memory tasks
"Non-cognitive"
Write
from
Mirror
Text
Attention
N=35
Blocks
Memory
P
Drawing
Copying
p
to-Breath
P4/P3
0.99
1.19
.0003
1.01
1.07
.04
1.20
T4/T3
0.77
1.12
.00003
0.75
0.94
.0004
0.88
c4/C3
0.79
1.17
.0003
0.83
1.03
.0006
0.97
* Geometric means over all subjects of EEG power ratios (right/left)
** Significance of differences tested by Wilcoxon Matched-Pair Signed-Ranks Test,
all P values two-tailed, ns = . 05.
·
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
...
1

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00990A000300PR0000344
Fig. 1 shows a sample from the EEG from one subject during the Blocks
and Written Letter tasks. Fig. 2 shows the results of frequency spectrum
analysis of the EEG from which Fig. 1 was taken.
Insert Figures 1 and 2 about here
The second experiment confirms the main effect found in the first;
higher ratios are found during verbal tasks than during spatial tasks. All
three lead pairs show the task-dependent asymmetry in both comparisons
(Blocks vs. Write-from-Memory, and Text Copying vs. Mirror Drawing).
There are systematic differences between the leads. The parietal
leads, in all comparisons, in both experiments, exhibit the least task-
dependent asymmetry, i.e. the difference in alpha ratio on the verbal task
and the spatial task is smaller on the parietal leads than on the temporal
and central leads. The temporal and central leads appear to behave
similarly in this respect.
The Attention-to-Breath task most closely approximates the conditions
under which clinical EEGs are recorded; i.e. little information processing,
passive, unstructured. Clinical EEG texts generally state that alpha
amplitude is normally higher on the right than the left. We find this to
be so for the parietal leads, but consistently reversed for the temporal
leads. Table Il shows the results from the Breathing task of Experiment
11. Most subjects have predominant right parietal alpha and predominant
left temporal alpha. The central leads show an equal distribution. This
reversal between parietal and temporal alpha predominance can also be seen
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 15
during the active cognitive tasks. (Table 1, all tasks except Mental
Letter)
TABLE 11 .
Differences between electrode locations in "resting" alpha asymmetry
Parietal
Temporal Central
Higher Right Alpha
27
9
16
Higher Left Alpha
6
24
15
The functional significance of this reversal of asymmetry Is not yet
clear, but it precludes classifying a person simply as "right dominant" or
"left dominant"; intrahemispheric specialization must be taken into
account.
Previous Investigators have sought to relate electrophysiological
recordings to cognitive functions. A major effort has been devoted to
relating the EEG to "intelligence" (see review by Vogel, et al., 1968) .
Our approach to this problem takes into account three factors which seem to
have been neglected in the past:
1. Recording while the subject is engaged in a task, rather than
trying to relate a "resting" EEG or averaged evoked potential to subsequent
performance.
2. Selection of cognitive tasks which clinical evidence has shown to
depend more on one hemisphere than the other, and which therefore should be
associated with a predictable distribution of brain activity.
3. Selection of electrode placements on clinico-anatomical grounds. A
wealth of evidence suggests that temporal and parietal leads should be the"
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 16
most functionally asymmetrical, and occipital leads the most similar.
Unfortunately, occipital leads have been used most often in the past,
probably because they are not as sensitive to eye movement and muscle
artifacts. Usually recordings have been made only unilaterally.
Now that we have established a method for determining lateralization
of cognitive function in normal Ss, several major areas of concern can be
studied: the generality of lateral specialization of cognitive function in
the population, the role of lateral specialization in critical academic
skills, the effect of social drugs on hemispheric interaction, and the
possibility of training voluntary control over patterns of lateral
asymmetry using the feedback EEG.
6. Lateralization in Left Handed and Ambidexterous People:
The lateralization of cognitive functions described above is
characteristic of right handed people. The cerebral lateralization of left
handed people is more complex. Hecaen (1964,1971) has provided an
extensive review of the neurological literature and a summary of his own
clinical studies, and concluded that left handers show a greater cerebral
ambi-laterality, not only for language, but also for gnosic and praxic
functions. Hecaen distinguishes between left handedness which is familial
and that which follows a perinatal injury to the left hemisphere. The
familial type may or may not have reversed language lateralization.
These conclusions were generally confirmed by Satz et al. (1967) in a
study of a neurologically normal population. They used the dichotic
listening test to assess language lateralization and carefully tested
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00900A000300100034-4
page 17
manual superiority rather than relying on the subjects' self-classification
as to handedness.
Following the hypothesis of Orton that stuttering and dyslexia can be
due to poorly established cerebral specialization, many studies have found
high Incidences of left handers and ambidexterous people among these
clinical groups. Hecaen (1964) concludes that while no convincing direct
relation has been demonstrated, "disorders of laterality can play a part in
a certain number of these cases."
The nature of these "disorders of laterality" is not clear. To our
knowledge there have been no attempts to quantitatively evaluate the
interaction between the verbal-analytic and spatial-holistic cognitive
systems in normal daily activities. Our opinion is that in many ordinary.
activities normal people simply alternate between cognitive modes rather
than Integrating them. These modes compliment each other but do not
readily substitute for each other. Although it Is possible to process
complex spatial relationships in words, it would seem much more efficient
to use visual-kinesthetic images. For example, consider what most people
do when asked to describe a spiral staircase; they begin using words, but
quickly fall back on gesturing with a finger.
Processing in the inappropriate cognitive system may not only be
inefficient; it may actually interfere with processing in the appropriate
system. This 'interference hypothesis' is supported by a study of left-
handed subjects who were presumed to have bilateral language representation
(Levy, 1969) . Levy compared left-handed and right-handed subjects with
equal WAIS verbal scores and found that the left handers had significantly
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00985A000300100034-4
page 18
lower performance scores, which she attributed to Interference from the
presumed ambilaterality of language. Her observation has been confirmed by
Miller (1971) . Similarly, in a group of patients in whom right-hemisphere
language was demonstrated with carotid amytal, Lansdell (1969) found a
negative correlation between language ability and spatial performance
scores.
Brooks (1970) presents additional support for the hypothesis of
"interhemispheric interference". Reading a description of spatial
relations interferes with the subsequent manipulation of those spatial
relations. DenHyer and Barrett (1971) demonstrated selective loss of
spatial and verbal information in short term memory by means of spatial and
verbal Interpolated tasks. Levy has In fact suggested that verbal and non-
verbal functions evolved in opposite hemispheres to reduce interference of
one system with the other (Levy, 1969).
This evidence of interference between the right and left cognitive
modes provides a new kind of support for the hypothesis of Orton, that lack
of cerebral lateral specialization plays a major role in dyslexia and
stuttering. This hypothesis has continued to sustain interest, in spite of
a lack of convincing direct evidence. Until recently, the only generally
available index of cerebral lateralization was handedness, and people with
little hand preference, or left handers who were "switched" or those with
mixed hand and eye preference were considered to be "high risk". The
Incidence of such people in clinical categories such as stuttering,
dyslexia, and specific learning disability is usually found to be higher
than in the normal population.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00909A000300100034-4
page 19
Our EEG method for studying lateralization of cognitive function,
along with the dichotic listening test, can provide a much more direct and
presumably more sensitive means for Investigating disorders of laterality
than measures based on hand, eye, or foot dominance. Our present proposal
to extend our measures to left handed and ambidexterous populations will
lay the groundwork for these clinical studies.
7. Biofeedback Training for Voluntary Control of EEG Asymmetry:
Our research has demonstrated characteristic patterns of activity and
Inactivity for both the verbal and the spatial cognitive modes. It is
reasonable to suppose that more selective inhibition and facilitation of
each hemisphere can improve performance. It has been shown in many
laboratories that, when subjects are given exteroceptive feedback on the
state of a physiological variable, they can learn control of the variable,
e.g. EEG alpha, heart rate, EMG (Nowlis and Kamiya, 1970; Budzynski,
Stoyva and Adler, 1970; Hnatlow and Lang, 1965). For example, 0'Malley and
Conners (1972) have reported a pilot case of a dyslexic boy who was given
lateralized alpha feedback training, and showed significant changes in EEG
asymmetry. Therefore, with the aid of feedback from our
electrophysiological index of cognitive mode, subjects may be able to learn
to reduce the interference between hemispheres, and thereby improve
cognitive performance.
8.
Implications for Education:
Our EEG and eye movement studies (Kocel et al., 1972; Galin & Ornstein,
1973) provide potential methods of assessing an individual's preferred
cognitive mode. An individual's preferred cognitive style may facilitate
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00995A000300100034-4
page 20
his learning of one type of subject matter, e.g., spatial, relational, and
hamper the learning of another type, e.g., verbal analytical. A student's
difficulty with one part of a curriculum may arise from his inability to
change to the cognitive mode appropriate to the work he is doing.
Studies by Cohen (1969), Marsh et al. (1970), and by Bogen et al.
(1972), have indicated that subcultures within the United States are
characterized by a predominant cognitive mode: the middle class is likely
to use the verbal-analytic mode; the urban poor is more likely to use the
spatial-holistic mode. This results in a cultural conflict of cognitive
style and may in part explain the difficulties of the urban poor children
In the school system oriented toward the middle class. There seems to be a
new recognition among educators of the importance of both modes of
experiencing the world (J. Bruner, On Knowing; Essays for the Left Hand,
1965). Many new programs (e.g., Sesame Street) emphasize helping verbal-
analytically oriented children to develop holistic mode skills as well as
helping holistically-oriented children to make use of the traditional
verbal-analytic materials. If our project is successful, it may make it
feasible to train an individual child to enter both cognitive modes
appropriately. With EEG feedback an individual may be able to learn to
sustain a pattern of brain activity and the concommitant cognitive mode
which is appropriate to reading and arithmetic on the one hand and painting
and construction on the other.
Our approach may also be of use in the study of cognitive development.
Since brain injuries before the age of 12 rarely result in permanent
aphasia, it is reasonable to suppose that the lateralization of cognitive
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-0095JA000300100034-4
page 21
function is still In flux in young children after the acquisition of speech
and even after the acquisition of written language. The maturation of the
child's cognitive power may be paralleled by, and perhaps even depend upon,
increasing lateral specialization with a resulting decrease in interference
between cognitive systems. Our EEG measures of cognitive functioning could
be powerful tools for mapping the course of this growth. These measures
could be used In diagnosing aberrations in cognitive development. For
example, certain forms of dyslexia may be caused by interhemispheric
interference. Perhaps "feedback". training to improve selective inhibition
of the inappropriate cognitive mode would prove useful in therapy.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-0099JA000300100034-4
page 22
BIBLIOGRAPHY
Benton, A. L. & Joynt, R. J. "Early descriptions of aphasia."
Archives
of Neurol. 3:205-222, 1960.
Bogen, J.E. "The other side of the brain." 1, 11, 111, Bulletin
of the Los Angeles Neurological Society 34:73-105, 135-162,
191-220, 1969.
Bogen, J. E., DeZure, R., Tenhouten, W. D. & Marsh, J. F. "The other side
of the brain: IV. The A/P ratio." Bull. Los Angeles Neurol. Soc.,
37:49-61, .1972.
Brooks, L.R. "An extension of the conflict between visualization and reading."
Quart. J. Exper. Psychol. 22:91-96, 1970.
Buchsbaum, M. and Fedio, P. "Visual information and evoked responses from the
left and right hemispheres." EEG Clin. Neurophysiol. 26:266-272, 1969.
Budzynski, T.H., Stoyva, J., Adler, C. "Feedback-Induced muscle relaxation:
Application to tension headaches." J. Behav. Ther. Exper. Psychiat.
1:205-211, 1970.
Cohen, R.A. "Conceptual styles, culture conflict and non-verbal tests of
intelligence." Amer. Anthropologist 71:826-856, 1969.
Corkin, Suzanne. "Tactually-guided maze learning in man: Effects of unilateral
cortical excisions and bilateral hippocampal lesions." Neuropsychologia
3:339-351, 1965.
Critchley, M. The Parietal Lobes. London: E. Arnold, 1953.
DenHyer, K. and Barrett, B. "Selective loss of visual information in short
term memory by means of visual and interpolated tasks." Psychon. Sci.
25:100-102, 1971.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-0090JA000300100034-4
page 23
Doyle, J.C., Ornstein, R., Galin, D. "Lateral specialization of cognitive mode:
11. EEG frequency analysis. Psychophysiology, 1973, In press.
Filbey, R.A. and Gazzaniga, M.S. "Splitting the normal brain with reaction time."
Psychon. Scl. 17:335, 1969.
Galin, D. and Ornstein, R. "Lateral specialization of cognitive mode: An EEG
study." Psychophysiology 9:412-418, 1972.
Galin, D. and Ornstein, R. "Individual differences in cognitive style:
1. Reflective eye movements.
Neuropsychologia, 1973, in press.
Gazzaniga, M.S. The Bisected Brain. New York: Appleton-Century-Crofts, 1970.
-
Hecaen, H. and Ajurlaguerra, J. de. Left-Handedness, Manual Superiority and
Cerebral Dominance. New York and London: Grune and Stratton, 1964.
Hecaen, H. and Sauguet, J. "Cerebral dominance in left-handed subjects."
Cortex 7:19-48, 1971.
Hniatow, M. and Lang, P. "Learned stabilization of cardiac rate."
Psychophysiology 1:330, 1965.
Humphrey, M.E. and Zangwill, O.L. "Cessation of dreaming after brain injury."
J. Neurol. Neurosurg. Psychiat. 14: 322-325, 1951.
Humphrey, M. E. & Zangwill, 0. L. Effects of a right-sided occipito-
parietal brain injury in a left-handed man. Brain, 75:312-324, 1952.
Kimura, D. "Cerebral dominance and the perception of verbal stimuli."
Cana. J.Percept. 15:166-171, 1961.
Kinsbourne, M. "Eye and head-turning indicates cerebral lateralization."
Science 176:539-541, 1972.
Kocel, K. Galin, D., Ornstein, R., Merrin, E. L. Lateral eye movement
and cognitive mode.
Psychonom. Sci., 27:223-224, 1972.
Lansdell, H. "Verbal and non-verbal factors in right hemisphere speech."
J. Comp. and Physiol. Psychol. 69:734-738, 1969
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

..
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
t
page 24
Levy, J., Trevarthen, C., Sperry, R.W. "Perception on bilateral chimeric
figures following hemispheric deconnexion." Brain 95:61-78, 1972.
Levy, J. Possible basis for the evolution of lateral specialization of the
human brain." Nature 224:614-615, 1969.
Levy, J. "Information processing and higher psychological functions in the
disconnected hemispheres of human commissurotomy patients. (Unpublished
Thesis, California Institute of Technology, 1970.
Luria, A.R. Higher Cortical Functions in Man. New York: Basic Books, 1966.
Marsh, J.F., TenHouten, W.D., Bogen, J.E. " A theory of cognitive functioning
and social stratification." Progress Report 0.E.0. contract, Department
of Sociology, University of California, Riverside, 1970.
McAdam, D.W. and Whitaker, H.A. "Language production: Electroencephalographic
localization in the normal human brain." Science 172:499-502, 1971.
Mckee, G., Humphrey, B., McAdam, D. "Scaled lateralization of alpha activity
during linguistic and musical tasks. ( In Press, Psychophysiology) .
Mckeever, W.F. and Huling, M. "Left cerebral hemisphere superiority in
tachistoscopic word recognition performance." Percept. Mot. Skills
30: 763-766, 1970.
Miller, E. "Handedness and the pattern of human ability." Br. J. Psychol.
62: 111-112, 1971.
Milner, B. "Visually guided maze learning In man: Effects of bilateral,
frontal, and unilateral cerebral lesions." Neuropsychologia
3: 317-338, 1965a.
Milner, B. "Brain mechanisms suggested by studies of temporal lobes." In
Language New York: Grune and Stratton, 1965b.
Morrell, L.K. and Salamy, J.G. "Hemispheric asymmetry of electrocortical
responses to speech stimuli." Science 174:164-166, 1971.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 25
Nebes, R. "Superiority or the minor hemisphere in commissurotomized man for
the perception of part-whole relations." Cortex 7:333-349, 1971.
Nowlls, D. and Kamiya, J. "Control of EEG alpha rhythms through auditory
feedback and the associated mental activity." Psychophysiology
4:476-484, 1970.
O'malley, J.E. and Conners, C.K. "The effects of unilateral alpha training
on visual evoked responses in a dyslexic adolescent." Psychophysiology
9:467-470, 1972.
Orton, S.T. "Some studies in language function." Res. Publ. Assoc.
Nerv. Ment. Dis. 13:614-632, 1934.
Satz, P., Achenbach, K., Fennell, E. "Correlations between assessed manual
laterality and predicted speech laterality in a normal population."
Neuropsychologia 5:295-310, 1967.
Semmes, J., Weinstein, S., Ghent, L., Teuber, H.L. "Spatial orientation
In man after cerebral Injury: 1. Analyses by locus of lesion."
J. Psychol. 39:227-244, 1955.
Semmes, J. "Hemispheric specialization: A possible clue to mechanism."
Neuropsychologia 6:11-26, 1968.
Sperry, R.W., Gazzaniga, M.S., Bogen, J.E. "Interhemispheric relationships:
The neocortical commissures, syndromes of hemisphere disconnection."
In Handbook of Clinical Neurology Vol. 4, Amsterdam: North Holland
Publishing Co., 1969. pp. 273-290.
Sperry, R.W. "Hemisphere deconnection and unity in conscious awareness."
Amer. Psychol. 23:723-733, 1968.
Stent, G. "Prematurity and uniqueness in scientific discovery." Sci. Amer.
84-93, Dec. 1972.
VellaApproved ReleaseR200106#24 : CIA"RDP9-0099900000000054right hemisphere

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 26
function." Nature 236:125-126, 1972.
Vogel, W., Broverman, D.M., Klalber, E.L. "EEG and mental abilities."
EEG Clin. Neurophysiol. 24: 166-175, 1968.
Wood, C., Goff, W. R., Day, R. S. "Auditory evoked potentials during
speech perception." Science 173:1248-1251, 1971.
.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
page 27
Figure Legends
Figure 1. Change in EEG asymmetry during the Blocks and Written Letter
Tasks: P3 = left parietal, P4 = right parietal, T3 = left
temporal, T4 = right temporal. The ratio of power in homolo-
gous leads T4/T3 and PL/P3 is greater on the spatial task
than on the verbal task.
"Reprinted from Galin and Ornstein, 1972."
Figure 2.
Sample Fourier power spectra for Blocks and Written Letter
tasks. For each lead EEG power is plotted versus frequency
In 1 Hz intervals from 1-29 Hz; the last point on each plot
Is an average for frequencies 30-64 Hz. The ordinate is
scaled in arbitrary units in which a 10 Hz sine wave of 80
microvolts p-p corresponds to 80,000 units. The ratio of
alpha-band power from homologous leads TL/T3 and P4/P3 is
greater on the Blocks task than on the Written Letter task.
These spectra correspond to the sample EEG tracings shown
in Figure 1.
"Reprinted from Doyle, Ornstein and Galin, 1973."
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Figure 1
BLOCK DESIGN
723
3 LEFT
SECONDS
4 RIGHT
40 UV
3 LEFT
·
4
RIGHT
WRITTEN LETTER
3 LEFT
SECONDS
4 RIGHT
40 uV
3 LEFT
roked For Release. 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
4 RIGHT

--
Figure 2
Approved
BLOCKS
300
Pz
P3
150
O
25'
15
25'
300
PA
P4
150
O
18'
1500
T3
T3
750
0
16'
251
15'
25
1500
T4
T4
750
0
151
25'
18'
25'
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
SAMPLE FOURIER POWER SPECTRA
Release 2005/00/24 . CIA-RDP79-0095JA000300100034-4
WRITTEN LETTER

SG1A
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Next 3 Page(s) In Document Exempt
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

SRI
elea
STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Menlo Park, California 94025 - U.S.A.
-4
12 March 1974
Progress Report No. 1
Covering the Period 28 January to 1 March 1974
Stanford Research Institute Project 3183
PERCEPTUAL AUGMENTATION TECHNIQUES
by
.
Harold E. Puthoff
Client Private
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A004800100034-4
I
OBJECTIVE
The purpose of the program is to determine the characteristics of
those perceptual modalities through which individuals obtain information
about their environment, wherein such information is not presented to
any known sense.
The program is divided into two categories of investigation of
approximately equal effort, applied research and basic research. The
purpose of the applied research effort is to explore experimentally
the potential for applications of perceptual abilities of interest,
with special attention given to accuracy and reliability. The purpose
of the basic research effort is to identify the characteristics of
individuals possessing such abilities, and to identify neurophysiological
correlates and basic mechanisms involved in such functioning.
II
PROGRESS DURING THE REPORTING PERIOD
A.
Applied Research
1.
Remote Viewing
A number of efforts were begun with respect to obtaining
further information concerning remote viewing phenomena. First, an
experiment has been designed in consultation with SRI psychologists
which will yield precise statistical data as to discrimination ability.
Ten sites known to the subject are to be visited in random sequence by a
target demarcation team. The subject must then make a choice as to
which site is being visited, in addition to providing descriptive material
for content analysis.
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000800100034-4
Secondly, a pilot series involving real-time questioning of the
subject by the target team via walkie talkie is being explored to provide
information for designing a protocol to investigate real-time correlations.
One viewing with positive results has been carried out.
Finally, a preliminary remote viewing pilot experiment was
carried out with a subject (H. H. ) previously screened by the EEG correlates
experiment described in our paper submitted for publication (Appendix I).
The target chosen at random was a small red clapboard schoolhouse
structure with a bell steeple on top in a miniature golf course. The
subject's response was that she saw a red clapboard structure with a
steeple that seemed to be artificial as in a movie set. Based on this
result, a series of remote viewing experiments under strict protocols
are planned with this subject.
2.
Detection of Variable Density Target Material
Twenty-seven envelopes were submitted by the sponsor to the
client containing target drawings of variable content and density.
Several hundred sorting trials resulting from six passes per day through
the 27 cards have been carried out, the goal to date being delineation
of the twelve low density target cards from the pencil (6) and blank (9)
cards.
The numbered envelopes containing the target material,
sealed and specially secured by the sponsor, are randomized before each
trial and placed inside non-numbered opaque envelopes before being
presented to the subject for sorting. Statistical analysis of the
results and comparison with the key (unknown to the client) will be
carried out after completion of the experimental series.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 :2CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000800100034-4
B.
Basic Research
1.
Testing Program
During the first month of this program, the Wechsler Adult
Intelligence Scale (WAIS) instrument was administered by
SG1A
to three subjects screened in other
of
programs as being gifted in the area of paranormal perception. They are
Mr. Patrick H. Price, screened for remote viewing ability, Mrs. Hella Hammid,
screened for EEG correlates to remote stimuli, and Mr. Duane Elgin,
screened for high scoring response to a random target generator. Further
in-depth interviewing of the first two subjects was carried out by
and his colleague,
preparation by
A report is in
SG1A
and will be available to the contract
technical representatives when completed.
On the basis of discussion with technical representative,
SRI representatives have consulted with a number of
Bay Area neurophysiologists concerning administration of the Halstead-
Reitan (H-R) Neuropsychology Test Battery. Those contacted include
Dr. Karl Pribram of the Stanford Medical School, Dr. Robert Ornstein
of the Langley-Porter Neuropsychiatric Clinic, and Dr. Donald Lim of
the Veteran's Administration Hospital in Palo Alto. To date satisfactory
arrangements for administration of the H-R instrument have not yet been
made, as only the latter facility has personnel experienced in its
administration, but not ordinarily available for subcontracted consulting.
The three individuals named above have, however, agreed to help locate
an appropriate individual or facility to carry out such testing so no
difficulty is anticipated in meeting this requirement.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 :3CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000800100034-4
A measure of the visual acuity of one subject (P.P. ) was
obtained utilizing one of the instruments available in the optics
group of the Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory of SRI. The
measurement method involves forced-choice discrimination on the part of
the subject between alternate zero and finite-contrast grating images,
for each of a number of spatial-frequency gratings. (See Appendix II. )
The system, which is automated, tracks and records the subject's
forced-choice responses to yield a curve of threshold (75% correct choice)
contrast sensitivity as a function of spatial frequency. As might be
expected, higher contrast is required at the low and high frequency
tails of the distribution, as compared with the middle range, to
discriminate between grating and uniform images. The purpose of the
test with regard to our program was to determine whether a subject
possessing an unusual ability to view remote stimuli also possessed an
unusual visual acuity response in a threshold-determining instrument,
either because of unusual acuity in the ordinary sense, or through the
use of an extraordinary ability to discriminate between a target and a
blank under conditions of vanishingly-small information content.
The resultant curve lay within the range of expected human
variation indicating no unusual response activity.
2.
Measurement Program
A 10-channel polygraph facility under the direction of
Dr. Jerry Lukas of the Sensory Sciences Research Center has been brought
into the program and certain functions tailored to our specification.
The facility will be used initially to monitor GSR, blood flow
(plethysmograph), and EEG activity of subjects carrying out tasks
involving perception of remote stimuli. For our purposes, the display
of raw data has been augmented by a computer program which has been
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000800100034-4
written and debugged to provide on-line 5-second averages of EEG activity
in the theta, alpha, and beta bands. Discussions are now in progress
on experimental protocols to be employed in the utilization of this
facility.
EEG data taken prior to this program, but unanalyzed, has been
subjected to analysis in an effort to determine whether a particular
protocol was a viable instrument for defining correlates of remote
perception. The description of the experiment and the results of the
analysis is given in the EEG section of a paper submitted for publication
to Nature, given here as Appendix I.
In an effort to determine the effects of motivation on
paranormal functioning, the following test procedure has been initiated.
One subject (P.P. ) has completed 7075 trials on guessing the state of a
four-stage electronic random target generator without monetary reward
being associated with the scoring, and is now repeating the series with
a monetary reward scaled to scoring. Upon completion of the series,
the results will be analyzed to determine whether the difference between
scoring under the two conditions is significant. The reward system,
shown in Table 1, is scaled linearly with difficulty.
Table 1
REWARD SYSTEM FOR SCORING ON 25-TRIAL RUN, P=1/4 PER TRIAL
Nr. hits/25-trial run, N
Prob. of at least N hits
Reward
10
0.071
$ 1
11
0.030
2
12
0.010
5
13
0.0034
12
14
0.00092
35
:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 5 CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000006160034-4XI
INFORMATION TRANSMISSION UNDER CONDITIONS OF SENSORY SHIELDING
Russell Targ
Harold Puthoff
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
Stanford Research Institute
Menlo Park, California
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
FIGURE CAPTIONS
1. Target pictures and responses drawn by Uri Geller under shielded
conditions.
2. Computer drawings and responses drawn by Uri Geller.
a. Computer drawing stored on video display
b. Computer drawing stored in computer memory only
c. Computer drawing stored on video display with zero intensity
3. Occipital EEG spectra, 0 to 20 Hz, for one subject (H.H. ) acting as
receiver, showing amplitude changes in the 9 - 11 Hz band as a
function of strobe frequency.
Three cases: 0, 6, and 16 flashes per
second (12 trial averages) .
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
INTRODUCTION
In this paper we present results of experiments suggesting the
existence of one or more perceptual modalities through which individuals
obtain information about their environment, wherein this information is
not presented to any known sense.
Such perceptual abilities are often
considered to be paranormal.
The literature in the field
1-3
coupled with
our own observations have led us to conclude that such abilities can be
studied under laboratory conditions.
The phenomena we have investigated most extensively pertain to the
ability of certain individuals to describe graphical material or remote
scenes shielded against ordinary perception.
In addition, we also performed
pilot studies to determine if electroencephalographic (EEG) recordings
might indicate perception of remote happenings even in the absence of
correct overt responses.
In these experiments we concentrated on what we considered to be our
primary responsibility -- namely, to resolve under conditions as unambiguous
as possible the basic issue of whether a certain class of paranormal
perception phenomena exists. Therefore, we conducted our experiments with
sufficient control, utilizing visual, acoustic, and electrical shielding,
to ensure that all conventional paths of sensory input were blocked.
At
all times we were vigilant in the design of our experiments to take
measures to prevent sensory leakage and to prevent deception, whether
:
intentional or unintentional, on the part of our subjects.
F
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
The overall goal of our research program is the determination of the
laws underlying these phenomena.
That is, our goal is not just to catalog
interesting events, but rather to uncover patterns of cause-effect rela-
tionships that lend themselves to analysis and hypothesis in the forms
with which we are familiar in scientific study.
The results presented
here constitute a first step toward that goal, in that we have established
under known conditions a data base from which departures as a function of
physical and psychological variables can be studied in future work.
In this paper we describe three related experiments which we consider
to represent a single ability exhibiting different rates of information
transmission.
First, we conducted experiments with Mr. Uri Geller in
which we examined his ability, while located in an electrically shielded
room, to reproduce target pictures drawn by experimenters located at remote
locations.
Second, we conducted double-blind experiments with two
individuals, Mr. Ingo Swann and Mr. Pat Price, in which we measured their
ability to describe remote outdoor scenes many miles from their physical
location.
Finally, we conducted preliminary tests using electroencephalo-
grams (EEG), in which subjects were asked to perceive whether a remote
light was flashing, and to determine whether a subject could perceive the
presence of the light, even if only at a noncognitive level of awareness.
REMOTE PERCEPTION OF GRAPHIC MATERIAL
We describe here a series of experiments in paranormal perception
with a 27 year old Israeli subject, Uri Geller.
In preliminary testing
Mr. Geller apparently demonstrated an ability to reproduce simple pictures
2
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(line drawings) which had been drawn and placed in opaque sealed envelopes
which Mr. Geller was not permitted to handle.
However, since each of
the targets was known to at least one experimenter in the room with
Mr. Geller, it was not possible on the basis of the preliminary testing
to discriminate between Mr. Geller's direct perception of envelope contents
and perception via some mechanism involving the experimenters, whether
paranormal or subliminal.
Therefore, an experimental study was undertaken to examine the
phenomenon under conditions specifically designed to eliminate all
conventional information channels, overt or subliminal.
This was accomplished
by separating Mr. Geller from both the target material and anyone knowledgeable
of the target material, as in the recent experiments by Musso and Granero.
4
The first part of the study consisted of a series of thirteen separate
drawing experiments carried out over a seven day period.
The thirteen-
experiment data set constitutes the entire set of consecutive experiments
carried out in the time available for the study, with no experiments deleted.
The protocol for the experiments was as follows: At the beginning
of the experiment either Mr. Geller or the experimenters entered a shielded
room so that from that time
forward Mr. Geller was at all times visually,
acoustically, and electrically shielded from personnel and material at the
target location.
Only following Mr. Geller's isolation from the experimenters
was a target chosen and drawn, a procedure designed to eliminate pre-
experiment cueing. The method of target selection involved random
procedures, such as randomly opening a dictionary and selecting the first
word describing an object that could reasonably be drawn.
Furthermore,
3
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
in order to eliminate the possibility of pre-experiment target forcing,
Mr. Geller was kept ignorant as to the identity of the person selecting
the target and as to the method of target selection.
Mr. Geller's task
was then to reproduce with pen on paper the line drawing being generated
by the experimenters at the target location.
Following a period of effort
ranging from a few minutes to half an hour, Mr. Geller either passed
(when he did not feel confident) or indicated he was ready to submit a
drawing to the experimenters, in which case the drawing was collected
before Mr. Geller was permitted to see the target.
In order to prevent sensory cueing of the target information,
Experiments 1 through 10 were carried out using a shielded room in SRI's
facility for EEG research.
The degree of acoustic and visual isolation
provided for this experiment is that afforded by a double-walled steel
room,
locked by means of an inner and outer door, each of which is secured
with a refrigerator-type locking mechanism. The person inside the room
is continuously monitored by means of a one-way audio monitor. The
target picture was never discussed by the experimenters after the picture
was drawn or brought near the shielded room. In our detailed examination
of the shielded room and the protocol used in these experiments, no sensory
leakage has been found.
The conditions and results for the ten experiments carried out in the
shielded room are displayed in Table 1. As indicated in the Table, all
experiments, except Experiments 4 and 5, were conducted with Mr. Geller
closeted inside the shielded room.
In Experiments 4 and 5, the procedure
was reversed -- i.e., the target was located inside the shielded room, with
4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TABLE 1. SUMMARY: REMOTE PERCEPTION OF GRAPHIC MATERIAL
Experiment
Date
Geller Location
Target Location
Target
Figure
1
8/4/73
Shielded room #1ª
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Firecracker
la
2
8/4/73
Shielded room #1
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Grapes
1b
3
8/5/73
Shielded room #1
Office (475 m)
Devil
1c
4
8/5/73
Room adjacent to
shielded room #1
Shielded room #1
(3.2 m)
Solar system
1d
5
8/6/73
Room adjacent to
shielded room #1
Shielded room #1
(3.2 m)
Rabbit
No drawing
6
8/7/73
Shielded room #1
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Tree
No drawing
7
8/7/73
Shielded room
#1
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Envelope
No drawing
5
8
8/8/73
Shielded room #1
Remote room (6.75 m)
Came 1
le
9
8/8/73
Shielded room #1
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Bridge
1f
10
8/8/73
Shielded room
#1
Adjacent room (4.1 m)
Seagull
1g
11
8/9/73
Shielded room
#2℃
Computer (54 m)
Kite (computer CRT)
2a
12
8/10/73
Shielded room
#2
Computer (54 m)
Church (computer
memory)
2b
13
8/10/73
Shielded room #2
Computer (54 m)
Arrow through heart
(computer CRT, zero
intensity)
2c
a
EEG Facility shielded room (see text).
b
Perceiver-target distances measured in meters.
CSRI Radio Systems Laboratory shielded room (see text).
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Mr. Geller on the outside in an adjacent room.
For those experiments in
which Mr. Geller was inside the shielded room, the target location was
in an adjacent room at a distance of about 4 meters, except for Experiments
3 and 8, in which the target locations were, respectively, an office at
a distance of 475 meters and a room down the hall at a distance of about
7 meters.
In Experiment 1, the object drawn on the basis of random dictionary
selection was a firecracker, shown in Fig. 1(a).
Mr. Geller's immediate
verbal response via the audio monitor was that he saw "a cylinder with
noise coming out of it." He made two responses to the target, also shown
in Fig. 1 (a).
In Experiment 2, the target -- also chosen by random dictionary selection --
was a cluster of grapes.
Mr. Geller said that he was quite certain that
he had the picture.
Both the target picture and Mr. Geller's response
have 24 grapes in the cluster (Fig. 1(b)).
In Experiment 3, Mr. Geller was locked in the shielded room with one
experimenter outside as a monitor while the target was drawn in another
building 475 meters away. The target, again randomly selected from the
dictionary, was a devil (Fig. 1(c)). Mr. Geller spent 30 minutes on his
drawing and expressed considerable difficulty in getting the target. The
results are interesting from the standpoint of possible insight into the
process that they provide.
His drawings consisted of representations of
Biblical symbology, including the "Moses tablets," an apple with a worm,
a snake, and a concluding composite picture with the tablets on top of
the world and the trident outside.
Of these only the trident corresponds
6
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
(c)
1
DEVIL
1
1
TARGET
RESPONSE 1
BRUNS
SHAKE
10
0-0
Per
RESPONSE 2
TARGET
RESPONSE
TARGET
RESPONSE 1
RESPONSE 2
RESPONSE 3
(a)
(b)
7
Sur
-
1
Solar System
TARGET
1
BRIDGE
TARGET
2
TARGET
TARGET
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
RESPONSE
(d)
(e)
(f)
(g)
FIGURE 1
GRAPHICAL MATERIAL CONSISTING OF TARGET PICTURES AND RESPONSES DRAWN BY URI GELLER
UNDER SHIELDED CONDITIONS
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
directly to an element in the target drawing. One is led to speculate that
the Biblical elements in these three drawings are perhaps associational
material triggered by the target.
11
The target picture for Experiment 4 was drawn by an experimenter
:
while he was inside the shielded room, with Mr. Geller outside the room
with another experimenter.
In this case the target (Fig. 1(d)) was a
representation of the solar system.
Mr. Geller's response to the target
while outside the room coincides quite well with the target drawing.
In Experiment 5, the person-to-person link was eliminated by arranging
for a scientist outside the usual experimental group to draw a picture,
lock it in the shielded room before Mr. Geller's arrival at SRI, and
leave the area. Mr. Geller was then led by the experimenters to the
shielded room and asked to draw the picture inside the room.
He said that
he got no clear impression and therefore did not submit a drawing.
The
elimination of the person-to-person link was examined further in the
second series of experiments with this subject, which is described later.
Experiments 6 and 7 were carried out while we recorded Mr. Geller's
EEG during his efforts to perceive the target pictures. The target pictures
were, respectively, a tree and an envelope. He found it difficult to hold
adequately still for good EEG records, said that the experienced difficulty :
in getting impressions of the targets, and again submitted no drawings.
For Experiment 8, the target picture was a camel and Mr. Geller's
response was a horse (Fig. 1(e) ). In Experiment 9, the target was a bridge.
Mr. Geller's drawing bears some resemblance to the target (Fig. 1(f)), but
before seeing the target picture he stated that he did not know what the
picture was.
8
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
At the beginning of Experiment 10, Mr. Geller expressed extreme
confidence and entered the shielded room.
The target then chosen for
Experiment 10 was a bird in flight.
Mr. Geller said
almost immediately,
via the audio monitor in the shielded room. that he saw a swan flying over
a hill and that he was sure that his drawing was correct (Fig. 1(g)).
Experiments 11 through 13 were carried out in SRI's Engineering
Building, to make use of the computer facilities available there. For
these experiments, Mr. Geller was secured in a double-walled, copper-screen
Faraday cage 54 meters down the hall and around the corner from the
computer room.
+
For Experiment 11, a picture of a kite was drawn by one of the
experimenters on the face of a cathode ray tube display screen, driven
by the computer's graphics program. Mr. Geller's response, shown in
Fig. 2(a), was a square with diagonals.
For Experiment 12, a picture of a church was drawn and stored in the
memory of the computer.
Mr. Geller's responses are shown in the drawings
of Fig. 2(b).
Although his responses have some elements in common with
the target drawing, he did not recognize the target as a church.
In Experiment 13, the target drawing, an arrow through a heart (Fig. 2(i )),
was drawn on the face of the cathode ray tube and
then the display intensity
was turned off so that no picture was visible. Mr. Geller immediately
十
The Faraday cage provides 120 dB attenuation for plane wave radio frequency
radiation over a range of 15 KHz to 1 GHz. For magnetic fields the attenuation
is 68 dB at 15 KHz and decreases to 3 dB at 60 Hz.
9
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
......
TARGET
TARGET
·
TARGET
RESPONSE 1
10
jos
RESPONSE 1
1
RESPONSE
(a)
RESPONSE 2
RESPONSE 2
(b)
(c)
FIGURE 2
GRAPHICAL MATERIAL FROM COMPUTER DRAWING EXPERIMENTS WITH URI GELLER. (a) PICTURE
SAABFOVed POP Release 2003/08/24CTC/FRDPP500999A000300100004AY ONLY. (c) PICTURE
STORED ON VIDEO DISPLAY WITH ZERO INTENSITY.
.. 11

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
drew an arrow under a rectangle and then drew another arrow inside a suit-
case, which he considered a better representation of the target.
To obtain an independent evaluation of the correlation between target
and response data, the experimenters submitted the data for judging on a
"blind" basis by two SRI scientists who were not otherwise associated
:
with the research. For the ten cases in which Mr. Geller provided a
response, the judges were asked to match the response data with the
corresponding target data (without replacement). In those cases in which
Mr. Geller made more than one drawing as his response to the target, all
the drawings were combined as a set for judging.
The two judges each
matched the target data to the response data with no error.
For either
judge such a correspondence has an a priori probability, under the null
hypothesis of no information channel, of p = (10!)~1
£ 3 x 10-7
.
The quality of match between target and response in certain cases,
together with the overall probability of matching obtained by the judges,
constitute strong evidence for the existence of a potentially useful
:
information channel.
A second series of experiments was carried out to determine whether
direct perception of envelope contents was possible without some person
knowing of the target picture.
One hundred target pictures of everyday objects were drawn by an SRI
artist and sealed by other SRI personnel in double envelopes containing
black cardboard.
The hundred targets were divided randomly into groups
of 20 for use in each of the three days' experiments.
11
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
On each of the three days of these experiments, Mr. Geller passed.
That is, he declined to associate any envelope with a drawing that he made.
On each day he made approximately 12 recognizable drawings, which he felt
were associated with the entire target pool of 100. He seemed to be
disturbed by the existence of such a large target pool.
On each of the
three days, two of his drawings could reasonably be associated
with two of the 20 daily targets.
On the third day, two of his drawings
were very close replications of two of that day's target pictures. We
consider that the drawings resulting from this experiment do not depart
significantly from what would be expected by chance, which appeared to
be Mr. Geller's conclusion also, leading to passes on his part.
Thus, it would appear that eliminating a person knowledgeable of the
target degrades the quality of the information channel.
However, based
on Mr. Geller's subjective impression, there is also the possibility that
advance preparation of a large target pool, in comparison with single
target preparation, results in cross talk -- i.e., diffuses the identity of
the target.
In a simpler experiment Mr. Geller was successful in obtaining
information in which no persons were knowledgeable of the target.
A double
blind experiment was performed in which a single die was placed in a small
steel box.
The box was then vigorously shaken by one of the experimenters
and placed on the table. The orientation of the die within the box was
unknown to the experimenters at that time. Mr. Geller would then write
down his perception as to which die face was uppermost.
Thus, in this
12
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
case the target pool was known, but the targets were individually prepared
in a manner blind to all persons involved in the experiment. This experi-
ment was performed ten times, with Mr. Geller passing twice and giving a
response eight times.
In the eight times in which he gave a response,
he was correct each time.
+
The probability of this occurring by chance
is approximately one in a million, (1/6)8.
To summarize the work with Mr. Geller,' we observe that in certain
situations significant information transmission can take place under
shielded conditions.
Factors which appear to be important and therefore
candidates for future investigation include whether the subject knows the
set of targets in the target pool, the actual number of targets in the
target pool at any given time, and whether the target is known by any of
the experimenters.
REMOTE VIEWING OF NATURAL TARGETS
In experiments carried out in our program to investigate the abilities
of a New York artist, Mr. Ingo Swann, he expressed the opinion that the
insights gained during experiments at SRI had strengthened his ability to
view remote locations that had been researched before he joined the SRI
program.
6
To test Mr. Swann's assertion, a pilot study was set up in which a
The distribution of responses consisted of three 2s, one 4, two 5s, and
two 6s.
13
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
series of targets from around the globe were supplied to the experimenters
:
by SRI personnel on a double-blind basis. In our estimation, Mr. Swann's
ability to describe correctly details of buildings, roads, bridges, and
the like indicated that he could perceive remote locations, sometimes in
great detail, given only their geographic latitude and longitude.
Thus,
we considered the descriptions were sufficiently accurate to warrant our
setting up a research program in remote viewing.
-
We present here the results of a remote viewing experiment, carried
out with a second subject in the remote viewing program, Mr. Pat Price,
a former California police commissioner and city councilman.
This experi-
ment consisted of a series of double-blind, demonstration-of-ability tests
involving local targets in the San Francisco Bay area which could be
documented by several independent judges.
We planned the experiment
1
considering that natural geographical places or man-made sites that have
existed for a long time are more potent targets for paranormal perception
experiments than are artificial targets prepared in the laboratory.
This
is based on the opinions of Mr. Swann and Mr. Price that the use of
artificial targets involves a "trivialization of the ability" as compared
with natural pre-existing targets.
4.
In each of nine experiments involving Mr. Price as remote-viewing
subject and SRI experimenters as a target demarcation team, a remote
location was chosen in a double-blind protocol. Mr. Price, who remained
at SRI, was asked to describe this remote location, as well as whatever
activities might be going on there.
14
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Data from the nine experiments are presented in the following para-
graphs. Final judging indicated that several descriptions yielded
significantly correct data pertaining to and descriptive of the target
location.
REMOTE VIEWING PROTOCOL
In the nine double-blind remote-viewing experiments, the following
procedures were used. An experimenter was closeted with Mr. Price at
SRI to wait 30 minutes to begin the narrative description of the remote
location.
The SRI locations from which the subject viewed the remote
locations consisted of an outdoor park (Experiments 1,2), the double-walled
copper-screen Faraday cage discussed earlier (Experiments 3, 4, 6-9), and
an office (Experiment 5).
A second experimenter would then obtain a target location from an
individual in SRI management, the director of the Information Science and
Engineering Division, not otherwise associated with the experiment. This
location was either in the form of traveling orders previously prepared,
sealed, and randomized by the target selecter (Experiments 1, 2, 5, 6),
or by his driving the target demarcation team to the target himself without
any written indication (Experiments 3, 4, 7-9). The set of targets was
chosen from a target-rich environment by asking the selector to use his
judgment in providing a set of nine target locations which were clearly
differentiated from each other and within thirty minutes driving time
from SRI.
In all cases, the target demarcation team proceeded directly
to the target by automobile without communicating with the subject
15
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
or experimenters remaining behind.
Since the experimenter remaining with
the subject at SRI was in ignorance both as to the particular target and
also as to the target pool, he was free to question Price to clarify his
descriptions.
The demarcation team then remained at the target site for
an
agreed-upon thirty minute period following the thirty minutes allotted
for travel.
During the observation period, the remote-viewing subject
would describe his impressions of the target site into a tape recorder.
A comparison was then made when the demarcation team returned.
To represent
best the detail and style of these narratives, we have included the entire
unedited text of one of the better narratives containing very few incorrect
statements, Experiment 7, in an appendix.
In general, the descriptions contained inaccuracies as well as correct
statements. To obtain a numerical evaluation of the accuracy of the remote
viewing experiment, the nine original target locations were subjected to
independent judging on a blind basis by five SRI scientists who were not
otherwise associated with the research.
The judges were asked to match
the nine locations, which they independently visited, against the typed
manuscripts of the tape-recorded narratives of the remote viewer. The
transcripts were unlabeled and presented in random order. The judges
were asked to find a narrative which they would consider the best match
for each of the places they visited.
A given narrative could be assigned
to more than one target location.
The hypothesis is that the judges,
when asked to match the actual targets with the transcripts, would place
the actual target in the most favored category more often than they
would be expected to by chance.
Table 2 shows the distribution of the
16
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
PLACES VISITED BY JUDGES
DESCRIPTIONS CHOSEN
BY JUDGES
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
Hoover Tower
1
ABC
DE
D
Baylands Nature
Preserve
2
ABC
E
D
D
Radio Telescope
3
ACD
BE
Redwood City Marina
4
CD
ABD
E
E
Bridge Toll Plaza
5
ABD
DCE
Drive-In Theatre
6
B
A
C
E
Arts and Crafts
Garden Plaza
7
ABC
E
Church
8
C
AB
Rinconada Park
9
CE
AB
........
TABLE 2.
Distribution of correct selections by Judges A, B, C, D, and E in remote
viewing experiments. Of the 45 selections (5 judges, 9 choices),
24 were correct. Boxes heavily outlined indicate correct choice.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
17

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
judges' choices. For purposes of display we present the table such that
the main diagonal corresponds to the correct choices. The number of
correct matches by judges A through E is 7, 6, 5, 3, and 3, respectively.
The expected number of correct matches from the five judges was five; in
the experiment twenty-four such matches were obtained.
Among all possible analyses, none is more conservative than a
permutation analysis of the majority vote of the judges' selections
assuming assignment without replacement. By majority vote, six of the
nine descriptions and locations were correctly matched. Under the null
hypothesis (no remote viewing and a random selection of descriptions
without replacement), this outcome has an a priori probability of p =
-4
5.6 x 10 , since, among all possible permutations of the integers one
through nine, the probability of six or more being in their natural
position in the list has that value. Therefore, although Price's descrip-
tions contain inaccuracies, the descriptions are sufficiently accurate
to permit the judges to differentiate among the various targets to the
degree indicated.
EEG EXPERIMENTS
An experiment was undertaken to determine whether a physiological
measure such as EEG activity could be used as an indicator of information
transmission between an isolated subject and a remote stimulus. We
hypothesized that perception could be indicated by such a measure even
in the absence of verbal or other overt indicators.
7,8
In other words,
this experiment examines the hypothesis that perception may take place
18
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
at noncognitive levels of awareness and be measurable, even though not
expressed verbally.
It was assumed that the application of remote stimuli would result
in responses similar to those obtained under conditions of direct .stimu-
lation. For example, when normal subjects are stimulated with a flashing
light, their EEG typically shows a decrease in the amplitude of the resting
rhythm and a driving of the brain waves at the frequency of the flashes.
9
We hypothesized that if we stimulated one subject in this manner (a sender) ,
the EEG of another subject in a remote room with no flash present, (a
receiver), might show changes in alpha (9-11 Hz) activity, or possibly
EEG driving similar to that of the sender.
Applying this concept, we informed our subject that at certain times
a light was to be flashed in a sender's eyes in a distant room, and if
the subject perceived that event, consciously or unconsciously, it might be
evident from changes in his EEG output. The receiver was seated in the
visually opaque, acoustically and electrically shielded double-walled steel
room previously described.
The sender was seated in a room across the hall
from the EEG chamber at a distance of about 7 meters from the receiver.
In order to find subjects who were responsive to such a remote
stimulus, we initially worked with four female and two male volunteer
subjects, all of whom believed that success in the experimental situation
might be possible.
These were designated "receivers." The senders were
either other subjects or the experimenters.
We decided beforehand to
run one or two sessions of 36 trials each with each subject in this
selection procedure, and to do a more extensive study with any subject
19
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
whose results were positive.
A Grass PS-2 photostimulator placed about 1 meter in front of the
sender was used to present flash trains of 10 sec duration. The receiver's
EEG activity from the occipital region (Oz), referenced to linked mastoids,
was amplified with a Grass 5P-1 preamplifier and associated driver
...
amplifier with a bandpass of 1 to 120 Hz. The EEG data were recorded on
magnetic tape with an Ampex SP 300 recorder.
On each trial, a tone burst of fixed frequency was presented to both
sender and receiver, and was followed in one second by either a ten-second
train of flashes or a null flash interval presented to the sender.
£
Thirty -.
six such trials were given in an experimental session, consisting of 12 null
trials -- i.e., no flashes following the tone -- 12 trials of flashes at 6 fps,
and 12 trials of flashes at 16 fps, all randomly intermixed. Each of the
trials generated an 11-second EEG epoch. The last 4 seconds of the epoch
was selected for analysis to minimize the desynchronizing action of the
warning cue. This 4-second segment was subjected to Fourier analysis on a
E
LINC 8 computer.
Spectrum analyses gave no evidence of EEG driving in any receiver,
although in control runs the receivers did exhibit driving when physically
stimulated with the flashes. However, of the six subjects studied
initially, one subject (H.H. ) showed a consistent alpha blocking effect.
We therefore undertook further study with this subject.
Data from 7 sets of 36 trials each were collected from this subject
on three separate days. This comprises all the data collected to date
with this subject under the test conditions described above. The alpha
20
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1,
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
!
statistical analysis.
band was identified from average spectra, then scores of average power
and peak power were obtained from individual trials and subjected to
Of our six subjects, H. H. had by far the most monochromatic EEG
spectrum. Figure 3 shows an overlay of the three averaged spectra from
one of this subject's 36-trial runs, displaying changes in her alpha
activity for the three stimulus conditions.
Mean values for the average power and peak power for each of the
seven experimental sets were given in Table 3. The power measures were
less in the 16 fps case than in the 0 fps in all seven peak power measures
and in six out of seven average power measures.
Siegel's two-tailed t approximation to the nonparametric randomization
test
10
was applied to the data from all sets, which included two sessions
in which the sender was removed.
Average power on trials associated with
the occurrence of 16 fps was significantly less than when there were no
flashes (t = 2.09, df = 118, p < . 04). The second measure, peak power,
was also significantly less in the 16 fps conditions than in the null
condition (t = 2.16, df = 118, p < . 03).
The average response in the 6
fps condition was in the same direction as that associated with 16 fps,
but the effect was not statistically significant.
Spectrum analyses of control recordings made from saline with 12K
ohms resistance in place of the subject with and without the addition of
a 10 Hz, 50 uV test signal applied to the saline solution, revealed no
indications of flash frequencies, nor perturbations of the 10 Hz signal.
These controls suggest that the results were not due to system artifacts.
.2
21
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
0
6
VOLTAGE - arbitrary units
16
.
5 Hz
10 Hz
15 Hz
THREE CASES
0, 6 and 16 Hz flashes (12 trial averages)
FIGURE 3
OCCIPITAL EEG FREQUENCY SPECTRA, 0 TO 20 Hz, OF ONE SUBJECT (H.H.)
ACTING AS RECEIVER SHOWING AMPLITUDE CHANGES IN THE 9-11 Hz BAND
AS A FUNCTION OF STROBE FREQUENCY
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Flash
Frequency
Average Power
Peak Power
Sender
0
6
16
il
0
6
16
J.L.
94.8
84.1
76.8
357.7
329.2
289.6
R.T.
41.3
45.5
37.0
160.7
161.0
125.0
No Sender
(Subject informed)
25.1
35.7
28.2
87.5
95.7
81.7
J.L.
54.2
55.3
44.8
191.4
170.5
149.3
J.L.
56.8
50.9
32.8
240.6
178.0
104.6
R.T.
39.8
24.9
30.3
145.2
74.2
122.1
No Sender
(Subject not
informed)
86.0
53.0
52.1
318.1
180.6
202.3
Averages
56.8
49.9
43.1
214.5
169.8
153.5
-12%
-24% (P <. 04)
-21%
-28% (P <. 03)
TABLE 3.
EEG data for H.H. showing average power and peak power in the
9 - 11 Hz band, as a function of flash frequency and sender.
Each table entry is an average over 12 trials.
23
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
Further tests also gave no evidence of radio frequency energy associated
with the stimulus.
Subjects were asked to indicate their conscious assessment for each
trial as to which stimulus was generated.
They made their guesses known
to the experimenter via one-way telegraphic communication. An analysis
of these guesses has shown them to be at chance, indicating the absence
of any supraliminal cueing.
Thus, we note that in this pilot study, one of six subjects showed
significant EEG changes associated with the presence of remote stimuli
under conditions of sensory shielding.
This form of noncognitive arousal
evidenced by alpha blocking has also been observed by Tart (1963), using
a small electric shock stimulus applied to himself as sender in a similar
experiment.
7
We hypothesize that the protocol described here may prove
-
to be useful as a screening procedure for latent remote perceptual ability
in the general population.
DISCUSSION
We have presented evidence for the existence of a biological informa-
tion channel whose characteristics appear to fall outside the range of
known perceptual modalities. The precise nature of the channel or
channels is as yet undefined, but may involve either direct perception
of hidden information content, perception of mental images of persons
knowledgeable of target information, precognition, or some combination
of these or other information channels.
24
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
We have worked with three individuals, two of whom are reported on
in detail here, whose remote perceptual abilities were sufficiently
:
developed that they were able to describe both pictorial and geographical
material blocked from ordinary perception.
In addition to experiments which centered on subjects' conscious
perceptions, we have also conducted EEG experiments in which we have found
statistically significant evidence of direct physiological indications
of nonconscious perception of remote stimuli.
The observation that a
nonconscious link with physiological correlates can exist between separated .
individuals is one that merits considerable study.
:
From these experiments we conclude that
· A channel exists whereby information about a remote location can
be obtained by means of an as yet unidentified perceptual modality.
· As with all biological systems, the information channel appears
to be imperfect, containing noise along with the signal.
o While a quantitative signal-to-noise ratio in the information-
:
theoretical sense cannot as yet be determined, the results of our
experiments indicate that the functioning is at the level of
useful information transfer.
It may be that remote perceptual ability is widely distributed in
the general population, but because the perception is generally below an
individual's level of awareness, it is repressed or not noticed.
For
example, two of our subjects (H.H. and P.P. ) had not considered themselves
to have unusual perceptual ability before their participation in these
25
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
experiments.
We conjecture that it is partially the prevailing philosophical
attitudes of the times in which we live that prevent such ability as may
exist from surfacing to a greater extent.
Our shared cultural constraints
deny permission for the demonstration of such abilities.
With regard to the methodology itself, our observation of the phenom-
ena leads us to conclude that experiments in the area of so-called paranormal
phenomena can be scientifically conducted.
The results presented here
offer a basis from which departures as a function of other observables
1-
can be studied.
Our goal for future experimentation is the investigation
of the physical and psychological laws underlying these phenomena, rather
than just the addition of further demonstrations of the statistical
appearance of paranormal phenomena in the laboratory.
ACKNOWLEDGMENTS
This research was sponsored by The Foundation for Parasensory Investi-
gation, New York City.
We wish to thank its president, Mrs. Judith Skutch,
and their representative, Dr. Edgar D. Mitchell of the Institute of Noetic
Sciences -- as well as our SRI associates, Mr. Bonnar Cox, Mr. Earle Jones,
and Dr. Dean Brown -- for their support and encouragement throughout this
work.
We also wish to acknowledge Dr. Wilbur Franklin of Kent State Uni-
versity for his contribution, especially in the early phases of this research.
Finally, we acknowledge the many constructive suggestions provided us
through conversations with Mrs. Jean Mayo, Dr. Charles Tart, University of
California, and Dr. Robert Ornstein and Dr. David Galin of the Langley
Porter Neuropsychiatric Institute.
26
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
REFERENCES
1. J. Pratt, J. B. Rhine, C. Stuart and J. Greenwood, EXTRA SENSORY PERCEPTION
AFTER SIXTY YEARS, New York, Henry Holt, 1940.
2. S. Soal and F. Bateman, MODERN EXPERIMENTS IN TELEPATHY, London, Faber
and Faber, 1954.
3. L. L. Vasilliev, EXPERIMENTS IN MENTAL SUGGESTION, Hampshire, England,
ISMI Publications, 1963.
4. J. R. Musso and M. Granero, "An ESP Drawing Experiment With a High-
Scoring Subject," J. of Parapsychology, Vol. 37, pp. 13-37, March, 1973.
5. It has been widely reported that Mr. Geller has demonstrated the ability
to bend metal by paranormal means.
Although metal bending by Mr. Geller
has been observed in our laboratory, we have not been able to combine
such observations with adequately controlled experiments to obtain
data sufficient to support the paranormal hypothesis.
6. K. Osis, ASPR Newsletter, No. 14, Summer, 1972.
7. C.T. Tart, PHYSIOLOGICAL CORRELATES OF PSI COGNITION, Intl. J. of
Parapsychology, Vol. V, No. 4, Autumn, 1963.
8. E. D. Dean, "Plethysmograph Recordings as ESP Responses," Intl. J. of
Neuropsychiatry, Vol. 2, October, 1966.
9. D. Hill and G. Parr, ELECTROENCEPHALOGRAPHY: A SYMPOSIUM ON ITS VARIOUS
ASPECTS, Macmillan, New York, 1963.
10. S. Siegel, NONPARAMETRIC STATISTICS FOR THE BEHAVIORAL SCIENCES, pp.
152-156, New York, McGraw-Hill Book Co., Inc., 1956.
27
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
,
Approved For-Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
APPENDIX
Following is the unedited transcript of remote viewing Experiment 7,
where the target was an Arts and Crafts Garden Plaza. This is a large
plaza resembling a California mission. There are craft shops around the
perimeter of the plaza. In the plaza area are many gardens, flowers,
ceramic pots, fountains, and paths. Overhead are vines on arbors of
redwood. Price's description is accurate in almost every detail and he
omitted little of importance.
1:40 THIS IS A REMOTE VIEWING EXPERIMENT WITH PAT PRICE, DEAN BROWN,
AND RUSSELL TARG IN THE SHIELDED ROOM IN BUILDING 30. THE TRAVELLERS TO
REMOTE LOCATION ARE BART COX, HAL PUTHOFF, JUDY SCHMICKLEY AND PHYLLIS
COLE.
WE EXPECT THE TRAVELLERS TO BE AT THEIR PLACE IN ABOUT 10 MINUTES.
IT'S 1:58. OUR TRAVELLERS SHOULD BE NEAR TO ARRIVING AT THE PLACE.
OK. Why don't I start scanning by quadrant using this as a center point.
12-3, 6-9.
..
I'll go from 12-3 first. Seems to me right now that I'm picking them up
in the 12-3 quadrant, but I'll go on in the rest and look. I haven't
actually identified them, I just feel that they're there.
Nope, I don't get them there.
Now I'll go from 6-9. While I was looking at 6-9, it looks to me like
I'm looking at an iris, a flower of some kind. I'll come back and
identify that later. Just wanted to get it down as having a flash of
an iris flower-purplish.
I'll continue to scan that quadrant. Nope,
don't get them there.
I'll go from 9-12. Don't get them there.
I'll go back 12-3. Yeah, I get them in that quadrant.
Now I'll see if I can locate them physically and identify the area.
I'm looking at something that looks like an arbor, trellis-work arbor.
Seems to be cool, shaded. Doesn't seem to me that they're out in the
direct sunlight. Be more like there's lots of trees, in an arbor area.
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.,
1.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
The arbor appears to be made of wood, possibly redwood.
They're just. .. . looks like it's a dirt path, quite wide, I'd say
maybe 12 feet.
I can see some grass.
Looks like possibly a fountain
of some kind.
Yeah, I can see Bart in his red shirt and what looks like kind of a
gray paisley tie - I didn't really look at that when he was down
there. The red shirt, I did. Looks like he has on a gray paisley
tie.
.
It appears they're walking along quite leisurely.
Looks like there's some red brick laid into a walkway.
They don't
seem to be on it, they just seem to pass over that.
I get - it seems like a little ways away from them there are quite
a few people but right where they're walking it doesn't appear to
be many right in there.
This is an arbor area. Back of that arbor, back here I'd say 50 feet
from that arbor to here, seems to be a lot of people in here. They
were walking along here on what looks like about a 12 foot dirt path.
-
WHAT KIND OF PLACE IS THE ARBOR IN?
IS IT A FIELD OUT IN THE OPEN?
No,
want to say park, but it doesn't exactly feel like a park. If
you took a - the feeling I'm getting - it's not the specific place -
but like the Town and Country Market. That type of an atmosphere,
with quite a section of it into a little outdoor park, but basically
I'm getting a very strong feeling of flowers.
Like the first one I saw was an iris.
TELL ME ABOUT THE TOWN AND COUNTRY ASPECT.
IN WHAT WAY DOES IT REMIND
YOU OF TOWN AND COUNTRY.
The buildings, not right where they're at, but very close to them have
that same kind of architecture and look. The parking lot looks similar,
grand, sweeping, not cluttered, it's more expansive area. You take a
place like Sears Mall - it seems cluttered. This seems more leisurely
paced.
People are moving about slower - there's not the hustle and bustle -
more or less meandering.
2
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
TOWN AND COUNTRY MEANS TO ME A COVERED WALKWAY.
Yeah, the back of them it seems to be - where they are seems to be a
very large arbor like vines growing over it and things, and there possi-
bly - I haven't looked in there yet to see if there's any displays like
pottery and things - I get the feeling that there is right close to it.
ALSO, OUTDOORS?
Yeah, it seems like fairly high shade trees - kinda bordering. The center
part doesn't seem to have it - this part in here. The trees seem to be
way up in here along like this over here. This seems to be shaded in
here, but it's sunny out here.
I just saw something that looked like a windmill - not a farm type wind-
mill - a Dutch-type windmill. It's smaller - it's not a huge thing, but
I'm getting a definite feeling that it's like a windmill.
The area in there feels damp - not wet - they're not walking in water,
but it's very moist.
The temperature in there ... it's secluded. Feels very comfortable. A
little on the shady side.
WHAT DO YOU FIND AS THE BOUNDARIES OF THE PLACE THEY'RE AT?
Outside of this little park-like affair that they seem to be in, there's
a street. One side of it seems to be a kind of a residential ... the other
seems to be a little bit more heavily travelled.
Let me pick up a little bit more.
I can see one very large oak tree - exceptionally large.
Right now Bart is trying to point something out that is basically the
significance of the whole place. It's like that key thing, well, if
you'd have mentioned a salt pile I'd have blown my lid. Well, this has
a significance that's just about comparable to that. I'm screening it
out.
Thing that just flashed in was kind of like a stadium structure - like
looking down into a stadium.
Just when I did that I - I'll have to reorient to make sure I'm looking
in the same area now.
3
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Seems like they're - I still get them in the same quadrant I had them
in originally. Seems like some decorative brick walls.
THE QUADRANT YOU HAD THEM IN IS BASICALLY THE NORTHEAST QUADRANT?
Yeah, I got them out about this far - it's not far away - I'd say in
this direction over here about - feels like a mile to a mile and a half.
They don't feel as far away, and I'm not looking at the time continuum.
They actually don't feel as far away. I'd say that it is about - not
half the distance they were to the marina, and it seems to be on a line
just about in that direction but just a hair more - rather than a direct
line from here to the marina - they seem to be just slightly more to the
left of that line.
I was looking back to where he had the car parked and it seems like it's
on asphalt then a curb in front, and then it's like a dirt walkway and
then a sidewalk. But I can see eucalyptus buds on the ground and some
branches of eucalyptus there.
One of the most dominant things to me in the way of unusualness is the
size of the oak tree that I'm looking at. Looks like an arboretum, or
I get the definite feeling of flowers.
Almost get the feeling like it's commercial flowers.
In fact, the most predominant feeling that I'm getting right now is flowers.
Don't know why iris particularly.
There's something about the windmill that I was going to look at. Wasn't
that what you were ....?
Be like one you'd almost see in a miniature golfcourse ... the windmill.
Has all the construction and detail but not as large - it's fairly small.
Seems to be made out of dark redwood and it's kind of aged.
I'm going to try to look more directly to them. Let's see, there's Bart
and Hal, and behind Bart is Judy and behind Hal is Phyllis, kinda stag-
gered there.
Looks like a possible small pool of water - like a garden pond.
Looks like a little bridge.
4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
I was trying to get the feeling of what type of an area it was.
Let me elevate a bit.
I'm looking at much too small an area.
There's
some greater significance there that I feel I'm definitely not looking
at - let's jack up a bit ... maybe 500 feet.
I see a lot of trees.
I see Judy's red hair and her brown eyes and her flashing teeth - she
has beautiful teeth.
Hadn't really looked at them before.
Phyllis and her are talking about something and Hal and Bart are talking
about something and he's pointing at something and it seems to me that
he's pointing over to what I'd call a windmill or something that looks
like a windmill.
The water I see looks more like a pool or a pond than it does - you know,
it's not big like a lake - not very large, but it looks like a definite
pool.
Right where they're at I don't hear too much traffic noise - it seems
to be fairly quiet.
Looks like a little wooden walkway.
Feels a little early, but it kinda seems like they're retracing their
steps heading back toward the car, but they're still moving quite leisurely.
IF YOU LOOK DOWN ON THE PLACE FROM ABOVE, CAN YOU GET ANY FEELING FOR
THE - IS THERE ANY OVERALL LAYOUT OR PLAN?
When I went up I could see trees and stuff, and I kind of got the feeling
of like in a corner of a golf course, you know - where there would be a
lot of trees overhanging the green and some things in there - that seemed
to be out of context, but when I elevated, that's what I got.
It kind
of looked like an overlap to me, so I didn't talk about it, but I will.
When I elevated it kind of felt like it was right over the corner of a
golf course of some kind, with a street running down one side, and they
are fairly close to that.
In fact, the bricked area that I looked at or like a patio thing kinda
looks like a walkway.
Seems like there's small building - small meaning
not tall - looks like a single story building. Looks like it has a flat
roof - slightly pitched. Looks like 4 x 4 poles supporting it - has a
5
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
canopy out over it. They're painted white, place looks like very possible
Light yellow or cream color.
They're walking not too far from that. Still seems to me that they're
on a dirt pathway.
In the area that they're in now I get flowers again - where before they
kinda fell out of the flowers.
Looks like maybe 80-100 yards from where they are - looks like 2 guys
on a motor scooter. They can see them.
WHAT WOULD YOU SAY IS THE INTEREST TO THIS PLACE?
WHAT'S SPECIAL ABOUT
THIS PLACE?
It seems to be a kind of a recreational, relaxed ... not energetic - looks
more relaxed. I'd say it's kind of combination recreational and relaxation
area that I'm getting out of it.
That would be the general character of it.
Two aspects - one is aesthetics and the other is a kind of a mild recre-
ational area.
There seem to be some unique features - I don't have it totally into
context as yet. There's a number of things that I've rejected - looked
at and rejected saying.
First, I got the impression that it was kind of like a miniature golf
course - I rejected that. Merely from saying it - I didn't reject the
principle - I just rejected saying it.
=
Then I kind of got the idea of a standard golf course - I also rejected
that on the same principle, so I'm just trying to describe the terrain.
Seems expansive - doesn't seem cluttered.
Just got a flash of something that reminded me of the gyroscope - gimbals
on the gyroscope.
Drinking fountain - looks like it's made out of kinda like field stone
built up into a fountain ... bowl.
I'm going to elevate again and go through a search quadrant again.
6
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
I still get them in that general location, so that seems to set all right.
Distance - maybe a mile, mile and a half.
Doesn't seem much farther-
seems fairly close.
The area has an awful lot of grass, lot of trees - looks like dirt walk-
ways, well trimmed.
I can see the arbor, and the arbor could be a place
to sit and be out of the direct sun.
May be a few little tables and benches and chairs in there.
That outlooks over quite a grassy area - there are quite a few trees.
I see basically an oak.
Right after they got out of the car I could see some eucalyptus buds
and branches on the ground, and it seemed like the trees were there.
Looked like they got out of the car, stepped upon a curb, dirt parkway,
a sidewalk, and then they went into this area.
I get the feeling this windmill type thing - that all seems fairly real.
The feeling is still that it's relaxing and has some recreational aspects -
I just haven't put it totally together as to giving it a name.
Right now I get a very strong impression of flowers again.
It seems like right now they're back to right where I originally spotted
them only they're going in the opposite direction - like they're moving
toward the direction they originally went.
While they were there they walked on several pathways - walked out quite
a ways, then swung over and come over and worked around and looked at ...
One peculiar thing I might note - so far I haven't sensed, seen nor heard
an airplane.
Cars seem quite distant - outside of that little motor scooter affair
with the two guys on it. That's about the only vehicular traffic I've
seen - except out in the parking lot.
It seems like to me that they've got most of their attention off what
they were looking at and they've got their attention more on the car
now.
7
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

:
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
want to look and find out what the significant thing was that Bart
T
was talking about.
There's something quite unusual there and I
.. . .
Damed if I can pick it
up.
WAS HAL DOING ANYTHING BESIDES WALKING ALONG - WAS THERE ANY ACTIVITY
FOR HAL TO DO?
Most of the time I was looking at Hal, he was kind of listening to Bart
and Bart was pointing out a number of things.
Part of the time Bart was walking with Hal; part of the time he was back
by Judy.
When I first saw them, it was Bart in the front on the left side, Hal
was on his right, Judy was slightly behind - almost between Bart and
Hal but behind, and Phyllis to her right.
They wandered around but the first time I picked up - they were that
way.
When they were coming back, they just about reversed.
Bart would be i
in
front. When they were coming back, it looked like Bart was in front
with Phyllis, and Judy was walking more behind Bart and Hal on her right
when they were coming back out of there.
They're actually at the car.
2:30
SHALL WE GO DOWNSTAIRS AND SEE HOW THEY'RE DOING?
8
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

CPYRGH
T
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Perception & Psychophysics
1973. Vol. 14. No. 2. 313-318
A study of sine-wave contrast sensitivity
by two psychophysical methods*
D. H. KELLY and R. E. SAVOIE
Stanford Research Institute, Menlo Park, California 94025
In the literature on visual contrast thresholds for sine wave gratings, little attention has been paid to the
psychophysical methods used to obtain these spatial-frequency response curves. Here we report a comparison of such
data obtained by two quite different psychophysical methods, but otherwise under identical conditions. using five Ss.
Both experiments were run by computer: (1) In the method of adjustments, the computer program merely controls the
order of the stimuli and records S's contrast settings. (2) In the forced-choice staircase (FCS) technique. the program
determines how often S can discriminate the sinusoidal grating from a uniform field, informs S of his accuracy. controls
the stimulus contrast on the basis of S's preceding responses, and brackets his threshold by a series of successive
approximations. Method 2 eliminates criterion effects that occur in Method 1, and hence tends to minimize individual
differences. However, the FCS technique requires an order of magnitude more observing time to obtain equally
smooth contrast sensitivity curves. FCS also increases the overall sensitivity of some Ss by as much as five times, but it
does not significantly change the shape of the contrast sensitivity curve; both methods show strong effects of lateral
inhibition at low spatial frequencies.
Measurements of the contrast threshold for a
sinusoidal grating as a function of its spatial frequency
have been used to study the effects on the visual process
of optical, neural, chromatic, temporal, and other
factors. Van Meeteren (1966) has reviewed a number of
these studies. We are particularly interested in the
low-frequency region of such data, below about 2
cycles/deg (cpd), because the monotonic increase of
contrast sensitivity with increasing spatial frequency in
this region may represent a simple form of lateral
inhibition (Kelly, 1973).
In certain cases, little or no low-frequency falloff was
reported (e.g., Westheimer, 1960: Campbell & Green,
1965), but this has been attributed to the use of small,
sharp-edged targets (Davidson, 1966; Kelly, 1970) or
flash . presentations (Kelly, 1971, 1973), which are
unsuitable for isolating the steady-state response to very
low spatial frequencies. However, some Ss report that
the task of detecting a low-frequency grating seems
different from the high-frequency detection task; this
raises the question of whether the apparent inhibition
would persist at low frequencies if criterion effects were
eliminated.
Many of the data in the literature have been obtained
by the psychophysical method of adjustments, which is
the easiest and fastest procedure when Ss are
experienced in this type of judgment: variations of the
method of limits have also been used. But more
sophisticated psychophysical methods have been
developed in recent years which are essentially
independent of threshold criterion: these have not been
*Our work was partly supported by NIH Grant No. NS-08322
and NSF Grant No. GB-11571. Some of the data were reported
at the October 1971 meeting of the Optical Society of America
in Ottawa. Canada. We thank T. N. Cornsweet for suggesting this
study.
applied to the measurement of sine wave contrast
thresholds. We therefore undertook to compare the sine
wave thresholds obtained by the method of adjustments
with those obtained by a forced-choice staircase (FCS)
paradigm, in which the S was always informed of the
correctness of his choice. Our main purpose was to find
out
whether
the
low-frequency inhibition
was
independent of criterion effects, but our results are also
relevant to other sine wave contrast experiments that use
subjective judgments.
METHODS
The stimulating apparatus is described in detail elsewhere
(Kelly, 1966, 1972); its components are shown schematically in
Fig. 1. S is seated comfortably, viewing a cathode ray tube
(CRT) 50 cm distant through an artificial pupil. 2.3 mm in diam.
He sees an 8-deg circular field. filled by a vertical sinusoidal
grating. The spatial frequency of this grating is controlled by a
(LINC 8) computer. The dependent variable is the Michelson
contrast (m) of the grating, defined as
Bmax - Bmin
m =
Bmax + Bmin
where Bmax and Bmin are the maximum and minimum values of
the stimulus waveform. in trolands (td) of retinal illuminance.
This contrast is under the control of either the computer or the
S. depending on the mode of operation. Since the grating does
not flash or flicker in the present experiments. our temporal
waveform source was not used ( see Fig. 1).
Adjustments Mode
In the method of adjustments, the S controls the contrast of
the grating, using a geared-down potentiometer without stops or
other mechanical cues. Spinning the knob about 1.200 deg
covers the entire adjustment range. which may be either 0-1 or
0-0.1 contrast. depending on a switch controlled by the S.
Another switch gives him the option of viewing zero or full
contrast at any time, without losing his potentiometer setting.
When the setting meets his threshold criterion. he pushes a
313
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CPYRGH
314
KELLY AND SAVOIE
READ
SUBJECT
A D
SCANNING
HORIZONTAL 1 KW)
VERTICAL 1 YH,
LINC 8
COMPUTER
PATTERN
SOURCE
CHT
CRYSTAL CLOCK.
BLANKING AND SYNC
MULTIPLY
CONTRAS!
ATTENUATOR
TEMPORAL
WAVEFORM
SOURCE
SAMPLE
AND
HOLD
PEDESTAL
(a) METHOD OF ADJUSTMENT
MAARKER T .. NE
AND
SUBJECT
REINFORCEMENT
CHOICE
SCANNING
HORIZONTAL 1 KM:
VERTICAL 1 MHZ
LINC B
COMPUTER
SPATIAL
PATTERN
CAT
SOURCE
CRYSTAL CLOCK
BLANKING AND SYNC
MULTIPLY
CONTRAST
ATTENUATOR
CON' HAST
FACING
PEDESTAL
CYCLE
th! FORCED-CHOICE STAIRCASE METHOD
Fig. 1. Signal-flow diagrams of the CRT stimulator.
(a) Configuration for method of adjustments. (b) Configuration
for forced-choice staircase (FCS) procedure.
button which enters this contrast into the computer.
He is instructed to fixate the center of the grating and to find
the contrast at which it can just be discriminated from a uniform
field. (This criterion, which we always use for sine wave
thresholds, should come close to matching S's performance in
the forced-choice task described below.) S spends as much time
as he wishes "hunting" back and forth to find his threshold. but
we instruct him to make his final judgments only in the steady
state: i.e .. after he has refrained from changing the contrast for
several seconds. Twelve spatial frequencies were tested in one
experimental session; each pattern was presented five times in
random order, for a total of 60 judgments. The means of these
five settings gave fairly smooth spatial-frequency response
curves. as described below. An experienced S can complete such
a run in 20-25 min.
Forced-Choice Staircase (FCS) Mode
Our criterionless psychophysical procedure combined the
staircase method of ordering stimuli (Békésy. 1947; Cornsweet.
1962) with the forced-choice method of response collection
(Blackwell, 1946; Heinemann, 1961). In this application. the
two techniques complement each other in such a way that S
spends most of his time making discriminations near threshold.
The S's task is much simpler in the FCS mode. The same 12
stimulus patterns are used, but their contrast is now under the
One second after the beginning of each interval. a marker tone
sounds to notify S that the stimulus may be visible. He makes his
choice of interval by pushing a button, which also starts the next
trial; but this button has no effect until after the second tone. In
other words. S must make a choice in order to start a new trial.
but he cannot do so until after the second interval has started.
As soon as he makes his choice, he hears a pleasant tone
(different from the marker tone) if he is correct or an unpleasant
noise if he is not.
His only other control is a "pause" switch. which interrupts
the experiment for rest periods. S may use this switch also to
abort a given trial (if, for example. he happened to be looking
away when the marker tone sounded). The aborted trial is
repeated when the pause switch is reset, but the stimulus will not
necessarily occur in the same interval.
In order to avoid transient effects (Kelly. 1971. 1973), as we
do in the adjustments mode, the temporal waveform of the FCS
stimulus is carefully controlled. The mean luminance of the CRT
screen is held constant throughout the experiment. When a given
pattern is presented. its contrast is smoothly "faded in" from
zero to whatever value is set by the computer. as shown in
Fig. 2a. The temporal envelope of the fade-in waveform
resembles a half-cycle of a 0.5-Hz cosine wave, so that the full
contrast of the pattern is present after 1 sec (this contrast always
being zero in either the first or second interval. at random). The
pattern is also faded out the same way.
All 12 staircases are independent and randomly interleaved.
which helps to eliminate subjective bias effects (Cornsweet.
1962). On each trial, the contrast of the FCS stimulus is
contingent on the correctness of the preceding responses to the
same pattern, according to an algorithm described in detail in the
Appendix. When the responses indicate that S can detect the
pattern, the contrast is decreased; when he cannot. the contrast
is increased, by a constant logarithmic increment in either case.
Thus, the contrast is forced to cross and recross the threshold
level (which is about 75% correct). At first. the size of the
increment is decreased each time the response sequence indicates
that a contrast increase has probably crossed S's threshold. But
the third time this indication occurs. the smallest increment
(30% contrast change) is maintained and the staircase is
terminated with a fixed number of additional trials.
A typical staircase illustrating these properties is shown in
Fig. 2b. Each stimulus is first presented at full contrast, to
familiarize S with its appearance and to provide a suprathreshold
baseline. If he detects it correctly. its next presentation is at a
contrast of 0.02; the staircase then enters the main algorithm
(see Appendix).
10
01
First interval
CONTRAST
0
5
10
CONTRAST
001
Second Intrtydt
0 001
F.
0
5
10
1
5
10
15
20
TIME - seconds
TRIAL NUMBER
Marker Tones Occur at the Arrow
"m" is Controlled by the Contrast Algor. frn
Stimulus Occurs in the First or Second
Interval at Random
(al FORCED-CHOICE PRESENTATION CYCLE
thl TYPICAL STAIRCASE
T
Fig. 1. Dotens of the FCS procedure, (2) Temporal waveform
control of the computer. One stimulus eyele congists of twe
successive intervals, each 5 sec long; a pattern of nonzero
contrast is presented in only one of these intervals. which is
determined by the computer from a table of random numbers.
of one stimulus cycle and timing of alerting tones. (b) A single
staircase, reassembled to show all contrasts presented, increment
sizes, wrong responses, and calculated threshold.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
R
CPYRGH
SPATIAL

CPYRGH
T
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Several hundred trials are required to terminate all 12
staircases: an experimental session usually takes 65-75 min.
regardless of the skill or experience of the S. Most of the
variability in length of the individual staircases (Rose et al, 1970)
is averaged out by the large number of staircases being run
simultaneously. 1
The threshold for each pattern is calculated as the mean of the
last eight contrasts presented. no adjacent pair of these being
separated by more than the smallest increment. The intersession
variability of FCS data obtained in this way is no greater than in
the adjustment mode, but is mainly random rather than
systematic. Thus, to obtain equally smooth spatial-frequency
response curves, one must average the data from three ICS
sessions, as described below.
RESULTS
Figure 3 shows some contrast sensitivity data
obtained with a 20-year-old emmetropic naive S. The
upper curve (filled circles) represents combined data
from three FCS runs; three comparable adjustment
curves are plotted separately (open circles). These data
are typical of our results in three ways. First, the shape
of the FCS curve is essentially the same as that of the
adjustment curves; in both cases, the contrast sensitivity
increases steeply at low spatial frequencies, to a
maximum near 4 cpd. Second, the FCS sensitivity is
systematically greater than that in any of the adjustment
runs. by a factor of 2 to 5. Third, there are also
systematic differences among the individual adjustment
curves. but these are smaller than the FCS-adjustment
differences.
The lowest sensitivity in Fig. 3 represents the first
0.002
Subj. KS
0.005
0.01
CONTRAST
0.02
0.05
0.1
- FCS
Adjustments
0.2
- - 1st Run
-- 2nd Run
- - 3rd Run
0.5
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10
SPATIAL FREQUENCY (cpd)
Fig. 3. Contrast sensitivity vs spatial frequency for S K.S.
Retinal illuminance, 1.300 td; artificial pupil, 2. mm. Filled
circles are the means of three FCS runs. Open circles represent
three successive adjustment runs.
SINE-WAVE CONTRAST SENSITIVITY
315
Subj. DK
0.005
0.01
CONTRAST
0.02
0.05
-
0.1
- FCS
0.2
-0- Adjustments
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10
SPATIAL FREQUENCY (cpd)
Fig. 4. Contrast sensitivity vs spatial frequency for S D.K.
Same conditions as Fig. 3.
experiment with SK.S. Her adjustment sensitivity
increased subsequently, but leveled off between the
second and third adjustment runs. Typically. a naive S
starts with a high threshold criterion. which he then
lowers after some experience with the method of
adjustments. However, his adjustment thresholds seldom
get as low as his FCS thresholds; apparently he adopts a
criterion in the range of 90%-100% probability of
detection (compared to the 75% imposed by the FCS
mode).
Figure 4 shows a similar comparison for another S.
S D.K. (one of the authors) is somewhat atypical, having
had hundreds of hours of practice in experiments with
this particular apparatus. If practice lowers the
adjustment threshold, his adjustment sensitivity should
be greater than that of S K.S .; and it is, relative to his
FCS sensitivity. His adjustment sensitivity may still be
slightly less than his FCS sensitivity, but the two are
much closer together than they are for our other Ss.
Evidently he uses a lower threshold criterion, closer to
the FCS level. As in Fig. 3, the FCS curve in Fig. 4 was
obtained by averaging data from three sessions, a total of
about 3.5 h observing time.
However, the contrast sensitivity curves obtained
from individual FCS sessions are also instructive: these
are shown for a third S in Fig. 5. Each of the dashed
curves in this figure connects the end points of the 12
staircases obtained in a single experimental session (see
Fig. 26). The mean curve for these three FCS sessions is
shown for comparison with the previous figures.
Figure 5 also shows some systematic variation among
three adjustment runs for this S. (S H.P. was more
experienced than K.S .. but even an experienced S will
not always hold the same adjustment criterion from one
run to the next.) Again. the FCS sensitivity is about five
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
T
CRYRGH

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CPYRGH
316
KELLY AND SAVOIE
0.002
Subj. HP
0.005
.
0.01
CONTRAST
0.02
0.05
++- FCS
0.1
Adjustments
-- 1st Run
0.2
2nd Run
--
3rd Run
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10
SPATIAL FREQUENCY (cpd)
Fig. 5. Contrast sensitivity vs spatial frequency for S H.P.
Same conditions as Figs. 3 and 4. Dashed lines show data from
three FCS runs, averaged to obtain filled-circle points.
times greater than the adjustment sensitivity.
The most important result shown in Fig. 5 is the
nature of the variability among FCS runs and among
adjustments runs. Although the FCS data are about as
variable as the adjustment data, the adjustment
variability is mainly systematic, while the variability
among the FCS runs seems random. (Note that the FCS
curves from individual sessions cross and recross each
other and the mean curve several times.) The data were
subjected to a chi-square test of the hypothesis that
mean rank contrast sensitivity is independent of session
number. This hypothesis can be rejected for the
adjustments data (p <. 001), but cannot be rejected for
the FCS data (p = . 1).
Now, if the FCS method eliminates systematic intra-S
variability from one run to the next, and if this
intersession variability is caused mainly by changes in S's
criterion, then we would expect this method to
minimize the variability among Ss as well. The data
shown in Fig. 6 tend to confirm this expectation. Here
the mean FCS curve for S H.P. is repeated, together with
similar data for two other young, emmetropic Ss. Note
the close similarity among all three contrast sensitivity
curves, particularly at frequencies below 2 cpd. These
data (and others not reported here) all tend to confirm
the presence of a low frequency inhibiting effect with a
relatively steep slope (about 2 in log-log coordinates).
DISCUSSION
Instructing S to try to detect any perturbation of the
uniform field may be important in making the
adjustment curves so similar in shape to the FCS curves.
One should not assume that our results would be
obtained if S were instructed to detect the presence of a
grating, or to report its orientation. count its fringes. etc.
The use of other subjective criteria can doubtless change
the shape of the sine wave threshold curve.
When minimum threshold values are not required. and
occasional criterion differences among and within Ss can
be tolerated. the method of adjustments is obviously
preferable. because it yields equally smooth curves in
about a 10th of the time required by the FCS method.1
However, the FCS method eliminates criterion
differences and provides information about S's
performance (not just his judgments).
Summarizing our results with five Ss. ranging from
naive to quite experienced: (1) Both methods yield the
same curve shape. but the FCS method gives
significantly greater sensitivity than that obtained by the
method of adjustments: the increase may be as great as a
factor of 5 (depending on S's adjustment criterion).
(2) Presumably because it is independent of threshold
criteria, the FCS method does not show systematic
changes of sensitivity from one run to the next (as the
method of adjustments sometimes does.) (3) The
variability of the FCS data is mainly random and can
therefore be made quite small by taking enough data.
(4) When this is done, individual differences (among
young, emmetropic Ss) tend to disappear.
These results are essentially what would be expected.
based on the differences between the two
psychophysical methods. We conclude that. if the S is
appropriately instructed, the shape of his sine wave
grating sensitivity curve is not affected by using the
method of adjustments. Moreover, it seems likely that
this negative result would be maintained if the present
study were extended to other criterion-dependent
0.002
Forced-Choice Staircase
0.005
CONTRAST
0.01
0.02
0.05
CPYRGH
-O- Subj. HP
-6- Subj. EB
T
-
0.2
0.5
1
2
5
10
SPATIAL FREQUENCY (cpd)
Fig. 6. Contrast sensitivity vs spatial frequency for three
young, emmetropic Ss. obtained by the FCS technique.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

CPYRGH
T
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
SINE-WAVE CONTRAST SENSITIVITY
317
SELECT NEW
STAIRCASE
EXECUTIVE
CONTRAST
FADING
RESPONSE
REINFORCEMENT
INTERFACE
CONTROL
3
SAVE DATA
Y
ARR"
SEQUENCES
YET?
Y
LAST 3
PRESENTATIONS
N
WAS
PRESENT RESPONSE
RIGHT?
Yes
N
WAS
LAST RESPONSE
RIGHT7
Yas
"RR"
WAS
RESPONSE BEFORE
THAT RIGHT?
:AR
3.d
WRA"
SEQUENCE
NJ
Yes
'RRR"
SET INCREMENT
TO NEXT
SMALLER VALUE
NJ
Yes
INAS
CONTRAST CHANGED
LAST TIME
7
Yes
WARK CONTRAST
NOT CHANGED
INCREASE COM.TRAST
BY INCREVENT
DECREASE CONTRAST
BY INCREMENT
Fig. 7. Flow-chart representation of the FCS computer program.
psychophysical methods in general. Thus, our results
tend to support the sine wave threshold data obtained
by these methods.
APPENDIX
The Forced-Choice Staircase (FCS) Computer Program
various bookkeeping functions. and calculates and prints
out the average data at the end of an experimental
session. The staircase control portion of the program
operates on a parameter table for the staircase currently
selected: it keeps track of the previous three responses.
the previous eight contrasts. the present contrast, and
contrast increment size (and other parameters for
internal use), These historical data are needed for pash
CPYRGH
T
The operation of the FCS computer program can be
divided into five functional categories: executive.
interface control. staircase control. response history. and
contrast change (see Fig. 7).
The executive section of the program initializes the
experiment. selects (from a random table) one of the 12
stimulus patterns for presentation at each trial. performs
staircase to determine its subsequent contrasts.
The interface control portion of the program controls
the stimulator interface. which operates the entire
sequence of each trial: stimulus generation. contrast
fading. marker tones, and reinforcement. When S makes
a response. the computer reads data from the interface.
indicating whether the response was right or wrong (or
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CONTRAST
CHANGE
STAIRCASE
CONTROL
1.4:BIT
FURTHER
SELECTION
RESPONSE
HISTORY

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CPYRGH
₮
313
KELLY AND SAVOIE
whether the "'pause" switch was set).
The response history section is the heart of the FCS
program : Fig. 7 shows a flow chart of this section and its
relation to the other parts of the program. Each staircase
fo lows the algorithm according to its own history,
independent of the other staircases. The next contrast to
be presented (for the selected staircase) is calculated on
th: basis of the present contrast, the present response.
the previous two responses, the contrast increment, and
whether the contrast was changed after the previous
response. The contrast algorithm is as follows: (1) When
S makes a wrong (W) response, the contrast of that
pattern is increased for its next presentation. After he
makes two successive right (R) responses to the same
pattern, its contrast is decreased (this sets the average
end point of each staircase at about 75% correct). The
new contrast is obtained by multiplying (or dividing) the
preceding contrast by a fixed ratio (i.e., a constant log
increment). (2) Each time the sequence W.R,R occurs,
the size of this increment is decreased. (This is most
likely to occur when the contrast increases from below
to above the 75% correct level.) The successive
increment sizes are: 8X, 2X, 1.3X. (3) After the
sequence W,R,R has occurred three times with a given
pattern. the staircase terminates with three more trials
using the smallest increment, and that pattern is not
presented again. The session ends when all staircases
have terminated.
The last eight contrasts from each staircase are
averaged to obtain the threshold. The minimum number
of trials before termination but after the second W,R.R
sequence is eight. Therefore, all contrasts being averaged
were necessarily presented during the period when the
smallest contrast increment was in effect.
REFERENCES
Békésy, G. v. A new audiometer. Acta Oto-laryngologica, 1947.
35. 411-422.
Blackwell. H. R. Contrast thresholds of the human eye. Journal
of the Optical Society of America, 1946, 36, 624-643.
Campbell. F. W., & Green, D. G. Optical and retinal factors
affecting visual resolution. Journal of Physiology, 1965, 181,
576-593.
Cornsweet, T. N. The staircase method in psychophysics.
American Journal of Psychology, 1963, 75, 483-491.
Davidson, M. A perturbation analysis of spatial brightness
interaction in flashed visual fields. Doctoral thesis, University
of California, Berkeley, 1966.
Heinemann, E. G. The relation of apparent brightness to the
threshold for differences in luminance.
Journal of
Experimental Psychology, 1961, 61, 389-399.
Kelly, D. H. Frequency doubling in visual responses. Journal of
the Optical Society of America. 1966. 56. 1628-1633.
Kelly, D. H. Effects of sharp edges on the visibility of sinusoidal
gratings. Journal of the Optical Society of America. 1970. 60.
98-103.
Kelly, D. H. Transient effects on the visibility of low spatial
frequencies. Journal of the Optical Society of America, 1971.
61, 1576 (A).
Kelly, D. H. Adaptation effects on spatio-temporal sine-wave
thresholds. Vision Research, 1972, 12. 89-101.
Kelly, D. H. Lateral inhibition in human colour mechanisms.
Journal of Physiology, 1973, 228. 55-72.
Kohayakawa, Y. Contrast-difference thresholds with sinusoidal
gratings. Journal of the Optical Society of America. 1972, 62.
584-587.
Rose, R. M., Teller. D. Y., & Rendleman, P. Statistical properties
of staircase estimates. Perception & Psychophysics. 1970. 8.
199-204.
Van Meeteren, A. Spatial sinewave response of the visual system
(a critical literature survey). Soesterberg: Institute for
Perception RVO-TNO. 1966.
Westheimer. G. Modulation thresholds for sinusoidal light
distributions on the retina. Journal of Physiology. 1960. 152.
67-74.
NOTE
1. Because the FCS sessions are long and tiresome. a number
of preliminary experiments were conducted to determine the
most suitable compromise between speed and end-point
stability. We found that the variability shown in Fig. 5 could not
be decreased significantly without prohibitive increases in run
length. The number and sizes of our increments were governed
by the following constraints (see Cornsweet. 1963): (a) For
maximum efficiency, the smallest increment must be fixed at
about the same size as the contrast-difference threshold for
sinusoidal gratings; at a spatial frequency of 2.1 cycles/deg.
Kohayakawa (1972) obtained jnds of 304 to 60% with
low-contrast gratings. (Note that this is much larger than the jnd
of luminance.) (b) All staircases must start at a common
baseline; for this purpose, we chose 100€ contrast. (To start at
equal distances from threshold would require an a priori
assumption of the curve shape we are measuring, which could
bias the result.) (c) If the contrast is to approach threshold
quickly, the initial increment must be much larger than specified
in (a). The increment should decrease as the contrast approaches
threshold, but not so rapidly as to run a high risk of being
"trapped" in a small increment far from threshold. (d) Subject
to constraint (c), the total number of increments should be
minimized.
(Received for publication January 16. 1973;
accepted March 15. 1973:
revision received March 29. 1973.)
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CONFIDENTIAL
15 January 1974
MEMORANDUM FOR THE RECORD
SUBJECT
:
Special Management Guidelines for the
SRI Paranormal Project
1. Both the nature of research in the paranormal field and the
intense interest it excites within our organization and in the public at large,
together with the highly competitive and complexly motivated character of other
research efforts in this field, make it essential that we formulate and adhere
to certain special guidelines for the administration of any new efforts. The
real intent and purposes of such guidelines would be to:
a. simplify the contractor's task by eliminating all unnecessary
confusion and distractions;
b. tighten the responsibility and control functions within the
sponsor's organization;
c. serve both the contractor's and the sponsor's interests by
increasing project security; and
d. permit us to arrive at sound and well-documented, however
modest, conclusions by focusing on limited, consistent and
explicit objectives.
The guidelines listed below need not be considered definitive; to the extent that
modifications seem essential from a practical point of view or that additional
guidelines would serve the above purposes, contractor and sponsor personnel should
agree on emendations.
2. Data Control. The complex nature of the funding and phasing of
SRI's past paranormal investigations makes it virtually impossible to establish,
now, which data were developed under whose auspices. Other than portions which
clearly relate to sponsor tasking and direct or indirect sponsor validation, no
attempt will be made to control use of that data -- most of which has already
become public knowledge in one form or other. But it will be understood that,
from the start of the new (January 1974) contract effort, all data developed will
fall under the sponsor's purview and none of it will be released in any form to
other than authorized sponsor personnel without prior sponsor approval. On its
part, the sponsor undertakes to be as expeditious and liberal as circumstances
permit in approving the release of non-sensitive data for open publication.
3. Authorized Personnel. As far as the sponsor's organization is
concerned, 'authorized' personnel will be understood to mean: in the first
instance, the primary project officer,
or his immediate superiors
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A
SG1A
and Mr McMahon) ;
and, in
absence or
with respect to purely 'basic' research matters, his alternate project officer,
or his immediate superiors
As
SG1A
far as the contractor's organization is concerned, 'authorized' personnel will
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24101A RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Guidelines for SRI Project
- 2 -
be understood to mean: only those (to be listed by name and function) immediately
involved in the research effort, the essential chain-of-command superiors and such
other SRI specialists as may be required in conducting the research. Individuals
other than 'authorized' personnel, whether from the sponsor's or other govern-
mental or non-governmental organizations, will not be given access to project data
without prior sponsor approval. Such approval will be limited to individuals
essential to the conduct of the research.
It is likely that, because of prior
associations and publicity, the contractor will receive queries about the status
of research and we appreciate the awkwardness this might create; whenever possible,
it is suggested that the contractor take the position that, largely on its own
resources, the masses of data already collected are being studied and the results
may, if appropriate, be published at a later time; the contractor should avoid
more explicit comments unless there is proor coordination with the sponsor.
4. Release of Data to Sponsor Personnel. The requirements for progress
and financial reports are specified in the contract and they will be released only
to 'authorized' sponsor personnel. In the same sense, visits to the paranormal
research laboratory should be limited to authorized sponsor personnel. The sponsor
will attempt to curtail inqueries and requests for site visits by its personnel
and it is suggested that, should it become necessary, the contractor handle such
requests by stating that it now operating under restrictive groundrules and urging
the individual to contact the project officer or his alternate.
5. Acceptance of Guidance from Sponsor Personnel. Similarly, to
avoid confusion or disruption of the contractor's efforts, tasking and guidance
will be accepted only from authorized personnel; unsolicited views may be referred
to the project officer or his alternate. It may be that, later, the contractor
and the sponsor will wish to brief sponsor personnel and solicit their views and
suggestions; but, if so, it should be undertaken in a well-controlled, methodical
manner and for quite specific purposes related to the research design and
objectives.
6. Other Sponsorship. The sponsor assumes that the scope and terms
of the contract are such that SRI's paranormal investigative resources will be
fully absorbed by the effort but, since the sponsor's support cannot be alluded
to by SRI, that will not preclude offers of sponsorship by others -- including the
government. It is suggested that, in response to official or unofficial offers,
SRI initially state that it is consolidating and studying previously collected
data and doesn't wish to undertake new investigations until this analysis is
completed. If this response doesn't have the desired result, SRI should inform
authorized sponsor personnel before making any commitments or disclosures.
SRI
and sponsor personnel will then agree on the most effective means of handling
the situation.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

SG1A
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Next 5 Page(s) In Document Exempt
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

0
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
. . ....
SIRI
Proposal for Research
SRI No. ISH 73-146
1 October 1973
11.2/13/6
ORD # 4718-73
PERCEPTUAL AUGMENTATION TECHNIQUES
Part One -- Technical Proposal
..
Prepared by:
Harold E. Puthoff
Senior Research Engineer
Russell Targ
Senior Research Physicist
Approved :
ramal. gaz
Earle D. Jones, Director
Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory
Bonnar Cox, Executive Director
Information Science and Engineering Division
Copy No.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
0
CONTENTS
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS.
.
iii
.
LIST OF TABLES
iv
.
I
INTRODUCTION.
1
II
BACKGROUND.
3
A.
Exploratory Research in Remote Viewing
3
1.
Global Targets -- Training Mode
3
2.
Demonstration-of-Ability Tests:
Double-Blind
Client-Supplied Coordinates
6
B.
EEG Experiments.
18
c.
Remote Perception of Graphic Material.
23
III
PROPOSED PROGRAM.
40
A.
Objective.
40
B.
Technical Approach
40
c.
Statement of Work.
41
D.
Reporting Schedule
42
IV
QUALIFICATIONS OF STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
43
11
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
ILLUSTRATIONS
1
Training Results (Swann) :
.
4
.
2
Map No. 1 of West Virginia Site (Swann)
8
3
Map No. 2 of West Virginia Site (Detail -- Swann)
9
4
Map of Urals Site (Price)
12
5
Map No. 1 of Kerguelen Island Site (Detail -- Swann)
14
6
Map No. 2 of Kerguelen Island Site (Swann) .
15
7
Map No. 3 of Kerguelen Island Site (Price).
17
8
Occipital EEG Frequency Spectra, 0 to 25 Hz, of
Jean Mayo, Receiver .
21
9
Occipital EEG Frequency Spectra, 0 to 25 Hz, of
Hella Hammid, Receiver.
22
10
Shielded Room Used for EEG Measurements
.
24
11
Target 1 (Firecracker) and Geller's Responses
·
25
12
Target 2 (Grapes) and Geller's Response
27
13
Target 3 (Devil) and Geller's Responses
28
14
Target 4 (Solar System) and Geller's Response
31
15
Target 5 (Camel) and Geller's Response.
33
16
Target 6 (Golden Gate Bridge) and Geller's Response
34
17
Target 7 (Seagull Flying) and Geller's Response
35
18
Target 8 (Kite on CRT Display) and Geller's Response.
36
19
Target 9 (Church, Stored in Memory of Text-Editing
Computer) and Geller's Response
37
20
Target 10 (Arrow Through Heart, Stored in Computer
Graphics Program) and Geller's Responses.
39
iii
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
TABLE
1
Results of Global Targets Training -- Run 10.
5
0
1v
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
........

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
I
INTRODUCTION
Stanford Research Institute proposes to undertake a one-year research
program to investigate, and develop techniques to enhance, human percep-
*
tual abilities.
The perceptual abilities that we have been investigating for the
past year are sometimes considered paranormal phenomena. However, our
recent work leads us to consider them as, to a greater or lesser extent,
latent in all people. The phenomena we have investigated most exten-
sively pertain to the ability of certain individuals to view with great
clarity distant scenes not presented to any known perceptual sense.
In
addition, we have performed more modest experiments with unselected sub-
jects who have been found to exhibit direct physiological (EEG) evidence
of perception of remote happenings. Our accumulated data make it appear
that both gifted and ordinary persons can be assisted in developing
remote perceptual abilities up to a level dictated by their individual
potentialities. The purpose of the proposed research is to investigate
the physical and psychological variables underlying these phenomena so
that we may gain a greater understanding of this ability and a more com-
plete grasp of its limits and applicability.
Section II of this proposal provides background material, detailing
the evidence pertaining to remote viewing and other nonregular percep-
tual abilities.
In this section we describe:
Experiments with two gifted individuals who took part in
double-blind experiments to perceive scenes at intercon-
tinental distances.
.
Brain wave experiments in which ordinary (not specially
selected) subjects were asked to perceive whether or not
a remote light was flashing -- the EEG data from several of
these subjects indicates objectively that they did perceive
the presence of the light, even if only at a noncognitive
level of their consciousness.
*
This proposal has been prepared at the request of the client.
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
· Carefully controlled remote perception experiments with
Mr. Uri Geller, in which he, while located in an elec-
trically shielded room, was able to reproduce target
pictures drawn for the occasion at various SRI locations.
Section III describes the proposed program and presents a detailed
work statement, along with the major program milestones.
Section IV outlines the experience, facilities, and personnel of
Stanford Research Institute, and its Electronics and Bioengineering
Laboratory that are available to contribute to the successful completion
of this work.
A separate Part Two of this proposal covers contractual matters
and costs.
2
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

..
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
II
BACKGROUND
A.
Exploratory Research in Remote Viewing
As a result of experimentation carried out in an eight-month program
to investigate the abilities of a gifted subject, Ingo Swann, Swann ex-
pressed the opinion that the insights obtained had strengthened an ability
that has been researched before he joined the SRI program; namely, the
ability to view remote locations. To test Swann's assertion, SRI re-
searchers set up a series of experimental protocols on a gradient scale
of increasing difficulty.
The first step toward the proof that such an ability might exist
in principle was completed in our laboratory in a series of experiments
with another subject in which target pictures were successfully received
where the subject was separated from the target material either by an
electrically isolated shielded room or by the isolation provided by
East-coast/West-coast.distances. These data are presented in Part C of
this section.
1.
Global Targets -- Training Mode
For the first experiment, considered to be a training mode,
100 targets on the earth's surface (ten per day for ten days) were chosen
at random, often by different experimenters. For each ten-trial session,
the experiment would begin with the subject (Swann) being given a target
location by latitude and longitude only, for which he had to provide an
immediate response of what he saw. Following his response, some brief
indication was given as to whether any correspondence existed between
his description and the target location. The next coordinate was then
given until all ten coordinates were exhausted. A run of ten coordinates
was always completed in less than 30 minutes.
The results obtained during the training mode are summarized
in Figure 1, where a least-squares fit to the data is shown by the solid
lines. Details for the final run (Run 10) are shown in Table 1.
The second coordinate in Run 10 (Table 1) affords a surprising
example of precision that sometimes occurred. The experimenter chose
3
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009904000300100034-4
10
8
HITS/RUN
out of
6
.
10 trials/run
4
2
0
8
LESSER 6
CORRESPONDENCES/
4
.
RUN out of
10 trials/run
2
.
0
6
MISSES/RUN
4
out of
10 trials/run
2
0
0
2
4
6
8
10
RUN NUMBER
SA-2613-1
FIGURE 1
TRAINING RESULTS (SWANN)
4
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009904000300100034-4
Table 1
RESULTS OF GLOBAL TARGETS TRAINING -- RUN 10
Target
Response
Evaluation*
45°N 150°W
(ocean)
Ocean, beautiful blue-green waves, sun
shining, ship toward north
H
2°S 34°E
(eastern shore, Lake
Victoria, Africa)
Sense of speeding over water, landing
on land. Lake to west, high elevation
H
55°N 150°E
(Sea of Okhotsk)
Not many trees, patches of snow, marsh?
M
64ºN 19ºW
(20 miles ENE of
Mt. Hekla volcano,
Iceland)
Volcano to southwest. I think I'm over
ocean.
H
55°N 130°E
(Soviet Union)
Wind blowing there, night, telephone
wires. Land, flat place with fields;
Cold.
N
60°N 90°W
(Hudson Bay)
Open water, stands of pine to north.
H
60°N 91°E
(Soviet Union)
City, snow on ground, city to north-
east, factory to south.
N
30°S 0°
(ocean)
Ocean, Atlantic, deep blue water.
H
42°N 105°
(Gobi)
Mountains
H
28°S 137°E
(Lake Eyre, Australia)
Islands, Land mass to east, west.
An open sea, night.
H
*
H -- Hit; good description of area in near vicinity of target.
N -- Neutral; some possibility of correspondence.
M -- Miss; clear lack of correspondence.
5
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009904000300100034-4
the coordinate from a world map to represent the middle of Lake Victoria,
Africa.
However, Swann insisted that the coordinate, when given, turned
on a picture of land to the right of a large lake. Subsequent checking
with a detailed map of the region indicated that his perception had
been correct.
We must, of course, point out that the results of such a train-
ing mode can be taken as indicative only, since even under the carefully
controlled experimental conditions in force,
· An individual could -- in principle -- obtain good
results on the basis of eidetic memory.
. Given the hypothesis of extraordinary functioning
an individual could -- in principle -- obtain the data
subliminally from an experimenter who knows the
target location.
Therefore, the rapid global targets training mode was followed
up with a series of global targets supplied by Stanford Research Institute
personnel on a double-blind basis in which detail was obtained on build-
ings, roads, bridges, and the like. The results were sufficiently ac-
curate to lead us to propose the client-controlled demonstration-of-
ability tests described in the following paragraphs. The final evaluation
rests on the analysis of the double-blind targets used in the concluding
demonstration-of-ability tests.
2.
Demonstration-of-Ability Tests: Double-Blind
Client-Supplied Coordinates
In order to subject the remote viewing phenomena to a rigorous
test under control of the client, a request for coordinates was trans-
mitted to the client. In response, SRI personnel received the first set
. of coordinates, hereafter referred to as the West Virginia Site.
a.
West Virginia Site (Swann)
Date: 29 May 1973, 1634-1640, Menlo Park, California
Protocol: Coordinates 38°23' 45-48"N, 79º25' 00"w
given by Dr. H. E. Puthoff to subject I. Swann to
initiate experiment. No maps were permitted and the
subject was asked to give an immediate response. The
session was recorded on video tape.
-
-
6
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
Swann response :
0
This seems to be some sort of mounds or rolling hills. There
is a city to the north (I can see the taller buildings and
some smog). This seems to be a strange place, somewhat like
the lawns that one would find around a military base, but I
get the impression that there are either some old bunkers
around, or maybe this is a covered reservoir. There must be
a flagpole, some highways to the west, possibly a river over
to the far east, to the south more city.
The map of Figure 2 was drawn.
On the following morning, Swann submitted a written re-
port of a second reading, dated 30 May 1973, 0735-0758, Mountain View,
California.
1
Cliffs to the east, fence to the north. There's a circular
building (a tower?), buildings to the south. Is this a former
Nike base or something like that? This is about as far as I
could go without feedback, and perhaps guidance as to what was
wanted. There is something strange about this area, but since
I don't know particularly what to look for within the scope of
the cloudy ability, it is extremely difficult to make decisions
on what is there and what is not. Imagination seems to get in
the way. (For example, I seem to get the impression of some-
thing underground, but I'm not sure.) However, it is apparent
that on first sighting the general location was correctly
spotted.
The map of Figure 3 was drawn.
b.
West Virginia Site (Price)
As a back-up test, the coordinates were given to a second
subject (Price) who appears to possess similar ability in casual testing.
The task was presented to the second subject independently of the first,
both to prevent collaboration and to prevent any sense of competition.
Date:
1 June 1973, 1700, Menlo Park, California
Protocol: Coordinates 38°23' 45-48"N, 79º25' 00"w
given by Dr. H. E. Puthoff to subject Price by
telephone to initiate experiment.
7
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00990 000300100034-4
25
town
Highway
River
Target
Highway
Town
Some sort of camp.
FIGURE 2
MAP NO. 1 OF WEST VIRGINIA SITE (SWANN)
4
8
1
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009904000300100034-4
N
Trees
France
-
1
trees
, tas
ROAD
Building
?
Flagpole?
Something
A depression
Som: @
sony
Buildais
Building
walk ?
FIGURE 3
MAP NO. 2 OF WEST VIRGINIA SITE (DETAIL-SWANN)
9
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009904000300100034-4
On the morning of 4 June 1973 Price's written response
(dated 2 June 1973, 1250-1350, Lake Tahoe, California) was received in
the mail.
Looked at general area from altitude of about 1500' above
highest terrain. On my left forward quadrant is a peak in a
chain of mountains, elevation approximately 4996' above sea
level. Slopes are greyish slate covered with variety of broad
leaf trees, vines, shrubbery, and undergrowth.
I am facing
about 3°-5° west of north. Looking down the mountain to the
right (east) side is a roadway, freeway country style -- curves
around base of mountain from S. W. -- swings north for a few miles,
then heads E. N. E. to a fairly large city about 30-40 miles dis-
tant. This area was a battleground in civil war -- low rolling
hills, creeks, few lakes or reservoirs. There is a smaller
town a little S. E. about 15-20 miles distant with small settle-
ments, village type, very rural, scattered around. Looking
across the peak, 2500-3000' mountains stretch out for a hundred
or so miles. Area is essentially wooded. Some of the westerly
slopes are eroded and gully washed -- looks like strip mining,
coal mainly.
Weather at this time is cloudy, rainy. Temperature at my alti-
tude about 54° -- high cumulo nimbus clouds to about 25,000-
30,000'. Clear area, but turbulent, between that level and
some cirro stratus at 46,000'. Air mass in that strip moving
W.N.W. to S.E.
1318 - Perceived that peak area has large underground storage
areas. Road comes up back side of mountains (west slopes),
fairly well concealed, looks deliberately so. It's cut under
trees where possible -- would be very hard to detect flying over
area. Looks like former missile site -- bases for launchers still
there, but area now houses record storage area, microfilm, file
cabinets; as you go into underground area through aluminum
rolled up doors, first areas filled with records, etc. Rooms
about 100' long, 40' wide, 20' ceilings with concrete supporting
pilasters, flare-shaped .. Temperature cool -- fluorescent lighted.
Personnel, Army 5th Corps Engineers. M/Sgt. Long on desk plac-
ard on grey steel desk -- file cabinets security locked -- combina-
tion locks, steel rods through eye bolts. Beyond these rooms,
heading east, are several bays with computers, communication
equipment, large maps, display type, overlays. Personnel, Army
Signal Corps. Elevators.
10
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
=
1.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
1330 - Looked over general area from original location again --
valleys quite hazy, lightning about 30 miles north along moun-
tain ridge. Temperature drop about 6°, it's about 48. Looking
for other significances: see warm air mass moving in from S.W.
colliding with cool air mass about 100 miles E.S.E. from my
viewpoint. Air is very turbulent -- tornado type; birds in my
area seeking heavy cover. There is a fairly large river that I
can see about 15-20 miles north and slightly west; runs N.E. ;
then curves in wide valley running S. W. to N.E .; river then runs
S.E. Area to east, low rolling hills. Quite a few Civil War
monuments. A marble colonnade type:
"In this area was fought
the battle of Lynchburg where many brave men of the Union and
Confederate Armys (sic) fell. We dedicate this area to all peace
loving people of the future -- Daughters G.A.R."
On a later date Price was asked to return to the West
Virginia site with the goal of obtaining codeword information, if pos-
sible. In response, Price supplied the following information:
Top of desk had papers labeled:
Flytrap
Minerva
File cabinet on north wall labeled:
Operation Pool
(2nd word unreadable)
Folders inside cabinet labeled:
.
Cueball
14 Ball
4 Ball
8 Ball
Rackup
Name of site vaguely seems like Hayfork or Haystack.
Personnel :
Col. R. J. Hamilton
Maj. Gen. George R. Nash
Major John C. Calhoun ??
c.
Urals Site (Price)
1
After obtaining a reading on the West Virginia site, Price
volunteered that he scanned the other side of the globe for a Bloc equiv-
alent, and found one in the Urals at 65°00'57"N, 59º59'59"E, described
as follows.
Elevation, 6200'. Scrubby brush, tundra type ground hummocks,
rocky outcroppings, mountains with fairly steep slopes. Facing
11
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

]
]
]
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
north, about 60 miles ground slopes to marshland. Mountain
chain runs off to right about 35° east of north. Facing south,
mountains run fairly north and south. Facing west, mountains
drop down to foothills for 60 miles or so; some rivers running
roughly north. Facing east, mountains are rather abrupt,
dropping to rolling hills and to flat land. Area site under-
ground, reinforced concrete, doorways of steel of the roll-up
type. Unusually high ratio of women to men, at least at night.
I see some helipads, concrete. Light rail tracks run from pads
to another set of rails that parallel the doors into the mountain
(see Figure 4). Thirty miles north (5° west of north) of the
site is a radar installation with one large (165') dish and two
small fast-track dishes.
The above reports were submitted to the client for evalua-
tion. A second set of coordinates was requested and obtained, hereafter
-
referred to as the Kerguelen Island Site.
Helipads
4
N
Rails
MOUNTAIN FACE
FIGURE 4 . MAP OF URALS SITE (PRICE)
12
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
- -

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
d.
Kerguelen Island Site (Swann)
Date:
21 July 1973, 1708-1730, Menlo Park, California
Protocol: Coordinates 49°20'S, 70°14'E given by Dr.
H. E. Puthoff to subject I. Swann to initiate experi-
ment. No maps were permitted and the subject was asked
to give an immediate response. The session was recorded
on video tape.
Swann response:
My initial response is that it's an island, maybe a mountain
sticking up through a cloud cover.
(Experimenter checks, gives
positive feedback.)
Terrain seems rocky. Must be some sort of
small plants growing there. Cloud bank to the west. Very cold.
I see some buildings rather mathematically laid out. One of
them is orange. There is something like a radar antenna, a
round disc. (Subject draws map during report.) Two white cy-
lindrical tanks, quite large. To the northwest a small airstrip.
Wind is blowing. Must be two or three trucks in front of build-
ing. Behind, is that an outhouse? There's not much there.
That's all, I think, for now.
Swann submits map, Figure 5.
On the following day, 1152-1215, the identical protocol
was followed for a second reading. Again, no maps were permitted.
During this reading, Swann described following the coastline of the
island, drawing segments on 8-1/2" x 11" pieces of paper as he went,
resulting in Figure 6 when the pieces were assembled.
It's not completely dark there, sort of orangish light.
If
I look to the west, hills; to the north flatlands and, I think,
airstrip and ocean in the distance; to the east, rolling bumpy
grasslands with bumps; to the south is -- I can't see anything
to the south. I move north to the coastline and follow it
around. That's point A (begins to draw map). Point B, rocks
sticking up out of the ocean, breakers on them. Point C, little
cluster of buildings with wharf, boats. Point D, jutty of land
sticking out. Point F* is sand basin, river coming through,
*
Lettering out of order.
13
-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.
coan
0
air stump
Radas?
Building (orange?)
touchs?
oct house
SECTION L DETAIL
two white
Cylindrical
lauks
who got storage tanks
FIGURE 5
MAP NO. 1 OF KERGUELEN ISLAND SITE (DETAIL-SWANN)
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
. .
-

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Exp66
20132
22 July 23
1
B
0
:
NE
>
2)
swamps-
=
Faut.
D
>
mountain
· SMAIN
1
H. husk olif
FBar
111
SCANATE
22 July 1973
11.62-12-15 PM.
TARGET
495 20'
20° E 14'
FIGURE 6
MAP NO. 2 OF KERGUELEN ISLAND SITE (SWANN)
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Lautern
V
Building
low

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
lots of birds.
Point E, brush of small trees.
This is fun
(laughs), first time I've ever done this.
(Following E) almost
a straight coastline, cuts in rocks, beach. Then curves back.
I see to northwest a mountain rising, snow on top. Area G is
irregular. Point H is a high cliff, Point I is a promontory.
Point J has big breakers, K is a bay, L is area I drew yester-
day (circles area, draws airstrip and buildings for orientation
to previous map) . That will do for today. May be a lighthouse
(on tip?). I lacked courage going around Point G.
e.
Kerguelen Island Site (Price)
Date:
20 July 1973, 1400, Menlo Park, California
Protocol:
Coordinates 49°20'S, 70°14'E given by Dr.
H. E. Puthoff to subject Price by telephone to initiate
experiment.
Price Response :
On the morning of 21 July 1973 Price's written response
(dated 20 July 1973, 2055-2232, Santa Clara, California) was received
(hand carried) .
Picked 15,000' altitude. Looking south, 4° east of south, see
a site located on a cliff about 200' high above the ocean.
In-
stallation is a cluster of buildings and radar tracking station
(see Figure 7). Radar is a segment concave type rather than
circular dish type. Building #1 is the largest, L-shaped, front
facing NW, two stories plus basement. Buildings #2 and #3 about
75'-100' east of main building, also two stories plus basement.
Building #2 has recreation and dining facilities, building #3
contains living quarters. Building #4 is a shop and maintenance
area.
Buildings are all interconnected on the ground floor.
I see a dock area at the base of the cliff, and 1/4 to 1/2 mile
from the buildings is an airstrip.
The installation has four functions:
1)
Tracking (space)
2)
Meteorological station
3)
Monitoring equipment for radiation readings
4)
Radio relay station.
I see a couple of other radar installations covered by geodesic
domes. There are two small tracking radars interlinked with
main radar.
16
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999-4900300100034-4
-
·
RUNWAY
RADAR
0
2 .
1
WERTIGE
INSTR -
FIGURE 7
MAP NO. 3 OF KERGUELEN ISLAND SITE (PRICE)
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
I had the impression that the personnel (military and civilian)
were French, but since I could understand what was being said
I assume personnel are American.
f.
Analysis of Results (Double-Blind
Client Coordinates)
The results obtained with the double-blind client coordi-
nates have been evaluated separately by the client.
(See attached
supplement.)
As an additional control with regard to the experimental
protocol, SRI personnel have not been informed before, during, or after-
ward of any details of the target series parameters, including the hit-
miss profile. However, SRI personnel have been informed that in each
experiment there have been at least some categories of information in
which the data exceed any possible bounds of coincidental correlation,
and exceed any possible bounds of acquisition by known means. It has
also been reported that some of the data possibly constitute "noise"
in the signal, but it has usually been difficult to negate totally any
information given by the subjects.
Therefore, we conclude from this portion of the study
that:
. A channel exists whereby information about a
remote location can be obtained in the manner
described.
·
As with all biological systems the information
channel appears to be imperfect, containing some
noise along with the signal.
·
While a signal-to-noise ratio cannot as yet be
determined by SRI personnel with regard to client-
controlled targets, a semiquantitative signal-to-
noise ratio might be determined with additional
experimental effort.
B.
EEG Experiments
One premise underlying our investigation is that paranormal func-
tioning is distributed throughout the population in much the same manner
as every other ability, and indeed in much the same way as intelligence
18
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
is distributed. We further conjecture that it is partially the "
"world
view" of the times in which we live that prevents paranormal ability
from surfacing to a greater extent.
Our EEG program was initiated in an effort to determine whether
objective physiological measures of paranormal functioning exist and
to relieve the subject from the burden of having to demonstrate voli-
tionally any sort of paranormal functioning. We inform our subjects
that a light is to be flashed from time to time in a distant room, and
if they perceive that light it may be evident from changes in their EEG
output. This experiment tests the hypothesis that perception may take
place and be measurable at noncognitive levels of consciousness, even
though not easily expressed verbally.
In our work with four female volunteer subjects, we have found
evidence in three of their EEG spectra that they are influenced by the
remote stimulus. Thus it appears from this exploratory work that we
have a repeatable perception experiment that yields significant results
even with unselected subjects.
The experimental protocol for the experiment is as follows: A
subject is seated in a shielded EEG monitoring room in the Life Sciences
Building of SRI. A friend of the subject is seated in a remote room
with the stimulus generator, in this case a strobe light. The EEG out-
put is recorded from the vertexes and occiputs (regions of the brain)
simultaneously from both participants. On each trial, a tone burst
precedes by one second a ten-second train of flashes presented to one
of the subjects designated as the"
The subject who does not
see the flashes is designated the "receiver;" this subject also hears the
warning signal. This signal evokes a contingent negative variation (CNV)
in each of the subjects as they anticipate the occurrence of the flashes.
Thirty-six such trials are given, each consisting of 12 null trials,
i.e., 0 flashes/second, 12 6-Hz flashes, and 12 16-Hz flashes intermixed
in a random order. Each of the 36 trials consists of a ten-second EEG
epoch. The EEG data are recorded on magnetic tape and digitized. The
12 data blocks associated with the 0, 6, and 16 Hz trials are averaged.
A spectral analysis is then performed on the average.
This analysis has given two types of results.
In two subjects we
have evidence of actual modulation of the EEG output at the flash fre-
quency. The other (more consistent) observation is that the dominant
alpha production of the resting subjects is pulled to higher frequencies
during the 6- and 16-Hz trials as compared with the 0 flashes/second
trials.
19
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
In summary, the "receiver" subject knows when a trial period is
beginning but does not know whether the light will be flashed nor what
the flash frequency will be. However, from the accumulated EEG data,
we tentatively conclude that there is evidence strongly suggesting that
human subjects can directly -- even though noncognitively -- perceive remote
stimuli not presented to any known perceptual sense, and the perception
event can be recorded by an objective process.
Figure 8 shows the averaged EEG for a subject attempting to perceive
the remote stimulus. In this case the twelve averaged trials are for the
6- and 16-Hz light. The spectrum indicates a significant (p = 0.05) in-
crease in the 16-Hz component during the 16-Hz period.
Figure 9(a) shows an overlay of the three averaged spectra for a
different subject. Figure 9(b) shows the difference spectrum where the
0 trials data are electrically subtracted from the 6-Hz data. This
difference curve shows a clear frequency shift in the dominant component
of the subject's alpha (9-11 Hz) production. Of our four subjects, this
subject had by far the most monochromatic EEG spectrum. Again the fre-
quency shift obtained from comparing the stimulus versus nonstimulus
trials was significant at the p = 0.05 level for the 6-Hz case and at
the p = 0.005 level for the 16-Hz case.
A second important use of the EEG technique is to allow a deter-
mination to be made of what confidence level to place on what a subject
reports that he is perceiving during the course of his remote viewing
experience.
Subjects taking part in these EEG experiments are asked to indicate
their conscious feelings, on a trial-by-trial basis, as to which stimulus
is being generated. They make their guess known to the experimenter via
one-way telegraphic communication. An analysis of these guesses has
shown a correlation between the correct calls and certain characteristic
changes in EEG output. These changes vary from subject to subject but
appear to be constant for any one subject. Having observed this apparent
correlation in exploratory work, it is important to continue this study
further to determine its constancy.
In experiments with Swann, the correlation took the form of a de-
crease in monochromaticity of his alpha production when his verbal re-
sponses to a stimulus condition were correct. (In this experiment Swann
was asked to determine whether a remote helium-neon laser was on or off.)
In the course of this experiment there was thus an apparent correlation
between the accuracy of his perception and his EEG production, even
though his overall task performance in this particular experiment did
not differ significantly from chance expectation.
20
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

------
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
5
10
15
20
(a) SENDER STIMULATED WITH 6-Hz FLASHES
15
20
(b) SENDER STIMULATED WITH 16-Hz FLASHES
FIGURE 8
OCCIPITAL EEG FREQUENCY SPECTRA, 0 TO 25 Hz, OF JEAN MAYO,
RECEIVER
21
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
----

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
--- 0
-6
16
.
·
5 Hz
10 Hz
15 HZ
20 Hz
(a) THREE CASES-0-, 6-, AND 16-Hz FLASHES (12-TRIAL AVERAGE)
·
5 liz
15 |'?
20 Hz
10 Hz
(b) DIFFERENCE SPECTRA -- 6-Hz MINUS 0-Hz
FIGURE 9
OCCIPITAL EEG FREQUENCY SPECTRA, 0 TO 25 Hz, OF HELLA HAMMID,
RECEIVER
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
In other work with Swann at the American Society for Psychical
Research, Dr. Karlis Osis has reported that when Swann attempted to
reproduce pictorially the contents of a hidden container, his EEG out-
put would consistently shift from lower to higher frequencies. Swann
was highly successful (eight out of eight) in this series of perception
experiments.
It therefore appears that monitoring of the EEG may prove to be a
.
good indicator as to the measure of confidence that should be placed
in a subject's report about his perception of a remote scene.
C.
Remote Perception of Graphic Material
The objective of this group of experimental sessions was to inves-
tigate the apparent paranormal perception ability of gifted subject Uri
Geller under carefully controlled conditions with the goal of under-
standing the physical and psychological variables underlying such ability.
On each day of an eight-day experimental period, picture drawing
experiments were carried out. In these experiments, Geller was separated
from the target material either by an electrically isolated, shielded
room or by the isolation provided by having the targets drawn on the
East Coast. As a result of Geller's success in this experimental period,
we consider that he has demonstrated his paranormal perceptual ability
in a convincing and unambiguous manner.
Saturday, 4 August -- Two drawing experiments were conducted this
day .
In both of these, Geller was closeted in an opaque, acoustically
and electrically shielded room. This room is the double-walled shielded
room used for EEG research in the Life Sciences Division of SRI. It is
locked by means of an inner and outer door, each of which is secured
with a refrigerator-type locking mechanism, as shown in Figure 10.
The two drawings used in this experiment were selected by randomly
opening a large college dictionary and selecting the first word that
could reasonably be drawn. The first word obtained in this manner was
"fuse" and the object drawn was firecracker [ Figure 11(a) ]. All target
selection and picture drawing was done with Geller already in the shielded
room. Geller was notified via intercom when the target picture was drawn
and taped to the wall outside his enclosure. He was continuously moni-
tored by a one-way audio circuit.
23
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
O
FIGURE 10
SHIELDED ROOM USED FOR EEG EXPERIMENTS
24
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
-
r
1
-
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE 1
R
Jirrolf
DRUMS
SNAKE
NOISE
i
AUG 4 15.3
0
O
PEN
(c) RESPONSE 2
FIGURE 11
TARGET 1 (FIRECRACKER) AND GELLER'S RESPONSES
25
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
Geller's almost immediate response was that he saw "a cylinder with
noise coming out of it." His drawing representing his response to the
target was a drum, along with a number of other cylindrical-looking
objects [Figures 11(b) and 11(c) ].
The second word selected was "bunch," and the target was a bunch
of grapes. Geller's immediate response was that he saw "drops of water
coming out of the picture." He then talked about "purple circles."
Finally, he said that he was quite sure that he had the picture. His
drawing was indeed a bunch of grapes. Both the target picture and Geller's
rendition had 24 grapes in the bunch (Figure 12).
In this work the target picture is never discussed by the experi-
menters after the picture is drawn or brought near the shielded room.
The intercom operates only from the inside of the room to the outside,
except when the push-to-talk switch is depressed on the outside of the
room. In our detailed examination of the shielded room and the protocol
used in these experiments no sensory leakage has been found, nor has
any defect in the protocol been brought to our attention.
Sunday, 5 August -- Geller is locked in the shielded room with one
experimenter outside as a monitor while the target is drawn in the other
experimenter's office about a half mile away. The target selected from
the dictionary was an outline drawing of a man, which evolved through
the drawing process into a devil with a trident [Figure 13(a) ]. To
start the experiment, Puthoff, who was with Geller, called Targ, who
was with the drawing. Geller spent almost a half-hour working on the
drawing before passing," as he felt unable to get the drawing. We in-
clude his efforts nonetheless for the insight into the process that they
provide.
His drawings [Figures 13(b) -13(d) ] were as follows:
·
"Moses' Tablets," i. e., Ten Commandments.
· Apple with a worm coming out of it, a snake was in the
same picture, and the Tablets symbolism of the first
drawing.
·
Composite picture with the Ten Commandments on top of
the world and the trident on the outside, along with a
neatly drawn leaf.
One is led to speculate that the Biblical representation in these three
drawings is perhaps associational material triggered by the target. The
inability on Geller's part to draw the devil may be culturally induced.
26
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
1
/
27
-
-
-
/ ... 0 4 1973
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 12
TARGET 2 (GRAPES) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
DEVIL
Ten Comand
ents.
28
GOD
>
-
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE 1
FIGURE 13
TARGET 3 (DEVIL) AND GELLER'S RESPONSES
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-
(
1
1
1
(c) RESPONSE 2
(d) RESPONSE 3
FIGURE 13
TARGET 3 (DEVIL) AND GELLER'S RESPONSES (Concluded)
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

+
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
With regard to the target picture, Geller did draw the trident
from the target picture, but he did not draw the man who was holding it.
From this it seems clear that Geller does not simply copy lines from
the target picture, but rather he apparently performs some mental pro-
cessing before drawing them.
The second target picture was drawn by an experimenter while he
was inside the shielded room with Geller outside the room with another
experimenter. In this case the target [Figure 14(a) ] was a representa-
tion of the solar system. His immediate verbal reaction before drawing
was one of space." Geller's drawn response to the target while outside
the room [Figure 14(b) ] coincides well with the target drawing. The
block in the center of Geller's picture, according to his statement,
was his afterthought suggested by the movie 2001 and was drawn as an
addition just before comparing target with response.
Monday, 6 August -- The experiment to be done this day was a pure
clairvoyance task. A picture was drawn by a scientist outside the usual
experimental group. The picture was locked in the shielded room before
Geller's arrival at SRI. Geller was then led by the experimenters to
the shielded room, and asked to draw the picture inside the room. He
drew a number of pictures, all of which he rejected as not being appli-
cable. He said that he got no clear impression and passed. The target
was a rabbit, and nothing Geller drew in any way resembled a rabbit.
It should be added that the picture was drawn by a scientist of whom
Geller is not fond, and Geller asked at the outset if this was the case.
The experimenters said that this was not the case, since they did not
know who had drawn the picture. Geller felt vindicated to some extent
when he found out that his initial guess as to the artist had been correct.
Tuesday, 7 August -- This day two target pictures were attempted with
Geller in the shielded room. He was connected to an EEG apparatus to
allow measurement of his brain waves at the time that he was attempting
to perceive a hidden picture. The two target pictures were a tree and
an envelope. He experienced difficulty, did not make a drawing that
corresponded to either drawing, and passed. Also, he found it very
difficult to hold adequately still to make good EEG records. The same
skeptical experimenter who drew the rabbit was the EEG operator on this
second unsuccessful day.
30
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
Moon
Sun
4
SOLAR System
(a) TARGET
1
-
SG1A
1
1
1
Angel
1
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 14
TARGET 4 (SOLAR SYSTEM) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
31
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
Wednesday, 8 August -- Three targets were drawn during the course
of this day's work. In the first, the experimenters closed the outer
door of the laboratory in which the shielded room is located (in addi-
tion to the inner double doors) and worked in an adjoining room. The
target picture in this case was a camel. Geller felt unsure and passed,
but his first choice drawing was a horse (see Figure 15).
The experimenters then returned to the room outside the shielded
room and drew the second picture, which was the Golden Gate Bridge
[Figure 16(a) ]. Geller inside the shielded room drew some curved lines
with some squares underneath [Figure 16(b) ]. He said that he didn't
know what the picture was and passed.
The third picture was a flying seagull. Geller said almost imme-
diately that he saw a flying swan over a hill. He drew several birds
and said that he was sure that his drawing was correct, which it was
(Figure 17).
Experiments were conducted in the shielded room for six days; good
results were obtained on four of the days when there was no openly
skeptical observer present.
Thursday, 9 August -- The experiments were moved to SRI's Engineering
Building in order to make use of the computer facilities available.
After Geller was secured in a shielded room about 150 feet down the hall
and around a corner from the computer room and placed under continuous
monitoring, a picture of a kite was drawn on the face of the TV screen
driven by the computer's graphics program. Shortly after Geller was
notified that the picture had been drawn, he had the computer room called
to determine if the target picture was a geometric picture or an object.
By talking to an intermediary, who was ignorant of the target picture,
we told him that it was an object. Geller's first drawing in this case
was a square with the diagonals drawn in. He then also drew some trian-
gular airplanes and passed. His first drawing was a good representation
of the actual target picture (Figure 18).
Friday, 10 August -- Two pictures were drawn and stored in the com-
puter memory so that no visible evidence was available in the computer
room after the picture was drawn.
The first picture was a church. The picture was drawn and stored
in the memory of the computer. Geller's responses are shown in the
attached collection of drawings (Figure 19). It appears that both of
32
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
-
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 15
TARGET 5 (CAMEL) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
33
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

---
3
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A900300100034-4
-
BRIDGE
(a) TARGET
1
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 16
TARGET 6 (GOLDEN GATE BRIDGE) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
34
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
5
URI GELLER
7821716
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 17
TARGET 7 (SEAGULL FLYING) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
1
(a) TARGET
Gallego
lun
4
(b) RESPONSE
FIGURE 18
TARGET 8 (KITE ON CRT DISPLAY) AND GELLER'S RESPONSE
36
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
0
0
C
O
ocOuGC
5
0
0
O
0
C
ULL
o
0
O
C
C
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE 1
T
(c) RESPONSE 2
FIGURE 19
TARGET 9 (CHURCH, STORED IN MEMORY OF TEXT-EDITING COMPUTER)
AND GELLER'S RESPONSES
5
37
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
his attempts have some elements in common with the target drawing, but
he had no idea that it was a church and he passed.
The second target picture was stored on the face of the TV tube
with the intensity turned off so that no picture was visible with the
room lights turned on. Geller immediately drew an arrow under a rounded
brick and then drew another arrow inside a suitcase. We consider the
arrow in the suitcase similar to the target, which was an arrow through
a heart (Figure 20).
These latter two experiments admit to at least two hypotheses,
which will require further work to differentiate:
. Perception of information stored in the computer.
. Perception of mental contents, since there were several
people in the computer room, all of whom knew the nature
of the target that was stored.
A long-distance telepathy experiment was also done on 10 August.
An East Coast scientist was called and asked to draw a simple represen-
tational object for Geller to copy. [Following the experiment he indi-
cated that he drew two peaked mountains with a sun in the upper right. ]
Geller drew two arches side by side with a circle in the upper right. .
Geller's picture also had a train-like object running through it. We
consider this to be suggestive of communication but not conclusive.
Further work along these lines is indicated.
38
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
(a) TARGET
(b) RESPONSE 1
(c) RESPONSE 2
FIGURE 20
TARGET 10 (ARROW THROUGH HEART, STORED IN COMPUTER GRAPHICS
PROGRAM) AND GELLER'S RESPONSES
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
III
PROPOSED PROGRAM
A.
Objective
The objective of the proposed program is to investigate and develop
techniques to enhance human perception of remote stimuli.
Independent
measures, such as EEG correlates, will be used wherever appropriate as
an aid in performance evaluation and enhancement.
B.
Technical Approach
Our past year's research has yielded considerable evidence that
certain individuals have developed the ability to perceive accurately
distant objects and scenes.
In addition, it appears that ordinary
subjects (not specially selected) can also perceive remote stimuli at
a level of awareness sufficient to at least provide direct physiological
output as to the nature of the stimulus.
Therefore, SRI proposes to center a research program around gifted
subjects who have successfully participated in our research to date,
but also including unselected subjects. With these we shall endeavor
to define possible limitations with regard to remote viewing. We shall
be particularly attentive to the physical, physiological, and psycholog-
ical parameters governing the phenomenon. We will use a variety of
physiological measurements to help both subject and experimenter to
measure the accuracy and reliability of the subjects' descriptions.
The overall goal of such a program is to make possible the separation
of signal (veridical material corresponding to a given remote location)
from noise (false internal information) so as to result in an ability
that can be usefully applied.
A detailed description of the method of approach" to be used in
this research has been described in Section II of this proposal. The
investigation that we propose here is an extension of the work just
described, which we have been pursuing for the past year. We plan to
continue to employ those methods and techniques that have yielded the
greatest success in this recently completed research.
40
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
C.
Statement of Work
(1)
By working with gifted subjects and SRI-generated target
materials, SRI will measure the accuracy of remote view-
ing as a function of such variables as length of viewing
time, target distance, and target complexity. Based on
the data accumulated, SRI will attempt to define the
characteristics of the information channel in terms of
bit rate, resolution, and other parameters of interest.
In order to determine the limits of the remote viewing
ability, both pictorial and geographic target material
will be used.
(2)
In order to discriminate against the possibility of an
unknown experimenter/subject leakage channel, for some
experiments the client will provide geographical targets
unknown to the experimenters to ensure that the subject
uses only a remote viewing channel in his determination
of the nature of the target.
(3)
Following a lead provided by work at 'another laboratory
in which a subject could identify pictorial material even
if the picture was only "mentally projected" onto a card
in a sealed envelope, SRI will study the use of pictorial
target material with a decreasing density scale from clearly
visible to invisible in order to measure the accuracy of
perception as a function of target density.
(4)
The EEG portion of the program will be directed toward
the determination of physiological correlates of accurate
remote viewing.
Based on previous work, SRI will inves-
tigate in detail the possibility that the frequency shift
in the alpha peak can be used as a measure to gauge the
reliability of perception of a remote stimulus. This and
other measures that may become available during the course
of study will be made available as feedback to the subject
to determine whether such information can be used to en-
hance discrimination between correct viewing of a remote
scene and false information.
(5)
SRI will continue and expand our study with subjects whose
EEG patterns show direct frequency correlations with the
flicker frequency of a remote stimulus. We will determine
whether such a (generally unconscious) perception channel
has sufficient reliability to serve as a possible communi-
cation channel. If continuing positive results accrue,
we will determine the effects of shielding and distance on
the efficiency of this channel.
41
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
(6)
The effects of the introduction of persons at the
remotely viewed target locations will be investigated
to determine possible enhancement or degradation of
signal-to-noise ratio.
(7)
In view of the exploratory nature of the program,
15 percent of the effort will be set aside to explore,
with the client's cognizance, avenues of research other
than those listed and that may surface during the course
of the program.
SRI proposes to provide approximately 28 man-months of professional
effort with appropriate support toward accomplishment of the foregoing.
D.
Reporting Schedule
Brief monthly progress letters will be delivered the tenth day of
each contract month, following the previous month's activity.
A final technical report will be delivered 13 months after the
commencement date of the contract.
Throughout this program the investigators plan to remain in close
telephonic communication with the client.
42
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
IV
QUALIFICATIONS OF STANFORD RESEARCH INSTITUTE
Stanford Research Institute is an independent, nonprofit organiza-
tion performing a broad spectrum of research under contract to business,
industry, and government. The Institute, which was formerly affiliated
with Stanford University, was founded in 1946. Its operations include
the physical and life sciences, industrial and development economics,
management systems, engineering systems, electronics and radio sciences,
information science, urban and social systems, and various combinations
of disciplines within these fields.
Stanford Research Institute has no endowment; payments by clients
under research contracts and grants amount to approximately $70 million
annually and are used to cover all operating costs. Such revenue also
helps the Institute maintain the excellence of its research capabilities.
SRI's facilities include more than one million square feet of office
and laboratory space and incorporate the most advanced scientific equip-
ment, including unique instrumentation developed by the staff. The bulk
of these facilities and most of the research staff are located at the
Institute's headquarters in Menlo Park, California. Regional office
locations include Washington, D.C .; New York City; Chicago; Houston;
and Los Angeles.
Of SRI's total staff of 2600, approximately one-half are in profes-
sional and technical categories. Some 400 members of the professional
staff have Ph.D. or equivalent degrees; 600 others have their Master's
degree.
The project leader and other research personnel who would be active
in the proposed work are members of the Electronics and Bioengineering
Laboratory. This group currently occupies 40,000 square feet of labora-
tory space, divided into many separate laboratory rooms, technicians'
work areas, a machine shop, and a computer room housing a LINC-8 and
related terminals and equipment. In addition, a well-equipped computa-
tion center is available.
The Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory employs a number of
technicians and engineering assistants and has available electronics
material and test equipment useful in the development and testing of
43
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009901000300100034-4
the teaching machines. Especially suited to the work described in the
proposal are a number of shielded rooms with various instrumentation
available.
Finally, a backup team of psychologists and statisticians can be
brought into the project on an internal counsulting basis.
The proposed research will be conducted by SRI staff members within
the Electronics and Bioengineering Laboratory under the management of
its director, Mr. Earle Jones. The principal investigator will be Dr.
Harold Puthoff. Mr. Russell Targ, of the Electronics and Bioengineering
Laboratory and Dr. Charles Rebert, a neuro-physiologist in SRI's Life
Sciences Division will be co-investigators. Professor Gerold Feinberg
of Columbia University and Professor Charles Tart of the University of
California may be called upon to act as consultants throughout this
program.
In addition to the scientific personnel directly engaged in the
research aspects of this investigation, Stanford Research Institute
has established an internal technical advisory board. This board con-
sists of several directors of SRI's operating divisions, together with
our legal counsel, all under the chairmanship of the senior vice president
for research. It is the function of this advisory board not only to make
recommendations and approve or disapprove every new direction taken by
the Institute in this research area but to monitor related ongoing projects
as well.
.
44
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
EARLE D. JONES, DIRECTOR
ELECTRONICS AND BIOENGINEERING LABORATORY
INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION
Specialized professional competence
· Analysis and design of electronic-optical systems; design of television
systems; facsimile systems, including bandwidth compression; electro-
static printing
Representative research assignments at SRI (since 1956)
· Character generator for high-speed electrostatic printer
. Delay line scanning techniques
. High-density photographic recording of television information
. Bandwidth reduction study for satellite cloud photographs
. Design of bandwidth reduction system for facsimile
· Development of communication line equalization system using automatic
transversal filters
· Color facsimile systems with electrostatic printing
· Design of a new frequency synthesizer
Other professional experience
· Student engineer, Boeing Company; microwave airborne radar
· Designer, Square D. Company; electrical equipment design
Academic background
. B.S. in electrical engineering (1956), Georgia Institute of Technology;
M.S. in electrical engineering (1958), Stanford University
Publications and patents
. "A Versatile Character Generator with Digital Input," 1959 IRE WESCON
Conv. Rec.
. "Character Generator for Digital Computers," Electronics (February
1960)
· Six patents in electronic circuitry, character generators, frequency
synthesizers, and electrostatic printing systems
Professional associations and honors
. Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers
· Optical Society of America
. Society for Motion Picture and Television Engineers
· Eta Kappa Nu
· Phi Kappa Phi
Tau Beta Pi
· Phi Eta Sigma
45
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
HAROLD E. PUTHOFF, SENIOR RESEARCH ENGINEER
ELECTRONICS AND BIOENGINEERING LABORATORY
INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION
Specialized professional competence
· Tunable laser research and development; quantum electronics; electron
beam devices; biofeedback and biomeasurement research
Representative research assignments
· Development of tunable ultraviolet laser source for pollution studies
and medical research
· Development of high-power tunable infrared laser source (50-250 microns)
for materials research
· Assessment of potential of fiber optics and lasers for use in optical
computers
· Development of biofeedback monitors (GSR) for use in educational com-
puters and other man-machine links
· Research and development in biofield measurements
Other professional experience
· Research associate, Hansen Laboratories of Physics and lecturer,
Department of Electrical Engineering, Stanford University (1967-71);
teaching, textbook author, and research supervisor of Ph.D. candidates
in the area of lasers and nonlinear optics
· Consuitant on application of lasers to industrial and medical problems
and research assistant, Stanford University (1963-67)
· Lt., USNR (1960-63); in-house research and contract monitoring on DoD
(NSA) contracts concerned with the development of ultra high-speel
(GHz) computers
· Research engineer, Sperry Electronic Tube Division and Sperry Fellow,
University of Florida (1958-60); design and testing of electron beam
focusing systems for use in microwave tubes
Academic background
· B.E.E. (1958) and M.S.E. (1960), University of Florida; Ph.D. in
electrical engineering (1967), Stanford University
Publications and patents
. Coauthor of textbook, Fundamentals of Quantum Electronics, Wiley;
2 reference book contributions; 23 papers in professional journals;
14 national symposium papers; numerous technical reports
· 2 patents
Professional associations and honors
· Institute of Electrical and Electronics Engineers; Sigma Tau; Phi
Kappa Phi; Phi Eta Sigma; Sigma Xi
46
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
PUBLICATIONS OF HAROLD E. PUTHOFF
W. W. Peterson and H. E. Puthoff, "A Theoretical Study of Ion Plasma Oscilla-
tions," IRE Elect. Devices, Vol. ED-6, p. 372 (1959).
H. E. Puthoff, "Crossed-Field Focusing of a Hollow Cylindrical Electron Beam,"
M. S. Thesis, University of Florida, Gainesville, Florida (January 1960).
A. D. Sutherland et al., "On the Use of Periodic Electrostatic Focusing in
Klystrons," presented at Int. Congress on Microwave Tubes, Munich, West Germany
(June 1960). Also presented at 18th Conf. on Electron Tube Research, Seattle,
Washington (June 1960).
H. E. Puthoff, "Design of a Crossed-Field Electron Gun," presented at 18th Conf.
on Electron Tube Research, Seattle, Washington (June 1960).
H. E. Puthoff, "Scaling Matrix for the Analog Computer," NSA Tech. Jour., Vol.
7 (1962).
J. T. Tippett and H. E. Puthoff, "The Status of Optical Logic Elements for
Nanosecond Computer Systems." Proc. Pacific Computer Conf., Pasadena, Cali-
fornia (March 1963). Also published in NSA Tech. Jour., Vol. 8 (1963).
H. E. Puthoff, R. H. Pantell, and B. G. Huth, "Tunability of the Raman Laser,"
J. Appl. Phys., Vol. 37, p. 860 (1966).
R. H. Pantell et al., "Mode Coupling in an External Raman Resonator," Appl. Phys ..
Letters, Vol. 9, p. 104 (1966).
B. G. Huth et al., "Characteristics of the Stimulated Raman Effect in an external
Resonator," Proc. Sixth Int. Conf. on Microwave and Optical Generation and
Amplification, Cambridge, England (September 1966).
"Q Quantitative Study of the Stimulated Raman Effect Using an Off-
Axis Resonator," IEEE J. Quant. Elect., Vol. QE-2, p. 763 (1966).
R. Pantell et al., "Theoretical and Experimental Values for Two, Three, and Four
Photon Absorptions," J. Chem. Phys., Vol. 46, p. 3507 (1967).
H. E. Puthoff et al., "Near-Forward Raman Scattering in LiNbOR," J. Appl. Phys.,
Vol. 39, p. 2144 (1968).
H. E. Puthoff, "The Stimulated Raman Effect and Its Application as a Tunable
Laser," Ph. D. Thesis, Stanford University, Stanford, California (June 1967).
R. H. Pantell, G. Soncini, and H. E. Puthoff, "Stimulated Photon-Electron
Scattering," IEEE J. Quant. Elect., Vol. QE-4, p. 903 (1968).
J. Gelbwachs et al., "A Tunable Stimulated Raman Oscillator," Appl. Phys.
Letters, Vol. 14, p. 258 (1969).
47
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
-----

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
J. M. Yarborough et al., "Efficient Tunable Optical Emission from NiNbO3 without
a Resonator," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 15, p. 102 (1969).
S. S. Sussman et al., "A New Source of Tunable Optical and Infrared Radiation,"
Proc, Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn International Symposium of Submillimeter
Waves, New York, New York (March 1960).
B. C. Johnson et al., "Power and Linewidth of Tunable Stimulated Far IR Emission
in LiNbO3," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 18, p. 181 (1970).
E. Amzallag et al., "Stimulated Raman and Polariton Scattering in LiIO3,"
J. Appl. Phys., Vol. 43, p. 3251 (1971).
D. L. Hecht et al., "Dye Lasers With Ultrafast Transverse Flow, " IEEE J. Quant.
Elect., Vol. QE-8, p. 15 (1972).
H. Puthoff and R. H. Pantell, Fundamentals of Quantum Electronics (John
Wiley & Sons, Inc., New York, New York, 1969). Published in Russian by
Mir Publishing House, Moscow, 1972.
48
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

-
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
PHYLLIS M. COLE, RESEARCH ANALYST
INFORMATION SCIENCE LABORATORY
INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION
Specialized professional competence
. Author of mathematics textbooks; curricula developer and author of
computer-assisted instruction courses
Representative research assignments at SRI
· Survey and analysis of instructional technology for ARPA
· Development of curricula for Educational Laboratory at SRI
· Organized a continuing regional seminar on computer-assisted instruction
Other professional experience
· Mathematics teacher for secondary school students, elementary school
students, and teachers
· Participated in development of elementary school mathematics text-
book series Sets and Numbers
· Writer-in-chief for computer-assisted instruction project to teach
mathematics at Brentwood ( elementary ) School
· Project leader, curriculum author of project to teach computer pro-
gramming to ghetto high school students via computer-assisted instruction
· Research associate, Institute for Mathematical Studies in the Social
Science, Stanford University (1963-71)
Academic background
. B.A. in mathematics (1962), Middlebury College; M.A.T. in secondary
mathematics education (1963), Harvard University
Publications
. Coauthor, junior-high school textbook series Sets, Numbers, and
Systems; "CAI for Elementary Computer Programming: SIMPER, LOGO, and
BASIC," Technical Report, Stanford University; coauthor of several
SRI reports
49
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
*
1
1
1

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
CHARLES S. REBERT. PROJECT SUPERVISOR
NEUROPHYSIOLOGY PROGRAM
LIFE SCIENCES DIVISION
Specialized professional competence
· Physiological psychology, especially the relationships between electro-
physiology and behavior; DC potentials; single and multiple units;
animal behavior; electrical and chemical brain stimulation; experi-
mental design and statistics
Representative research assignments at SRI (since 1968)
· Development of human EEG laboratory
· Development of mosquito olfaction laboratory
· Studies on DC potentials in humans, monkeys, and cats
· Spreading depression in the brain
· Olfactory-trigeminal interactions
· DC and multiple unit responses
. Electrophysiology of paranormal perception
Other professional experience
· Research assistant, Division of EEG and Neurophysiology, Department
of Psychiatry, The University of Iowa
· Instructor, University of California Extension; courses included
Introductory Psychology; The Electrical Activity of the Brain; Man
and His Brain:
A Survey
Academic background
· A.B. (1961) and M.A. (1964) in psychology, San Diego State College;
Ph. D. in physiological psychology (1968), the University of Iowa
Publications
· Author of 22 scientific publications
Professional associations
· American EEG Society
· Neuroscience Society
50
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009900000300100034-4
PUBLICATIONS OF CHARLES REBERT
D. A. Irwin, J. R. Knott, D. W. McAdam, and C. S. Rebert, "Motivational Determinants of
the 'Contingent Negative Variation,"
Electroenceph, Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 21, pp. 538-543
(1966).
D. W. McAdam, D. A. Irwin, C. S. Rebert, and J. R. Knott, "Conative Control of the Con-
tingent Negative Variation, Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol, Vol. 21, pp. 154-155 (1966).
C. S. Rebert, D. W. McAdam, J. R. Knott, and D. A. Irwin, "Slow Potential Change in Human
Brain Related to Level of Motivation," J. Comp. Physiol. Psychol., Vol. 63, pp. 20-23
(1967).
D. W. McAdam, J. R. Knott, and C. S. Rebert, "Cortical Slow Potential Changes in Man
Related to Interstimulus Interval and to Pre-Trial Prediction of Interstimulus Interval,"
Psychophysiology, Vol. 5, pp. 349-358 (1969).
J. Kaplan and C. S. Rebert, "The Effect of Pressurized Air in Establishing Discriminative
Response Suppression in Stump-Tailed Macaques," Behavior Research Methods and Instrumenta-
tion, Vol. 6, pp. 262-263 (1959).
C. S. Rebert, "D. C. and Multiple Unit Recording in Lateral Geniculate Body of the Cat,"
Proc. American Psychological Association Convention, Vol. 77, pp. 215-216 (1969).
C. S. Rebert and D. A. Irwin, "Slow Potential Changes in Cat Brain During Appetitive and
Aversive Classical Conditioning of Jaw Movement,"Electroenceph, Clin. Neurophysiol.,
Vol. 27, pp. 152-161 (1969).
D. A. Irwin and C. S. Rebert, "Slow Potential Changes in Cat Brain During Classical
Appetitive Conditioning of Jaw Movement Using Two Levels of Reward," Electroenceph. Clin,
Neurophysiol., Vol. 28 pp. 119-126 (1970).
C. S. Rebert, "Spreading Depression in Squirrel Monkey Lissencephalic Cortex,"
Physiol.
and Behav., Vol. 5, pp. 239-241 (1970).
C. S. Rebert, and J. R. Knott,
The Vertex Non-Specific Evoked Potential and Latency of
Contingent Negative Variation,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 28, pp. 561-565
(1970).
H. Stone and C. S. Rebert, "Observations on Olfactory and Trigeminal Interactions,"
Brain
Research, Vol. 21, pp. 138-142 (1970).
C. S. Rebert, "The Effect of Reaction Time Feedback on Reaction Time and Contingent Negative
Variation," Psychophysiology, Vol, 9, pp. 334-339 (1972).
C. S. Rebert, "Cortical and Subcortical Slow Potentials in the Monkey's Brain During a
Preparatory Interval," Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 33, pp. 389-402 (1972).
E. D. Davis and C. S. Rebert, "Elements of Olfactory Receptor Coding in the Yellow Fever
Mosquito," J. Econ. Entomol., Vol. 65 pp. 1058-1061 (1972).
G. T. Steinmetz and C. S. Rebert, "Post-Reinforcement Changes of Steady Potentials in
Premotor Cortex of Monkeys," Physiol. Behav., Vol. 9, pp. 769-772 (1973).
51
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
0
C. S. Rebert and K. G. Sperry, "Subjective and Response-Related Determinants of CNV
Amplitude," Psychophysiology, Vol. 10, pp. 139-144 (1973).
C. S. Rebert, "A Technique for Simultaneous Measurement of DC and Multiple Unit Responses,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 34, pp. 324-326 (1973).
C. S. Rebert and D. A. Irwin, "Simple Electrode Configuration for Chronic or Acute Record-
ing of DC Potentials from Subcortical Nuclei of the Brain,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.,
Vol. 34, pp. 440-442 (1973).
C. S. Robert, "Some Elements of a General Cerebral System Related to CNV Genesis," in
W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ), Event Related Slow Potentials of the Brain: Their
Relation to Behavior, Amsterdam: Elsevier (1973, in press) .
C. S. Rebert and J. J. Tecce, "A Summary of CNV and Reaction Time, in W. C. McCallum and
J. R. Knott (eds.), Event Related Slow Potentials of the Brain: Their Relation to Behavior,
Amsterdam:
Elsevier (1973, in press) .
C. S. Rebert, "Further Analysis of CNV and Reaction Time,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.
Abstract (1973, in press) .
C. S. Rebert, "Slow Potential Correlates of Neuronal Population Responses in the Cat's
Lateral Geniculate Nucleus," Electroonceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 35, pp. 511-515 (1973).
C. S. Rebert, "Slow Potential Changes in the Monkey's Brain During Reaction Time Foreperiod,"
in W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ) Third Congress on Event Related Slow Potentials
(1974, in press).
C. S. Rebert, G. T. Pryor, and J. Schaeffor, "Slow Cortical Potential Consequence of
Electroconvulsive Shock in Rats,
Physiol. Behav. (1974, in press) .
C. S. Rebert, R. Berry, and J. Merlo, "DC Potential Consequences of Induced Muscle Tension:
Effects on Contingent Negative Variation," in W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ) Third
Congress on Event Related Slow Potentials (1974, in press) .
52
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

.
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
C. S. Rebert and K. G. Sperry, "Subjective and Response-Related Determinants of CNV
Amplitude,"Psychophysiology, Vol. 10, pp. 139-144 (1973) .
C. S. Rebert, "A Technique for Simultaneous Measurement of DC and Multiple Unit Responses,
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 34, pp. 324-326 (1973).
C. S. Rebert and D. A. Irwin, "Simple Electrode Configuration for Chronic or Acute Record-
ing of DC Potentials from Subcortical Nuclei of the Brain," Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.,
Vol. 34, pp. 440-442 (1973).
C. S. Rebert, "Some Elements of a General Cerebral System Related to CNV Genesis," in
W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ), Event Related Slow Potentials of the Brain: Their
Relation to Behavior, Amsterdam: Elsevier (1973, in press).
C. S. Rebert and J. J. Tecce, "A Summary of CNV and Reaction Time, in W. C. McCallum and
J. R. Knott (eds.), Event Related Slow Potentials of the Brain: Their Relation to Behavior,
Amsterdam:
Elsevier (1973, in press) .
C. S. Rebert, "Further Analysis of CNV and Reaction Time,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol.,
Abstract (1973, in press).
C. S. Rebert, "Slow Potential Correlates of Neuronal Population Responses in the Cat's
Lateral Geniculate Nucleus,"
Electroenceph. Clin. Neurophysiol., Vol. 35, pp. 511-515 (1973).
C. S. Rebert, "Slow Potential Changes in the Monkey's Brain During Reaction Time Foreperiod,"
in W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ) Third Congress on Event Related Slow Potentials
(1974, in press) .
C. S. Rebert, G. T. Pryor, and J. Schaeffor, "Slow Cortical Potential Consequence, of
Electroconvulsive Shock in Rats,"
Physiol. Behav. (1974, in press).
C. S. Rebert, R. Berry, and J. Merlo, "DC Potential Consequences of Induced Muscle Tension:
Effects on Contingent Negative Variation," in W. C. McCallum and J. R. Knott (eds. ) Third
Congress on Event Related Slow Potentials (1974, in press) .
52
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-009994000300100034-4
RUSSELL TARG, SENIOR RESEARCH PHYSICIST
ELECTRONICS AND BIOENGINEERING LABORATORY
INFORMATION SCIENCE AND ENGINEERING DIVISION
Specialized professional competence
· Development of new gas lasers; FM laser and supermode laser techniques;
laser noise reduction; optical modulation and demodulation; experi-
ments in new gaseous laser media; microwave diagnostic techniques;
microwave generation from plasmas
Professional experience
· Sylvania Corporation (1962-72); investigation of techniques for
development of new gas lasers, making use of his research with com-
pact, self-contained multi-kilowatt CO2 lasers
· Technical Research Group (1959-62); experiments in new gaseous laser
media
· Polytechnic Institute of Brooklyn; assisted in the establishment of
the Electron Beam Laboratory
· Sperry Gyroscope Company, Electron Tube Division (1956-59); experi-
mental work in microwave generation from plasmas; early work in the
technology of ultrahigh-vacuum and ion-pump design
Academic background
. B.S. in physics (1954), Queens College, New York; graduate work in
physics (1954-56), Columbia University, New York
Publications and inventions
· Author of "Optical Heterodyne Detection of Microwave-Modulated Light,"
Proc. IEEE (1964); coauthor of numerous articles on lasers and plasma
oscillations
· Invention of the tunable plasma oscillator at microwave frequencies
Professional associations and honors
· IEEE; American Physical Society; The Optical Society of America
· Awarded the position of research associate with the Polytechnic Insti-
tute of Brooklyn
53
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4

€
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
PUBLICATIONS OF RUSSELL TARG
R. Targ and L. P. Levine, "Backward-Wave Oscillations in a System Composed of an
Electron Beam and a Hydrogen Gas Plasma," J. of Appl. Phys., Vol. 32, No. 4,
pp. 731-737 (April 1961).
M. Ettenberg and R. Targ, "Observations of Plasma and Cyclotron Oscillations,"
Proc. of the Symposium on Electronic Waveguides, Polytechnic Institute of
Brooklyn, New York (April 8-10, 1958).
P. Rabinowitz, S. Jacobs, R. Targ, and G. Gould, "Honodyne Detection of Phase-
Modulated Light," Proc. IRE, Vol. 50, No. 11 (November 1962).
G. Grosof and R. Targ, "Enhancement in Mercury-Krypton and Xenon-Krypton Gaseous
Discharges," Appl. Optics, Vol. 2, No. 3, pp. 299-302 (March 1963).
R. Targ, "Optical Heterodyne Detection of Microwave-Modulated Light," Proc. IEEE
(Correspondence), pp. 303-304 (March 1964).
R. Targ, D. E. Caddes, and B. J. McMurtry, "The Traveling-Wave Phototube. Part
II: Experimental Analysis," IEEE Trans. on Electron Devices, Vol. ED-11, pp.
164-170 (April 1964).
S. E. Harris and R. Targ, "FM Oscillation of the He-Ne Laser," App. Phys.
Letters, Vol. 5, No. 10, pp. 202-204 (15 November 1964).
R. Targ, G. A. Massey, and S. E. Harris, "Laser Frequency Translation by Means
of Electro-Optic Coupling Control," Proc. IEEE
(correspondence), Vol. 52, No.
10, pp. 1247-1248 (October 1964).
R. Targ and W. D. Bush, "Automatic Frequency Control of a Laser Local Oscillator
for the Heterodyne Detection of Microwave-Modulated Light," Appl. Optics, Vol.
4. No. 11, pp. 523-1527 (December 1965).
G. A. Massey, M. K. Oshman, and R. Targ, "Generation of Single-Frequency Light
Using the FM Laser," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 6, No. 1, pp. 10-11 (January
1965).
L. M. Osterink and R. Targ, "Single-Frequency Light from an Argon FM Laser,"
Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 10, No. 4, pp. 115-117 (February 1967).
R. Targ and J. M. French, "Stabilization of a He-Ne Laser," Proc. IEEE, Vol. 55,
No. 7, pp. 1185-1192 (July 1967).
L. M. Osterink and R. Targ, "Single-Frequency Light Using the Super-Mode Tech-
nique with an Argon FM Laser," Proc. of the Symposium on Modern Optics, Poly-
technic Institute of Brooklyn, New York (March 22-24, 1967).
R. Targ and L. M. Osterink, "Frequency Stabilization and Quieting of the FM
Laser," 1967 WESCON Convention Record, San Francisco, California.
R. Targ and J. M. Yarborough, "Mode-Locked Quieting of the He-Ne and Argon
Lasers," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 12, No. 1, pp. 3-4 (1 January 1968).
54
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
.. ---------

----
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
D. E. Caddes, L. M. Osterink, and R. Targ, "Mode-Locking of the CO2 Laser,"
Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 12, No. 3, pp. 74-76 (1 February 1968).
R. Targ, J. M. Yarborough, and J. M. French, "Frequency Stabilization and Noise
Suppression in the Argon FM Laser," IEEE J. of Quant. Elect., Vol. QE-4, pp.
644-648 (October 1968).
W. B. Tiffany, R. Targ, and J. D. Foster, "Kilowatt CO.
2
Gas-Transport Laser,"
Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 15, No. 3 (1969).
W. B. Tiffany, and R. Targ, "The Gas-Transport Laser -- A New Class of High-Power
Electro-Optic Devices," Laser Focus, pp. 48-50 (September 1969).
R. Targ and W. B. Tiffany, "Gain and Saturation in Transverse Flowing CO2-N2-He
Mixtures," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 15, No. 9 (1 November 1969).
S. E. Schwarz, T. A. deTemple, and R. Targ, "High Pressure Pulsed Xenon Laser,"
Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 17, No. 7 (1 October 1970).
J. D. Taynai, R. Targ, and W. B. Tiffany, "An Investigation of Tellurium for
Frequency Doubling with CO2 Lasers," IEEE J. of Quant. Elect., Vol. QE-7
(8 August 1971).
R. Targ and M. W. Sasnett, "High Repetition Rate Xenon Laser with Transverse
Excitation," IEEE J. of Quant. Elect., Vol. QE-8, pp. 166-169 (February 1972).
R. Targ and M. W. Sasnett, "Xenon-Helium Laser at High Pressure and High Repeti-
tion Rate," Appl. Phys. Letters, Vol. 19, No. 12 (15 December 1971).
R. Targ, "Pulsed Nitrogen Laser at High Repetition Rate," IEEE J. of Quant.
Elect., Vol. QE-8, pp. 726-728 (August 1972).
R. Targ and D. Hurt, "Learning Clairvoyance and Precognition with an Extrasensory
Perception Teaching Machine," Parapsychology Review, pp. 9-11 (July 1972).
5 .*
Approved For Release 2003/06/24 : CIA-RDP79-00999A000300100034-4
·